DH6/10

Oil Pressure 

Regulating Valve 

In adopting and using this product . 

Safety Precautions 

Type Number Index 

2 

3 

4 

Directional control valve 

1-1 

Pressure control valve 

2-1 

Flow control valve 

3-1 

Sandwich valve 

4-1 

Logic valve 

5-1 

Solenoid proportional control valve 

6-1 

Sub-plate Appendix-1 

FlangeNipple Appendix-15

In adopting and using this product 

Our products are designed based on sufficient knowledge and long years of experience and are manufactured 

under strict quality control. However, we ask you to pay attention to the following points in adopting our products. 

1 

As use conditions of the products listed in this catalog are diversified, the decision of adaptability of the product to 

the system must be made by a hydraulic system designer or a person who determines the specifications upon 

conducting the analysis and tests as necessary. Besides, we ask you to study specifications with reference to the 

latest catalog and material, take the possibility of machine failures into consideration and configure the system. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

In using the product, please observe safety precautions and use it in a correct use method. 

Technical information described in this catalog is representative values that explain features and performance of the 

product, not guaranteed values. 

If you use the product in the following conditions and environment, please contact us in advance. 

Conditions and environment other than specified specifications 

When the product is used for usage such as nuclear power, aviation, medical service and food 

Usage that is anticipated to have a large impact on persons and properties, especially usage for which safety is 

required 

The information described in this catalog may be changed without prior notice. Please contact us for the latest 

information. 

Precautions in use 

Hydraulic oil 

Mineral based hydraulic oil, water-glycol based, fatty ester based and phosphate ester based hydraulic oil may be 

used. However, when phosphate ester based hydraulic oil is used, seal material is special (fluoro rubber). Please 

specify by adding "-V" at the end of the type indication. When water-glycol based hydraulic oil and fatty ester based 

hydraulic oil are used, paint is special (epoxy resin). Please specify by adding "-W" at the end of the type indication 

for the painted products. When using water-glycol based hydraulic oil for a part of types of solenoid valves and 

valves with a solenoid valve, please specify by adding "-W1" at the end of the type indication. When water-glycol 

based hydraulic oil is used, rated pressure is 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ). Besides, when the product is used for a long 

time, sufficient properties control is required. 

When using other incombustible hydraulic oil and special hydraulic oil, please contact us. 

Viscosity and oil temperature 

Use hydraulic oil in the viscosity range of 2.8 to 380 mm 2 /s (cSt) and in the temperature range of -20 to +70 

(temperature range of 0 to 50 for water-glycol based hydraulic oil). If you use the product beyond this range, 

please contact us. 

Valve installation direction 

There is no limitation of the valve mounting surface. However, in the no spring type of the solenoid valve and 

solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve, install the valve so that the spool is horizontal. In the no spring 

type of the check valve, install the valve so that the poppet is vertical. 

Mounting surface accuracy 

Finish the valve mounting surface to surface roughness of 6.3-Z and flatness of 0.01mm/□100. 

Shipping condition 

The adjustment portion of each valve is shipped in the following condition as standard. 

Pressure control valve: Adjustment portion fully open (state of minimum pressure) 

Flow control valve: Adjustment portion fully closed 

In the type selection, we recommend the one indicated in color letters in the type indication explanation. 

2

Safety Precautions 

Cautions concerning related regulations 

To use the product in this catalog safely, you MUST carefully read all Warnings and Cautions in this manual. 

You MUST also observe the related regulations and rules regarding safety. 

[Related Standards concerning Safety] 

High Pressure Gas Control Law (4) Explosion class 

Industrial Safety and Health Law (5) JIS B8265, B8266 (EN13445) Construction of pressure vessels 

Fire Service Law 

(6) JIS B 8361 (ISO4413) Hydraulic fluid power - General rules relating to systems 

Cautions concerning use of products 

(1) Precautions in handling products 

(3) Warnings and Cautions for operation 

(1) 

Caution 

Use the safety equipment to avoid the injury when 

you operate the product. 

(1) 

Danger 

Never use the product not equipped with 

anti-explosion protection in the circumstances of 

possible explosion or combustion. 

(2) 

(3) 

Caution 

Caution 

Pay enough attention to handling method to avoid 

pinching hands or back problems that may be 

caused by heavy weight of the product or handling 

posture. 

Do not step on the product, hit it, drop it or give 

outside force to it. One of these actions may cause 

the failure of work, damage or oil leakage. 

(2) 

(3) 

Warning 

Warning 

Never remove the protection cover over the rotating 

part such as motor shaft and pump shaft to avoid 

injuries by being rolled fingers or cloths in. 

Stop the operation immediately if you find something 

wrong such as unusual noise, oil leakage or smoke, 

and fix it properly. If you continue operating, you may 

encounter damage, fire or injury. 

(4) 

Caution 

Wipe off hydraulic oil on the product or floor 

completely. Hydraulic oil creates slippery conditions 

that may result in dropping the product or injuring. 

(4) 

Caution 

Make sure that plumbing and wiring are correct and 

all the connection is tightened correctly before you 

start operating, especially if it is the first run. 

(2) Precautions in installing and removing the product 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Caution 

Warning 

Warning 

Caution 

Caution 

Installation, removal, plumbing and wiring must be 

done by the certified person. 

*CERTIFIED PERSON: 

A person who has enough knowledge like a person 

who is trained by Kawasaki's hydraulic school. 

Make sure that the power of the hydraulic power unit 

is turned off and that the electric motor or engine has 

completely stopped before starting installation or 

removal. You must also check that the system 

pressure has dropped to zero. 

Be sure to turn off the power before starting wiring or 

other works related to the electric power. Otherwise, 

you may receive an electric shock. 

Clean the mounting holes and mounting surface 

completely. Otherwise you may experience damages 

or oil leakage caused by insufficient tightening torque 

or broken seal. 

Be sure to use the specified bolts and keep the 

specified tightening torque when you install the 

product. Usage of unauthorized bolts, lack of torque 

or excess of torque may create problems such as 

failure of work, damage and oil leakage. 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Caution 

Caution 

Caution 

(4) Cautions related to maintenance and storage 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Caution 

Caution 

Caution 

Caution 

Use the product under the specification mentioned in 

the catalog, drawings and specification sheet. 

Keep your hands and body off the product during the 

operation as it may become hot due to oil 

temperature and temperature increase of the 

solenoid. Otherwise you may suffer burns. 

Use the proper hydraulic oil, and maintain the 

contamination in the recommended level. Otherwise 

the product may not work or be damaged. 

Never modify the product without approval of 

Kawasaki. 

Do not disassemble and reassemble the product 

without approval of Kawasaki. It may cause troubles 

and failures, or it may not work as specified. If it is 

necessary by all means to disassemble and reassemble 

it, it must be done by an authorized person. 

Keep the product from dust and rust by paying 

attention to the surrounding temperature and 

humidity when you transport or store the product. 

Replacing the seals may be required if you use the 

product after long time storage. 

3

Type Number Index 

3 

3RBE10, 20, 30 (Three stage pressure relief valve) 

2-27 

B 

B10 to 30 (Brake valve) 

 

2-54 

C 

D 

C6 to 30 (Check valve) 

 

C52 to 150 (Check valve) 

 

CBD6 to 30 (Counterbalance valve) 

CFW-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback) 

 

CF-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback) 

 

CH6 to 30 (Pilot operated check valve) 

 

CH52 to 150 (Pilot operated check valve) 

 

CHY6 to 30 (Pilot operated check valve) 

 

CHY52 to 150 (Pilot operated check valve) 

 

CS610 (Selector valve) 

 

CW-B10-A (Controller for AC power supply double solenoid) 

 

CW-B15-D (Controller for DC supply double solenoid) 

C-B10-A (Controller for AC power supply double solenoid) 

 

C-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply single solenoid) 

 

1-65 

1-69 

2-61 

6-39 

6-38 

1-73 

1-77 

1-73 

1-77 

5-25 

6-35 

6-37 

6-34 

6-36 

DDP (Solenoid proportional control valve - Direct operated type) 

 

6-20 

DDPL6 (Solenoid proportional control valve - Direct operated type, with LVDT) 

6-26 

DE5 (Solenoid operated directional valve) 

 

2-14 

DE6 (Solenoid operated directional valve) 

 

1-2 

DE10 (Solenoid operated directional valve) 

 

1-11 

DEH16, 22, 32 (Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve) 

 

1-20 

DEH52 (Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve) 

 

1-32 

DG6 (Pressure gauge valve) 

 

1-80 

DH6, 10 (Pilot operated directional valve) 

 

1-40 

DH16, 22, 32 (Pilot operated directional valve) 

 

1-44 

DH52 (Pilot operated directional valve) 

 

1-50 

DHP16, 22 (Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type) 

6-22 

DHPL16 (Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT) 

6-29 

DM6, 10 (Manual selector valve) 

 

1-55 

DM16, 22, 32 (Manual selector valve) 

 

1-59 

F 

F1M10, 20, 30 (Throttle valve - Cartridge type) 

 

F5, 10 (Precision throttle valve) 

 

FC1M10, 20, 30 (Slow return check valve - Cartridge type) 

 

FJC5, 10, 16 (Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve) 

 

FJC30 (Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve) 

 

FK10, 16 (Three-way flow regulating valve) 

 

3-8 

3-18 

3-14 

3-22 

3-25 

3-27 

K 

K4 LA (Manual selector valve with 4 port detent) 

 

1-64 

KC, KWC (Controller for DC power supply single and double solenoids, small and inexpensive type) 

6-40 

KDZ15 to 40 (Counterbalance valve - with unload function) 

 

2-64 

KLD16 to 100 (Logic valve) 

 

5-2 

KMK (Slow return check valve - Gasket type) 3-16

L 

LPR16 to 63 (Logic element for pressure control) 

LR16 to 80 (Logic element for pressure control) 

LU16 to 100 (Logic valve cover) 

5-28 

5-28 

5-2 

P 

PRB10, 20, 30 (Pressure reducing valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

PRD6, 10 (Pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) 

PRBP10, 20, 30 (Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type) 

PRDP1M6 (Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) 

PRDP6 (Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) 

PU10, 20, 30 (Unloading relief valve) 

PU35 (Unloading relief valve) 

PUE10, 20, 30 (Unloading relief valve) 

2-51 

2-48 

6-16 

6-13 

6-10 

2-32 

2-37 

2-32 

R 

S 

RB1M6C, 10C (Relief valve - Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated) 

RB10, 20, 30 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RB35 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RB52, 82 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RBE10, 20, 30 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RBE35 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RBE52, 82 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

RBP10 to 35 (Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve) 

RD6 to 30 (Relief valve - Direct operated type) 

RDPV5 (Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve - for vent control) 

RDV6, 10 (Relief valve - Direct operated type for vent control) 

RDV1M6 (Relief valve for panel mounted vent control ) 

SB10, 20, 30 (Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

SBE10, 20, 30 (Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) 

SD6, 10 (Sequence valve - Direct operated type) 

S-(2)C6, 10 (Sandwich type check valve) 

S-(2)CH6 to 22 (Sandwich type pilot operated check valve) 

S-(2)RB6, 10 (Sandwich type relief valve) 

S-(2)T6, 10 (Sandwich type throttle valve) 

S-(2)TC6 to 22 (Sandwich type slow return check valve) 

S-4C5, 10, 16 (Sandwich type check valve block) 

S-PRD6, 10 (Sandwich type pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) 

S-SD6, 10 (Sandwich type sequence valve - Direct operated type) 

2-30 


2-17 

2-22 


2-17 

2-22 

6-5 

2-2 

6-2 

2-4 

2-4 

2-43 

2-43 

2-40 

4-2 

4-5 

4-9 

4-20 

4-26 

4-33 

4-16 

4-12 

T 

T1M6 to 30 (Variable throttle valve) 

T1M52 to 102 (Throttle valve) 

T6 to 30 (Throttle valve) 

TC1M52 to 102 (Slow return check valve) 

TC6 to 30 (Slow return check valve) 

3-2 

3-6 

3-4 

3-12 


Z 

ZA10, 20, 30 (Sandwich type check valve block) 

ZNS5, 6, 10 (Sandwich type shock damping valve) 

4-36 

4-39

Directional 

control valve 

Solenoid operated directional valve DE6 

Solenoid operated directional valve DE10 

Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) DEH 

Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (2) DEH 

Pilot operated directional valve (1) DH 



Manual selector valve (1) DM 

Manual selector valve (2) DM 

Manual selector valve - KLA type K4LA 

Check valve (1) C 

Check valve (2) C 

Pilot operated check valve (1) CH/CHY 

Pilot operated check valve (2) CH/CHY 

Pressure gauge valve DG6 

 

Page 

1-2 

1-11 

1-20 

1-32 

1-40 

1-44 

1-50 

1-55 

1-59 

1-64 

1-65 

1-69 

1-73 

1-77 

1-80 

In the type selection, we recommend the one indicated 

in color letters in the type indication explanation. 

1-1

Solenoid operated directional valve 


DE6 

Overview 

This solenoid operated directional valve is 

used for controlling start and stop, and 

movement direction of the hydraulic 

system with electrical signals. 

Features 

1. This valve is resistant to contamination and 

provides stable operation. 

2. A wide variety of options are available. 

Type indication 

Solenoid operated 

directional valve 

Nominal dimension 

6 

Connection method 

P=Gasket connection type 

Series number: 30 

Position holding method 

1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent) 

2 = 2 position, spring offset type 

or 

3 position, spring center type 

Spool type 

*Refer to "Spool type symbols". 

Solenoid type 

W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation) 

Input power supply 

A = Alternating current 

D = Direct current 

R = AC/DC conversion 

Input voltage 

Direct current D Alternating current A AC/DC conversion R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*For other power supply voltage, please contact us. 

 

 

Type of hydraulic oil 

No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil 

Fatty ester based hydraulic oil 

Water-glycol based hydraulic oil 

V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil 

Presence/absence of P port restriction 

No symbol = No restriction 

P08 = Restriction contraction diameter 0.8 mm 

P10 = Restriction contraction diameter 1.0 mm 







Electric connection symbol 

Symbol 

AL 

B 

C 

CL 

F 

Explanation 

Integrated terminal box with lamp 

With DIN connector 

With DIN large connector 

With DIN large connector and lamp 

With DIN connector (G1/2) 


A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-2

Spool type symbol 

2 position valve 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding method 

2 

Spring offset 

type 

( ) 

Spool 

type symbol 

 

 

 

 

 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transient state 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


2 positions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 

No spring type 

with detent 

( ) 

 

 

 


Number of 

positions 

Position 


Spool 

type symbol 

Hydraulic 

symbols 


When neutral position and one side position of the 

3 position valve are used together 

With reference to the 3 position valve, two types of the 2 position 

valve are available: the valve that uses the neutral position and 

sol.a excitation position of the 3 position valve (2**A) and the one 

that uses the neutral position and sol.b excitation position (2**B). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of 

positions 

Position 


Spool 

type symbol 

Hydraulic symbols 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 positions 

1 

Spring center 

type 

 

2 

( ) 

2 positions 

( Spring offset 

type ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-3


Specifications 

Maximum working 

pressure 

MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Maximum switching 

frequency 

Number of times/min 

Switching time ms 

(Note 1) 

Nominal dimension 6 

Solenoid 

excitation 

Solenoid 

demagnetization 

Port A, B, P 

Port T 

ACDC 

AC/DC conversion 

AC 

DC 


AC 

DC 


Maximum ambient temperature 

Dust proof and water proof properties 

35357 

21214 

300 

120 

15 

48 

50 

23 

19 

100 

50 

JIS C0920 IP65 

(Dust proof and 

water-jets-proof type) 

Sub-plate 

Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass 

DE6P 

Accessories 

P-DE6R14-0 

P-DE6G14-0 

P-DE6R38-0 

P-DE6G38-0 

Mounting bolt 

Hexagon socket 

Type 

head cap thread 

Quantity 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above 

sub-plate type. 

For the dimension drawing, refer to page 11 of the appendix. 

1.0kg 

1.3kg 

Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

DE6P M5×45L 4 pcs. 6.4 ± 0.5 (65 ± 5) 

Mass 

kg 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Double 

solenoid 

type 

AC 

DC 

AC/DC 

conversion 

1.4 

1.85 

AC/DC 

conversion 

(Note 1) Switching time varies slightly depending on use conditions. 

AC 

DC 

Solenoid specifications 

Solenoid type Power supply Symbol 

Rated voltage 

V 

Frequency 

Hz 

Working 

voltage range 

V 

Current value at rated voltage 

Holding current A Starting current A 

Energized time 

Type of coil 

insulation 

A100 


110 

50 

60 

80 to 110 

90 to 120 

0.51 

0.37 

0.44 

2.42 

2.14 

2.35 

Oil immersion 

type 

Alternating 

current A 

A120 

A200 

A240 

120 

200 

220 

240 

50 

60 

50 

60 

50 

60 

96 to 132 

108 to 144 

160 to 220 

180 to 240 

192 to 264 

216 to 288 

0.42 

0.31 

0.25 

0.19 

0.22 

0.21 

0.15 

2.02 

1.78 

1.21 

1.07 

1.18 

1.01 

0.89 

Continuous 

rating 

H type 

Direct 

current D 

D12 

D24 

D48 

12 

24 

48 

― 

10.8 to 13.2 

21.6 to 26.4 

43.2 to 52.8 

2.45 

1.23 

0.61 

― 

AC/DC 

conversion R 

R100 

R200 


200 

50/60 


180 to 220 

0.33 

0.16 

― 

1-4


Detail of terminal block 

Integrated terminal box type 

Ground terminal *1 

SOL.a 

Lamp 

Power supply terminal SOL.a 

Double solenoid type 

Common terminal 

Common plate *2 

Lamp 

SOL.b 

Ground terminal *1 

Power supply terminal 

SOL.b 

In the case of single solenoid type (SOL.a) 

Electric circuit diagram (in the case of single solenoid type) 


Power supply 

terminal 

SOL.a or 

SOL.b 


Ground terminal 

Power supply 

terminal 

SOL.a or 

 

SOL.b 



Alternating current A 

Lamp 

circuit 

Direct current D 

Lamp 

circuit 

Surge 

absorption 

circuit 

AC/DC conversion R 

SOL 

SOL 



Lamp 


Power supply 

terminal 

SOL.a or 

 

SOL.b 

Lamp 

circuit 

Surge 

absorption 

circuit 

Rectifying 

circuit 

SOL 

SOL.a 




Power supply terminal 

Electric terminal 1 

SOL 

Power supply terminal 1 





DIN connector type 

Power supply terminal 2 





* 

Lamp 

circuit 

Surge 

absorption 

circuit 


SOL 

Built into 

SOL 

* with a lamp is attached only to a DIN 

large connector with a lamp (electric 

junction symbol CL). 

*1 There are two ground terminals and either of the two may be used. 

*2 If a common plate is not necessary, remove the common plate for use. 

*3 There is no polarity in a DC solenoid either. However, there is polarity in 

a DIN large connector with a lamp with voltage specifications of DC48 V 

or less. 




Surge 

absorption 

circuit 

Rectifying 

circuit 

SOL 

1-5


Maximum flow rate 

With AC solenoid DE6P-30***-WA* 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding 

method 

Spool 

type 

symbol 

05 

08 

a 


A B 

P T 

b 

Flow direction 

of oil 

P→A→B→T 

P→B→A→T 

Maximum flow rate L/min 

P→A 

Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

10 

(102) 

16 

(163) 

25 

(255) 

31.5 

(321) 

35 

(357) 

100 100 100 100 100 


(80) 

90 

(63) 


(80) 

90 

(63) 


(80) 

90 

(63) 


(77) 

90 

(63) 


(77) 

90 

(63) 




(43) 

57 

(38) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 


of oil 

16 

(163) 


(41) 

53 

(31) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

25 

(255) 

80 

(21) 

29 

(17) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

31.5 

(321) 

60 

(17) 

19 

(10) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

35 

(357) 

38 

(15) 

13 

(9) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 




(43) 

57 

(38) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 


of oil 

16 

(163) 


(41) 

53 

(31) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

25 

(255) 

80 

(21) 

29 

(17) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

P→B 

31.5 

(321) 

60 

(17) 

19 


70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 

35 

(357) 

38 

(15) 

13 

(9) 

70 

(46) 

45 

(30) 


90 90 

90 

90 

(26) 

90 

(22) 

43 

(14) 

35 

(18) 

30 

(11) 


(38) 

50 

(31) 

76 

(28) 

38 

(20) 

67 

(15) 

20 


57 


16 

(7) 

35 

(7) 

12 

(5) 


(38) 

50 

(31) 

76 

(28) 

38 

(20) 

67 

(15) 

20 


57 


16 

(7) 

35 

(7) 

12 

(5) 

3 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

center 

type 

17 

07 

85 85 85 

80 80 

40 

(19) 

37 

(19) 

40 

(19) 

37 

(19) 

80 

(30) 

40 

(18) 

36 

(18) 

80 

(40) 

63 

(15) 

40 

(18) 

36 

(18) 

80 

(22) 

25 


40 

(18) 

33 

(17) 

85 

(40) 

70 

(26) 

52 

(30) 

37 

(28) 

85 

(35) 

50 

(24) 

52 

(30) 

37 

(28) 

85 

(24) 

32 

(16) 

47 

(30) 

36 

(28) 

60 

(16) 

22 

(13) 

47 

(30) 

35 

(28) 

55 

(12) 

18 


47 

(30) 

35 

(28) 

85 

(40) 

70 

(26) 

52 

(30) 

37 

(28) 

85 

(35) 

50 

(24) 

52 

(30) 

37 

(28) 

85 

(24) 

32 

(16) 

47 

(30) 

36 

(28) 

60 

(16) 

22 

(13) 

47 

(30) 

35 

(28) 

55 

(12) 

18 


47 

(30) 

35 

(28) 

13 

100 100 

100 100 100 

20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8 

21 




(70) 


(63) 

80 

(20) 


(33) 

70 

(20) 


(27) 

40 

(19) 


(50) 


(37) 


(37) 

55 

(25) 


(20) 

29 

(14) 

78 

(16) 

20 

(11) 

62 

(13) 

15 



(50) 


(37) 


(37) 

55 

(25) 


(20) 

29 

(14) 

78 

(16) 

20 

(11) 

62 

(13) 

15 


12 




(70) 


(63) 

80 

(20) 


(33) 

70 

(20) 


(27) 

40 

(19) 


(50) 


(37) 


(37) 

55 

(25) 


(20) 

29 

(14) 

78 

(16) 

20 

(11) 

62 

(13) 

15 



(50) 


(37) 


(37) 

55 

(25) 


(20) 

29 

(14) 

78 

(16) 

20 

(11) 

62 

(13) 

15 


04 

a 

A B 

P T 

85 85 85 85 85 

20 16 16 15 13 

85 

(63) 

85 

(30) 

80 

(50) 

60 

(33) 

63 

(40) 

50 

(28) 

44 

(32) 

40 

(28) 

44 

(32) 

40 

(28) 

2 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

offset 

type 

03 

01 

70 70 70 70 70 

 

50 50 50 50 50 

26 17 13 11 10 

80 

(70) 

70 

(48) 

80 

(50) 

35 

(20) 

80 

(70) 

70 

(48) 

70 

(40) 

23 

(15) 

80 

(70) 

70 

(48) 

60 

(20) 

15 

(8) 

80 

(70) 

70 

(48) 

45 



(5) 

80 

(70) 

70 

(48) 

30 


7 

(5) 

1 

No spring 

 

type 

with detent 

04 

a 

A B 

P T 

b 

80 

80 80 80 80 

45 45 

45 

(21) 

36 

(18) 

45 

(16) 

28 

(13) 

38 

(13) 

22 

(12) 

50 

50 

(45) 

50 

(45) 

50 

(42) 

50 

(42) 

45 

(40) 

45 

(40) 

45 

(40) 

45 

(40) 

(Note) The relationship between the maximum flow rate and the frequency and voltage in the above table is as shown below. 

Constant regardless of frequency 

and voltage 



(43) 

57 

(38) 

50 Hz, at rated voltage 

50 Hz, at 80% V of rated voltage 

60 Hz, at rated voltage 

60 Hz, at 90% V of rated voltage 

1-6


With DC solenoid DE6P-30***-WD* 

With AC/DC conversion type solenoid DE6P-30***-WR* 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding 

method 

Spool 

type 

symbol 

05 

a 


A B 

P T 

b 


of oil 



16 

(163) 


25 

(255) 

P→A→B→T 

P→B→A→T 

31.5 

(321) 

35 

(357) 






of oil 

16 

(163) 

25 

(255) 

P→A 

31.5 

(321) 

35 

(357) 

100 45 28 25 22 




of oil 

16 

(163) 

25 

(255) 

P→B 


31.5 

(321) 

35 

(357) 

100 45 28 25 22 

55 35 23 19 17 55 35 23 19 17 


08 


80 80 80 80 80 

78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75 

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 


90 90 

90 50 38 

42 26 20 

100 58 38 31 29 100 58 38 31 29 

62 48 30 25 23 62 48 30 25 23 

3 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

center 

type 

17 

07 

65 40 33 

85 85 

45 30 26 

32 32 32 32 32 

28 28 28 28 28 

85 52 30 26 24 85 52 30 26 24 

65 36 25 21 19 65 36 25 21 19 

52 44 44 44 44 52 44 44 44 44 

42 38 38 38 38 42 38 38 38 38 

13 


20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8 

21 

85 85 

85 80 40 

35 23 20 


74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19 

12 

85 85 

85 80 40 

35 23 20 


74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19 

04 

a 

A B 

P T 

80 80 80 80 80 

20 16 16 15 13 

46 31 24 22 22 

32 23 19 18 18 

2 

Spring 

 

offset 

type 

03 

70 70 70 70 70 

50 50 50 50 50 

75 75 75 75 75 

65 65 65 65 65 

2 positions 

01 

 

26 17 13 11 10 

53 35 23 19 17 

35 30 17 13 12 

1 

No spring 

 

type 

with detent 

04 

a 

A B 

P T 

b 

75 75 75 75 75 

70 70 70 70 70 

45 45 

40 30 27 

30 25 22 

50 

50 50 45 45 

45 42 40 40 

(Note) The relationship between the maximum flow rate and the voltage in the above table is as shown below. 

Constant regardless of 

voltage 



55 

At rated voltage 

(Saturation state of coil temperature increase) 

At 90% V of rated voltage 


1-7


Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DE6 

Amount of pressure drop (MPa) 

4 

2 

3 

3 

1 

4 

5 

2 

1 

Spool 

holding 

method 

205 

208 


223 

207 

213 

221 

212 

Direction of flow 

P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T 

4 4 4 4 

5 5 5 5 2 

4 4 4 4 

4 4 4 4 

1 1 1 1 2 

5 3 5 3 

4 5 4 4 

4 4 4 5 


5 

4 

5 

4 

 

204 

5 

4 

5 

4 

 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

203 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 

Flow rate (L/min) 

201 

5 

 

4 

 

 

Option 

The following options are available in addition to the standard items. 

SOL. b 

At the time of adjustment, the valve 

can be held at the switched position 

even if the solenoid in an emergency 

is not energized. 

When placing an order, add a special 

type, -07, at the end of the type. 

 


Mounting posture 

When using the valve of the no spring detent type without excitation, mount the solenoid 

horizontally so that the detent effect is securely obtained. For the valve of other type, there 

is no limitation of mounting posture. 

Switching of solenoid 

Be sure to deenergize one solenoid before energizing the other solenoid. 

Tank port 

Do not connect the tank port to a conduit where surge pressure is generated. 

Be sure to immerse the end of the tank line piping into oil. 

Manual pin operating force 

Be careful that the operation of the manual pin is difficult if the back pressure of the tank 

line becomes high. 

Operating force N 

150 


50 

0 

15.3 

10.2 

5.1 

1 (10.2) 2 (20.4) 3 (30.6) 4 (40.8) 

Back pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Operating force kgf 

1-8

Dimension drawing 

DE6P (Integrated terminal box type) 

With AC solenoid 

31 

Machining dimension of manifold 

A 

4-7 

40.5 

27.8 

T 

P 

19 

B 


16 

0.75 

6 

Flatness : 

Surface roughness : 

4-M5 screw depth 10 

26.6 

16.3 

32.5 

6.75 


1.6 

0.01/100 

0.75 

31 

Power indicator lamp 

(For SOL.a) 

76.7 

SOL.a 

MFG.NO. A 

TYPE 

P 

40.5 

T 

MADE IN JAPAN 

33 

B 

SOL.b 


(For SOL.b) 

3 drilling depth 5 (bottom) 

Hole for a locating pin 

32.5 


Conduit tube connection indication 

G1/2 (both sides) 

Space for removal 

and installation of 

solenoid 

45.5 (for both sides) 

196.4 

50.7 95 

26 

0.5 

Power supply and 

voltage indication of 

solenoid 


47 

89 

A 

SOL.a 

SOL.b 

3 

5 

23.5 

38 

With DC solenoid 

27 

46 

With AC/DC conversion type solenoid 

Push pin for manual operation 

(6 hole) 

Solenoid cap 

tightening torque 

10.3 to 11.3 Nm 

7 

4-M5 

O-ring AS568-012 

Tightening torque 

13.5 (for port A, B, P, T) 

6.4 ± 0.5 Nm 

70 

142.2 (in the case of spring offset type) 


(For SOL.a) 

80.7 

40.5 


In the case of spring center 

type, no spring detent type 

31 

0.75 

SOL.a TYPE 

MFG.NO. A 

T 

B 

SOL.b 

32.5 

P 

MADE IN JAPAN 

33 


(For SOL.b) 



Conduit tube 

connection 

indication 

G1/2 (both sides) 



solenoid 

50 (for both sides) 

204.4 

54.7 95 

26 

0.5 


voltage indication of 

solenoid 

D24 

D 

3 

5 

89 

23.5 47 

Solenoid cap 



SOL.a 

38 

SOL.b 

27 

46 

Push pin for manual operation 

(6 hole) 

13.5 


(for port A, B, P, T) 

70 


7 

4-M5 


6.4 ± 0.5 Nm 




1-9


DE6P (DIN connector type, DIN large connector type, DIN large connector type with power indicator lamp) 



31 


Flatness : 0.01/100 

Surface roughness : 1.6 

The position can be changed by 

loosening the solenoid cap. 

After changing the position, be 

sure to tighten the cap. 

E 

A 

4-7 

40.5 

27.8 

T 

P 

B 


19 

16 

0.75 


6 

26.6 

16.3 

PG11 

Outer diameter of connection 

cable 8 to 10 mm 

Cross section of connection 

part 1.5 mm 2 or less 

32.5 

6.75 

0.75 

31 



solenoid 


76.7 

F 

DIN connector 

In the case of B 

29.5 

SOL.a 

TYPE 

A 

MFG.NO. 

40.5 

P 

33 

196.4 

T 

B 

MADE IN JAPAN 

72.5 

SOL.b 



32.5 


voltage indication 

of solenoid 


D 

88.5 

91.5 

DIN large connector 

A 

In the case of C CL 

SOL.a 

SOL.b 

3 

5 

23.5 

38 



27 

46 

The position can be changed by 

loosening the solenoid cap. 

After changing the position, be 

sure to tighten the cap. 

E 

Push pin for 

manual operation 

(6 hole) 

PG11 

Outer diameter of connection 

cable 8 to 10 mm 

Cross section of connection 

part 1.5 mm 2 or less 

Solenoid cap 



0.75 

31 



solenoid 


7 

4-M5 


6.4 ± 0.5 Nm 

13.5 

70 


80.7 

F 

SOL.a 

29.5 

TYPE 

A 

MFG.NO. 



40.5 

P 

33 

204.4 

T 

B 

MADE IN JAPANSOL.b 

72.5 

Type of connector D E F 

DIN connector (B) 

53 27.5 39 

DIN large connector (C, CL) 46.1 34 53 






32.5 


voltage indication 

of solenoid 

D24 

D 

99.5 

102.5 


In the case of C CL 

DIN connector 

In the case of B 

A 

SOL.a 

SOL.b 

23.5 

3 

38 

5 

27 

46 

Push pin for 

manual operation 

(6 hole) 

Solenoid cap 



7 

4-M5 


6.4 ± 0.5 Nm 



13.5 

70 





Type of connector D E F 

DIN connector (B) 

64 27.5 39 

DIN large connector (C, CL) 57.2 34 53 

DE6P (with push button lock) 

AC type: 134.7 

DC type: 138.7 

AC/DC conversion type 

Lock nut 

The connector is locked when the lock 

nut is turned clockwise with the push 

button pushed in. 

Be sure to loosen the lock nut 

completely during energization. 

SOL. b 

Push button 

1-10


DE10 


Overview 

This solenoid operated directional valve is 

used for controlling start and stop, and 

movement direction of the hydraulic 

system with electrical signals. 

Features 

1. This valve is resistant to contamination and 

provides stable operation. 

2. A wide variety of options are available. 

3. Explosion proof solenoids are also available. 


Solenoid operated 

directional valve 




P = Gasket connection type 





or 


Spool type 

* Refer to “Spool type symbols”. 

Solenoid type 


* (For the explosion proof type, please contact us.) 









V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic 

oil 












Symbol 

AL 

B 

C 

CL 

Input voltage 


100 100V-50/60Hz 

110V-60Hz 

120 110V-50Hz 

120V-50/60Hz 

200 200V-50/60Hz 

220V-60Hz 

240 220V-50Hz 

240V-50/60Hz 

Explanation 




DIN large connector with lamp 


12 

24 

48 



200 

220 

12V 

24V 

48V 

100V 

110V 

200V 

220V 


A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



120 

200 

220 

100V-50/60Hz 

120V-50/60Hz 

200V-50/60Hz 

220V-50/60Hz 

 

 

 

 

1-11




Number of 

positions 

Position 


2 

Spring offset 

type 

 

Spool 

type symbol 

01 

03 

04 

Sol. 

a 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

a 

a 

B 

T 

b 

b 

A 

P 

B 

T 

A 

P 

Sol. 

b 


B A 

Sol. a b 

a 

T P 

B A 

a b Sol. 

b 

T P 

2 positions 

02 

25 

B 

A 

B 

A 

Sol. 

a 

a 

T 

b 

P 

Sol. 

b 

Sol. 

a 

a 

T 

P 

b 

Sol. 

b 

1 

No spring type 

with detent 

 

01 

03 

04 


When neutral position and one side position of the 

3 position valve are used together 

Number of 

positions 

Position 


Spool 

type symbol 

Sol. 

a 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

B 

a o b 

T 

A 

P 

Sol. 

b 


B A 

a 

b 

T P 

With reference to the 3 position valve, two types of the 2 position 

valve are available: the valve that uses the neutral position and 

sol.a excitation position of the 3 position valve (2**A) and the 

one that uses the neutral position and sol.b excitation position 

(2**B). 

05 

Number of 

positions 

Position Spool 

holding method type symbol 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

06 

Sol. 

a 

a 

o 

B 

T 

A 

P 

o b Sol. 

b 

07 

05A 

08 

05B 

3 positions 

2 

Spring center 

 

type 

09 


06A 

06B 

12 

2 positions 

2 

Spring offset 

 

type 

07A 

13 

07B 

16 

08A 

17 

08B 

21 

10A 

22 

10B 

1-12




Port A, B, P 

pressure 


Port T 

Maximum switching 

AC, DC 

frequency 

Number of times/min AC/DC conversion 


(Note 2) 

Highest operating temperature ˚C 

Waterproof 

Mass 

kg 

Solenoid 

excitation 

Solenoid 

demagnetization 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Double 

solenoid 

type 

AC 

DC 


AC 

DC 


AC 

AC/DC 

conversion 

AC 

AC/DC 

conversion 


(Note 1) 31.5 (321) 

16 (163) 

240 

120 

15 to 25 



8 to 25 

40 to 50 

(Note 3) 170 to 200 

50 

IP64 

2.9 

3.6 

3.6 

5 

Sub-plate 


DE10P 

Accessories 

P-DE10R38-0 

P-DE10G38-0 



Mounting bolt 


Type 


3 

Rc 8 

3 

G 8 

1 

Rc 2 

1 

G 2 




Quantity 

DE10P M6×35L 4 pcs. 

13 ± 1 (133 ± 10) 

2.1 kg 



(Note 1) The maximum working pressure is 25 MPa (255 kgf/cm 2 ) only for spool 

type “07”. 

(Note 2) Switching time varies slightly depending on use conditions. 

(Note 3) A quick return type, in which switching time at the time of deenergization of 

the solenoid is equivalent to that of DC solenoid, is also available. 


Solenoid type Power supply Symbol 

Oil immersion 

type 

Alternating 

current A 

Direct 

current D 

AC/DC 

conversion R 

Rated voltage 

V 

Frequency 

Hz 

Working 

voltage range 

V 

50 80 to 110 0.90 



0.63 

60 90 to 120 

A120 


120 

200 

50 

60 

50 

96 to 132 


160 to 220 

0.77 

0.75 

0.52 

0.45 

A200 

60 180 to 240 

0.31 

A240 

D12 

D24 

D48 

D100 

220 

240 

12 

24 

48 


50 

60 

― 

192 to 264 

216 to 288 

10.8 to 13.2 

21.6 to 26.4 

43.2 to 52.8 


0.38 

0.37 

0.26 

3.16 

1.57 

0.79 

0.38 

D110 110 

99 to 121 0.34 

D200 200 

180 to 220 0.19 

D220 220 

198 to 242 0.17 

R100 

R110 




99 to 121 

0.43 

0.39 

50/60 

R200 200 

180 to 220 0.21 

R220 220 

198 to 242 0.19 

Current value at rated voltage 


Holding current A Starting current A Electric power W 

5.37 

4.57 

5.03 

4.48 

3.81 

2.69 

2.29 

2.52 

2.24 

1.91 

― 

― 

― 

38 

38 

Continuous 

rating 

Type of coil 

insulation 

H type 


Similar to that of solenoid operated directional valve (DE6) 

Refer to the section of the type number index “DE6”. 

1-13



With AC solenoid DE10P-20***-WA* 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding 

method 

Spool 

type 

symbol 

05 

06 

a 

a 


b 

b 


of oil 



16 

(163) 

P→A(B)→B(A)→T 

A 

P 

25 

(255) 

B 

T 

31.5 

(321) 

100 100 100 100 



of oil 




(70) 

90 

(49) 

16 

(163) 


(48) 

53 

(30) 

P→A 

A 

P 

25 

(255) 

96 

(28) 

34 

(19) 

B 

T 

31.5 

(321) 

65 

(24) 

26 

(15) 


of oil 




(70) 

90 

(49) 

16 

(163) 


(48) 

53 

(30) 

P→B 


A 

P 

B 

T 

25 

(255) 

96 

(28) 

34 

(19) 

31.5 

(321) 

65 

(24) 

26 

(15) 

30 30 30 30 26 21 18 16 30 28 28 28 

07 

a 

b 

70 70 70 — 100 100 100 — 100 100 100 — 

3 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

center 

type 

08 

09 


12 

a 

a 

a 

a 

b 

b 

b 

b 

90 90 


80 80 

90 90 

90 90 

80 

(65) 

75 

(20) 

90 

(30) 

40 

(20) 

80 

(25) 

30 

(15) 

90 

(20) 

20 

(15) 


(81) 


(81) 


(80) 

80 

(60) 


(58) 

90 

(47) 


(55) 

60 

(38) 


(81) 


(81) 


(65) 

70 

(46) 


(33) 

50 

(26) 


(36) 

47 

(24) 


(81) 


(81) 

85 

(35) 

51 

(32) 

76 

(22) 

28 

(18) 

60 

(21) 

23 

(14) 


(81) 


(81) 

62 

(28) 

45 

(25) 

46 

(19) 

22 

(15) 

34 

(16) 

17 

(11) 


(81) 


(81) 


(80) 

80 

(60) 


(58) 

90 

(47) 


(55) 

60 

(38) 


(81) 


(81) 


(65) 

70 

(46) 


(33) 

50 

(26) 


(36) 

47 

(24) 


(81) 


(81) 

85 

(35) 

51 

(32) 

76 

(22) 

28 

(18) 

60 

(21) 

23 

(14) 


(81) 


(81) 

62 

(28) 

45 

(25) 

46 

(19) 

22 

(15) 

34 

(16) 

17 

(11) 

13 

a 

b 



60 60 60 60 

60 60 60 60 

2 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

offset 

type 

1 

No spring 

 

type 

with detent 

17 

21 

22 

01 

02 

03 

04 

25 

01 

03 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

b 

b 

b 

b 

b 

b 

b 


80 80 



(50) 


(75) 


(90) 


(50) 

60 

(30) 


(75) 


(90) 

80 

(30) 

30 

(25) 


(30) 

30 

(25) 


(75) 


(90) 


(75) 


(25) 

80 

(20) 

20 

(15) 


(30) 

30 

(25) 

— — — — 

— — — — 



(75) 



(90) 


(90) 


(90) 


(90) 



(90) 

— — — — 



(62) 

62 

(40) 


(55) 

60 

(38) 


(22) 

22 

(19) 

26 


(35) 

45 

(21) 


(62) 

80 

(42) 


(39) 

47 

(26) 


(36) 

47 

(24) 


(22) 

22 

(19) 

87 

(15) 

34 

(12) 


(62) 

73 

(36) 

84 

(21) 

27 

(16) 

60 

(21) 

23 

(14) 

40 

(22) 

22 

(19) 

61 

(9) 

15 

(9) 


(44) 

60 

(34) 

50 

(35) 

50 

(30) 

48 

(18) 

20 

(12) 

34 

(16) 

17 

(11) 

40 

(22) 

22 

(19) 

49 

(7) 

11 

(6) 

57 57 57 57 

34 24 

50 50 

50 50 

19 18 16 

20 19 

94 

(37) 

51 

(33) 

40 

(23) 

35 

(20) 


(62) 

62 

(40) 


(55) 

60 

(38) 


(22) 

22 

(19) 


(35) 

45 

(21) 


(79) 

92 

(55) 


(62) 

80 

(42) 


(39) 

47 

(26) 


(36) 

47 

(24) 


(36) 

22 

(19) 

87 

(15) 

34 

(12) 


(72) 

89 

(46) 


(62) 

73 

(36) 

50 50 

50 50 

84 

(21) 

27 

(16) 

60 

(21) 

23 

(14) 

40 

(22) 

22 

(19) 

61 

(9) 

15 

(9) 


(64) 

78 

(28) 


(44) 

60 

(34) 

50 

(35) 

50 

(30) 

48 

(18) 

20 

(12) 

34 

(16) 

17 

(11) 

40 

(22) 

22 

(19) 

49 

(7) 

11 

(6) 

26 19 18 16 


(59) 

70 

(27) 

94 

(37) 

51 

(33) 

34 24 20 19 

40 

(23) 

35 

(20) 

40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35 

04 

a 

b 


40 40 30 28 

60 60 40 35 


Constant regardless of frequency 

and voltage 

80 

80 

(65) 

75 

(20) 

50 Mz, at rated voltage 

50 Mz, at 80% V of rated voltage 

60 Mz, at rated voltage 

60 Mz, at 90% V of rated voltage 

1-14


With DC solenoid DE10P-20-***-WD* 

With AC/DC conversion type solenoid DE10P-20-***-WR* 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding 

method 

Spool 

type 

symbol 

05 

a 


b 


of oil 



16 

(163) 

P→A(B)→B(A)→T 

A 

P 

25 

(255) 

B 

T 

31.5 

(321) 

120 120 120 120 



P→A 

of oil 



120 

16 

(163) 

120 


A 

P 

25 

(255) 

B 

T 

31.5 

(321) 

80 55 

54 43 


of oil 



16 

(163) 

120 


P→B 


120 

A 

P 

B 

T 

25 

(255) 

80 

31.5 

(321) 

54 43 


06 

a 

b 

50 50 50 50 35 24 21 20 45 45 45 45 

07 

a 

b 

120 120 120 ― 120 120 120 ― 120 120 120 ― 

08 

a 

b 

120 120 120 120 

120 120 

120 120 120 120 120 120 

3 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

center 

type 

09 


12 

a 

a 

a 

b 

b 

b 

120 120 120 120 

120 120 120 120 

120 65 

120 120 

65 50 


120 

120 

80 65 


62 52 

84 64 

120 

65 53 

120 62 51 

86 47 40 

80 65 


62 52 

84 64 

120 120 

65 53 

120 62 51 

120 

86 47 40 

13 

a 

b 

120 120 120 120 100 


100 100 100 100 100 100 

17 

a 

b 

120 120 120 120 

120 

120 


62 49 

57 

42 

120 

120 62 49 

104 57 42 

21 

a 

b 

120 120 

120 

65 

65 

50 

120 

112 60 51 

69 46 40 

120 

112 60 51 

69 46 40 

22 

a 

b 

120 120 

120 

65 

45 

40 

120 

67 35 35 

45 31 31 

120 

67 35 35 

45 31 31 

01 

a 

― ― ― ― 

53 

33 24 23 

120 

120 62 47 

62 40 37 

2 

Spring 

 

offset 

type 

02 

03 

04 

a 

a 

b 

120 62 47 

― ― ― ― 120 

53 33 24 23 

62 40 37 

120 



120 

120 120 120 77 77 77 77 120 120 120 


110 110 110 

114 75 63 

68 47 38 38 120 


83 58 48 

2 positions 

25 

b 









120 

114 

83 

75 

58 

63 

48 

68 47 38 38 

1 

No spring 

 

type 

with detent 

01 

03 

a 

a 

b 

b 

― ― ― ― 

120 120 120 120 

60 60 40 35 60 60 40 35 

45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35 

04 

a 

b 

120 120 120 120 

45 

37 

30 28 

60 60 40 35 


Constant regardless of frequency and voltage 

120 

120 


At rated voltage 


At 90% V of rated voltage 


1-15



When switching the valve to neutral state with spool type 06, 07 and 08 reaching the stroke end 

Number of 

positions 

Position 

holding 

method 

Spool 

type 

symbol 


Solenoid 


Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 



16 

(163) 

25 

(255) 

31.5 

(321) 

AC 

26 

21 

18 

16 

06 

a 

b 

DC, AC/DC conversion 

35 

24 

21 

20 

3 positions 

2 

Spring 

 

center 

type 

07 

a 

b 

AC 


84 

68 

52 

65 

52 

61 

— 

— 

AC 





08 

a 

b 


120 

120 

120 

120 

1-16




2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0 

20 40 60 80 100 120 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Spool 

holding 

method 

205 

206 

207 

208 

209 


212 

213 

217 

221 

222 

201 

202 

203 

204 

225 





P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T 

7 7 7 7 − 

9 7 7 9 1 

6 5 6 5 1 

9 9 9 9 5 

9 7 7 7 − 

7 8 7 8 − 

7 7 7 8 − 

9 7 9 7 − 

7 7 7 7 − 

7 8 7 7 − 

7 7 7 7 − 

6 − 5 − − 

5 − 6 − − 

3 2 9 9 − 

2 1 7 7 − 

7 7 2 1 − 

6 − 6 − − 

6 4 7 7 − 

4 3 6 6 − 


Option 

The following options are available in addition to the standard items. 

SOL. b 

At the time of adjustment, the valve 

can be held at the switched position 

even if the solenoid in an emergency 

is not energized. 

When placing an order, add a special 

type, -07, at the end of the type. 

 


Mounting posture 

When using the valve of the no spring detent type without excitation, mount the solenoid 

horizontally so that the detent effect is securely obtained. For the valve of other type, there 

is no limitation of mounting posture. 

Switching of solenoid 

Be sure to deenergize one solenoid before energizing the other solenoid. 

Tank port 

Do not connect the tank port to a conduit where surge pressure is generated. 

Be sure to immerse the end of the tank line piping into oil. 

Manual pin operating force 

Be careful that the operation of the manual pin is difficult if the back pressure of the tank 

line becomes high. 

Operating force N 

150 


50 

0 

15.3 


5.1 

1 (10.2) 2 (20.4) 3 (30.6) 4 (40.8) 

Back pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Operating force kgf 

1-17



DE10P (Integrated terminal box type) 


Spring center type 

No spring detent type 

58 

Conduit tube 

connection port 

2-G1/2 



solenoid 


91 54 


for SOL a 

56.5 

34.5 

T 

A 

92 

236 

P 

B 

T 

123 0.5 


for SOL b 

89.5 


SOL a 

SOL b 

35.3 

Spring offset type 

32 

70 

(Spool: 202,225) (Spool: 201,203,204) 

8 

27 

179.5 

Push pin for manual 

operation 

6.3 hole (for both sides) 

4-M6 

11 

15.5 

179.5 0.5 

O-ring … AS568 No. 014 

(for port P, A, B, T) 

SOL b 

SOL a 

176.3 

176.3 



(Note) For other dimensions, refer to 

“with AC solenoid”. 



solenoid 


114 

202.5 

282 

SOL a 

SOL b 

199.3 in the case of spring offset type 

4-11 

50.8 

37.3 


Flatness : 

0.01/□100 

46 12 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

T 

A 

P 

B 

T 


1.6 

4-M6 screw depth 13 

There is T port at two locations 

and either of the two may be used. 

3.2 

16.7 

27 

54 19 


1-18

DE10P (DIN connector type, DIN large connector type, DIN large connector type with power indicator lamp) 



No spring detent type 

The position can be changed by loosening the 

lock nut . 

After changing the position, be sure to tighten 

the lock nut. 

27.5 

The direction can be freely 

changed for every 90 degrees. 

Space for removal and 

installation of solenoid 


In the case of electric 

connection symbol, C and CL 

91 54 

T 

A 

92 

236 

P 

B 

39 35 

89 

T 


61.8 


113.4 

57.9 

SOL a 

SOL b 

Take-out port of cable 

Applicable cable: 

Outer diameter … 8 to 10 

Cross section of connection part 

… 1.5 mm 2 or less 


32 

70 

35.3 

Push pin for manual 

operation 

6.3 hole (for both sides) 

4-M6 

8 

27 

11 

15.5 

(Spool: 202,225) (Spool: 201,203,204) 

O-ring … AS568 No. 014 


Lock nut 


8.5 to 10.5 Nm 

SOL b 

SOL a 

176.3 

176.3 



(Note) For other dimensions, refer to 

“with AC solenoid”. 

Space for removal and 

installation of solenoid 


114 

282 

SOL a 

SOL b 

199.3 in the case of spring offset type 

4-11 

50.8 

37.3 


Flatness : 0.01/100 

46 12 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

T 

A 

P 

B 

T 


1.6 


There is T port at two locations 

and either of the two may be used. 

3.2 

16.7 

27 

54 19 


1-19

Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) 

Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) DEH16 to 32 

3 position valve spring center type 

3 position valve hydraulic center type 

X A P B T Y L X A P B T Y 

Overview 

This solenoid controlled pilot operated 

directional valve is used for operating the 

solenoid operated directional valve and for 

controlling start and stop, and movement 

direction of the hydraulic system with 

hydraulic pilot signals. 

Features 

1. The improvement of internal coring shape 

and spool shape of the casing has 

substantially reduced the flow resistance. 

2. For return to neutral of the main valve, the 

spring center type and pressure-centred 

type are prepared as standard items. 

3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke of 

the main valve can be installed. 

4. The selection between the internal pilot 

and external pilot can be made only by 

changing the assembly direction of the 

plug for selection. 

5. The maximum working pressure is 34.3 

MPa (350 kgf/cm 2 ). 

1-20


DEH16 

Solenoid controlled pilot 

operated directional valve 


16 



Series number 

Without choke valve = 30 

With choke valve = 31 

Position holding method (main valve) 



3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type 

3 position, hydraulic center type 


No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic 

oil 

V = Phosphate ester based 

hydraulic oil 

W = Fatty ester based 

hydraulic oil 

Water-glycol based 

hydraulic oil 

Accessory parts of cover part 

provided or not 

No symbol = No accessory parts 

10 = with stroke limiter 

11 = with stroke limiter on port A side 

12 = with stroke limiter on port B side 


Spool type 


Position holding method (solenoid valve) 



or 3 position, spring center type 

Solenoid type 






Input voltage 


12 : 12V 

24 : 24V 

48 : 48V 

100 : 100V-50/60Hz 


120 : 110V-50Hz 

120V-50/60Hz 

200 : 200V-50/60Hz 

220V-60Hz 

240 : 220V-50Hz 

240V-50/60Hz 

* For other power supply voltage, please contact us. 


200 : 200V-50/60Hz 

Pilot pressure reducing valve 


No symbol = without pressure reducing 

valve 

R = with pressure reducing 

valve 

Choke valve provided or not 

No symbol = without choke valve 

S1 = with meter-in choke valve 

S2 = with meter-out choke valve 

Pilot and drain type 

No symbol 

E 

ET 

T 

= external pilot, external drain 

= internal pilot, external drain 

= internal pilot, internal drain 

= external pilot, internal drain 

P port restriction of solenoid valve 











* For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid operated directional valve”. 

Symbol 

AL 

B 

C 

CL 

Pilot valve type 

DE6 




With DIN large connector with lamp 

1-21



DEH22,32 




22, 32 



Series number 

Without choke valve = 20 

With choke valve = 21 




3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type 


Spool type 


Position holding method (solenoid valve) 



or 3 position, spring center type 

Solenoid type 


(For the explosion proof type, please contact us.) 





Input voltage 


12 : 12V 

24 : 24V 

48 : 48V 



120 : 110V-50Hz 

120V-50/60Hz 

200 : 200V-50/60Hz 

220V-60Hz 

240 : 220V-50Hz 

240V-50/60Hz 



200 : 200V-50/60Hz 

Pilot pressure reducing valve 


No symbol = without pressure 

reducing valve 

R = with pressure reducing 

valve 





Pilot and drain type 

No symbol 

E 

ET 

T 


No symbol = Mineral based 

hydraulic oil 

V = Phosphate ester 

based hydraulic oil 

W = Fatty ester based 

hydraulic oil 

Water-glycol based 

hydraulic oil 





11 = with stroke limiter on port 

A side 

12 = with stroke limiter on port 

B side 




= external pilot, internal drain 












* For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid 

operated directional valve”. 

Symbol 

AL 

B 

C 

CL 







1-22


Valve type 


Spool 

type 

03 

04 

11 


a 

A B 

b 

P T 


A B 

a 

b 

P T 

Spool 

holding 

method 


 

Detailed hydraulic symbols 

(Example: External pilot and 

external drain type) 

Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

P X Y 

Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

T 

Simplified hydraulic symbols 

(Example: External pilot and 


Sol. 

a 

Sol. 

a 

X Y 

X Y 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

P T 

A B 

b 

P T 


26 

Hydraulic offset type 

No spring type with detent 

P X Y 

Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

P X Y 

Sol. 

b 

T 

T 

Sol. 

a 

X Y 

A B 

a b 

P T 

Sol. 

b 

A B 

A B 

Sol. a o b Sol. a b 

a 

b 

P T 

P T 


05 

06 

07 

08 


Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

O 

b 

Sol. 

b 

Sol. 

a 

X Y 

a 

A B 

O 

P T 

b 

Sol. 

b 


P 

X Y 

T 

12 

13 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

Hydraulic center type 

Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

O 

b 

Sol. 

b 

Sol. 

a 

XY 

a 

A B 

O 

P T 

b 

L 

Sol. 

b 

22 

L P 

X Y 

T 

23 

1-23



Maximum working pressure 



Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) (Note 3) 

Lowest pilot pressure 3 position valve 


2 position valve spring offset type 

(Note 5) 

2 position valve hydraulic offset type 



Stroke volume of 

pilot part 

cm 3 

(Note 1) 

Port P, A, B 

Port T 

Opening area at spool neutral position 

(with spool 10 as 100%) 

Pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


(AC solenoid) (Note 4) 

Pilot flow rate L/min 

Mass kg 

Neutral 

→ Switching 

position 

Switching 

position 

→ Neutral 

External drain 

Internal 

drain 


pressure center type 

Neutral → Position “a” 

(Solenoid “a” energized) 

Neutral → Position “b” 

(Solenoid “b” energized) 

Position “a” → Neutral 

Position “b” → Neutral 

Spool 17, 22 

Spool 23 




Solenoid “a” → energized 

pressure center type Solenoid “b”→ energized 




pressure center type 

2 position valve, 

3 position valve spring 

(Note 2) 3 position valve 

hydraulic center type 

Solenoid “a” → deenergized 

Solenoid “b” → deenergized 

Single solenoid type 


Oil immersion 

type solenoid 

16 22 32 

8.9 

4.45 

2.30 

4.45 

34.3 (350) 

24.5 (250) 

15.7 (160) 

24.5 (250) 

0.78 (8.0) 

0.98 (10.0) 

0.49 (5.0) 

19.3 

9.65 

5.0 

9.65 

2.15 

2.30 

4.65 

4.65 

18.1 

17.25 

16 

3 

5(50) 15(150) 25(250) 5(50) 15(150) 25(250) 5(50) 15(150) 25(250) 

35 30 25 80 60 45 105 85 75 

30 25 20 40 30 25 60 45 35 

20 20 20 35 30 25 55 40 35 

30 25 20 40 35 25 65 50 45 

35 30 25 80 60 45 105 

40 

60 

95 

30 25 20 35 30 25 65 60 60 

40 35 25 30 30 25 

60 60 

46 

8.3 

16.0 

48.5 

8.6 

17.4 

49.9 

27 

70 

70.7 

35.5 

17.25 

35.35 

85 

70 

75 

(Note 1) If the valve is used with the internal pilot, the maximum working pressure of port P is 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm 2 ). 

(Note 2) If you wish to use the 3 position valve hydraulic center type with the internal drain, please contact us. 

(Note 3) In the case of 3 position valve hydraulic center type with meter-out choke valve, the highest pilot pressure is 12.3 MPa (125 kgf/cm 2 ). 

(Note 4) Switching time of DC solenoid is obtained by adding the following numerical values to the numerical values in the above table, 

respectively. 

● Nominal dimension 16: 20 ms ● Nominal dimension 22 and 32 : 60 ms 

(Note 5) If you wish to use the P-T connection spool type with the internal pilot when neutral, please contact us. 


Nominal 

dimension 


Spool type 




7 (70) 14 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.4 (280) 34.3 (350) 

(A) 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

* 

240 

240 

205 

180 

170 

16 

06 

200 

145 

115 


90 

07, 08, 19, 20 

220 

160 

130 



22 

(A) 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

* 

450 

450 

370 

320 

300 

06, 07, 08, 19, 20 

360 

250 


180 

160 

32 

(A) 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

* 

1100 


860 

750 

680 

06, 07, 08, 19, 20 

820 

630 


450 

400 

(Note) The above table shows numerical values in the case of the lowest pilot pressure. 

The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve hydraulic 

center type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool type, and is the flow rate marked with * regardless 

of the spool type and pressure if the pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (15 kgf/cm 2 ) or higher. 

1-24


DEH16 

Amount of pressure drop 

(MPa) 

Spool type 05, 18 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

30 

DEH22 

60 

90 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

Spool type 18 

B→A 

B→T 

A→T 

P→A 

P→B 

Spool type 18 

P→A 

120 150 180 


(MPa) 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 


30 60 

90 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

120 

150 

P→T 

B→T 

A→T 

P→A 

P→B 

180 


(MPa) 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

30 60 

90 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

Spool type 19 

P→T B→A 

120 

150 

180 

Other 

spool type 



(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Spool type 05, 18, 23 

Spool type 18 

B→A 

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

B→T 

P→A 

A→T 

P→B 


(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

P→T 

B→T 

P→A 

A→T 

P→B 


(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Spool type 19 

P→T B→A 

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

Other 

spool type 

DEH32 


(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Spool type 05, 18, 23 

Spool type 18 

B→A 

B→T 

A→T 

P→A 

P→B 


(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 


B→T 

P→T 

P→A 

A→T 

P→B 


(MPa) 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

Spool type 19 

P→T B→A 

Other 

spool type 

0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

Pilot valve 


The pilot valve uses the following solenoid operated directional valve. 

Nominal 

dimension 

Main valve 

Pilot valve 

Type Type Spool type Hydraulic symbols 



04 

Spool type04 

16 


DE 6 



13 

Spool type10 



04 

Spool type13 

22 

32 





13 

* For the pilot valve specifications, refer to the section of the type number index “DE6” and “DE10”. 

1-25


Sub-plate 

Valve type 

 

 

 

Sub-plate type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connection 

diameter 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity 

 

 

 

 

Tightening torque Nmkgfcm 

11.8 1.7 ( 120 18) 

56.8 8.5 ( 580 87) 

98.014.7 (1000150) 

431.264.6 (4400660) 

When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above sub-plate type. 

For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9,10 and 11 of the appendix. 

Choke valve for adjusting stroke speed 

Handling method When the adjust thread is turned clockwise, switching time of the spool becomes slow and when it is turned counterclockwise, switching time becomes fast. 

When meter-in is changed to meter-out, the choke valve needs to be replaced. 

Pilot valve 

Choke valve 

In the case of meter-in (choke valve: S-2TC*-20-E1) 

Pilot valve side 

Main valve side 

In the case of meter-out (choke valve: S-2TC*-20-F1) 


Main valve 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 


Choke valve type 

 

 

 

 

1-26


DEH16 

* 

* 

 

 


connection symbol, C and CL 

 

 

 

Solenoid b 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the case of electric connection symbol B 

Solenoid a 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Spring offset, DEH16P-30-2*-2*) 

 

Hydraulic offset, DEH16P-30-3*-2* 

 

 

* 

* 

In the case of electric connection symbol, C and CL 

 

 

In the case of electric connection symbol B 

Solenoid b 

Solenoid a 

2 position selector valve (double solenoid) 

 

 

 

 


connection symbol B 

Solenoid a 

 

 

DE6P-30-104 

Hydraulic offset, 

DEH16P-30-3*-1* 

Machining dimension of manifold (2 position valve) 

4-20 



 

2-4.5 

Drilled depth 5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DE6P-30-204 

Spring offset, DEH16P-30-2*-2* 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4-M10 

screw depth 18 

2-7 

(for port X, Y) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tightening torque 53.9 to 56.9 Nm 

 

O-ring 3-JIS B2410 P10A Hs90 

O-ring4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

 

(for port X, Y, L) 


Tightening torque 11.8 to 12.7Nm 

 

 

222.4 (Spring center type) 

237.2 (Hydraulic center type) 

 

 

 

222.4 (Hydraulic offset type) 

248.2 (Spring offset type) 

3 position selector valve 2 position selector valve (single solenoid) 

Note. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 

(Note. Port L is not used.) 

Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic center type. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DE6P-30-210 

(Spring center, DEH16P-30-2*-2*) 

DE6P-30-213 

(Hydraulic center, DEH16P-30-3*-2*) 

 

Solenoid b 

 

 

 

Solenoid a 

2 position selector valve (double solenoid) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

** 

Input power supply symbol * * * * 

A = Alternating current 

D = Direct current 

R = AC/DC conversion 

Machining dimension of manifold (3 position valve) 


 

 

 

 

DE6P-30-204 

Spring offset type, DEH16P-30-2*-2* 


 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

4-20 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Solenoid b 

 

Solenoid a 

 

 

* 

 

Solenoid a 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring 

(Locating pin) 

Tightening torque 53.9-56.9 Nm 

4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

O-ring3-JIS B2410 P10A Hs90 


Tightening torque 11.8 to 12.7Nm (for port X, Y, L) 

 

 



3 position selector valve 

 

Note. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 


 

 



2 position selector valve (single solenoid) 

(Note. Port L is not used.) 

The dimension marked with * differs 

depending on the type. 

With choke valve (S1, S2): +40 mm 

With pressure reducing valve (R): +40 mm 

1-27


DEH22 (2 position valve) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conduit tube connection port 

 

 

In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-6.5 Drilled depth 8 

4-24.5 (for port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) Port L is not used. 

 

2-10 (for port X, Y) 


O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



In the case of oil immersion type AC solenoid 

 

 

 

* 

O-ring 

 


The dimension marked with * differs depending 

on the type. 



Dimension 

Port P 

 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 


4-24.5 (for port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3-10 (for port X, Y, L) 


 

 

 

 

 

 


(Note) Port L is not used in the case 

of the spring center type. 

Use port L with tank pressure in the case 

of the hydraulic center type. 

 

 

 

 

 

* 


on the type. 



O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 

 

 

 

1-28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Outer diameter8 to 10 

Cross section of connection part1.5mm 2 or less 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


In the case of electrical connection symbol C, CL 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


4-24.5 (for port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 


on the type. 



 

* 

O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 


4-24.5 (for port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 





 

 


on the type. 



O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 

 

 

 

1-29




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 


 


4-35 (for port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


on the type. 


With pressure reducing valve (R)+50 mm 

 

* 

O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

412 (Hydraulic offset type) 

450 (Spring offset type) 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B, T 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 






 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

* 


on the type. 



O-ring 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

412 (Spring center type) 

449 (Hydraulic center type) 

 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B, T 

 

 

 

1-30



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



6-M20 Screw depth 22 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 



 

 


on the type. 

With choke valve (S1S2): 55mm 

With pressure reducing valve (R): 50mm 

Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B, T 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring 

center type. 



 

 

* 

 

O-ring 

 

 


* 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

O-ring 

 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 


on the type. 



O-ring 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 



 

 

O-ring 

 


Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B, T 

 

 

 

1-31



3 position valve gasket connection type 3 position valve flange connection type 

 

 

 

 

Overview 

This solenoid controlled pilot operated 

directional valve is used for operating the 

solenoid operated directional valve and for 



hydraulic pilot signals. 

Features 





spring center type and pressure-centred 

type are prepared as standard items. 

3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke 

of the main valve can be installed. 


MPa (350 kgf/cm 2 ). 

1-32





52 



F = Flange connection type 

Series number 

Without choke valve = 

Witht choke valve = 


No symbol Mineral based hydraulic oil 

V Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil 

W Fatty ester based hydraulic oil 




No symbol No accessory parts 


with stroke limiter 

11 

with stroke limiter on port A side 

12 

with stroke limiter on port B side 

Pilot pressure reducing valve provided or not 

No symbol without pressure reducing valve 

R with pressure reducing valve 



Symbol 

 

 

Spool type 

Explanation 

2 position, spring offset type 


2 position, hydraulic offset type 


Position holding method (olenoid valve) 


2 position, no spring type (with detent) 

2 position, spring offset type 

 


Solenoid type 


(For the explosion proof type, please contact us.) 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 

 

 

 





Pilot, Drain system 

No symbol = external pilot, external drain 

E = internal pilot, external drain 

ET = internal pilot, internal drain 

T = external pilot, internal drain 



P08 = Restriction contraction diameter 

P10 = Restriction contraction diameter 








(For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid operated directional valve”.) 





Symbol 

AL 




Input voltage 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

1-33



Valve type 


Spool 

type 

 

 

 

 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

 

 

Flange connection type 

 


 

 

 

 

Hydraulic 

symbols 

 

Gasket connection type 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Detailed hydraulic symbols 

(example: External pilot and external drain) 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Simplified hydraulic symbols 

(example: External pilot and external drain) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-34



pressure 


Port T 

(R) 

Port Y 


Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) (Note 3) 

Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

(Note 4) 

Stroke volume of pilot part cm 3 

Port P, A, B, T, R (Note 1) 

(Note 2) 

Internal drain 

type 

External drain type 

Pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 









Oil immersion type 

pilot valve 

Oil immersion type 

pilot valve 

Other than hydraulic center type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Switching timems 

(AC solenoid) 

(Note 5) 

Neutral Switching 

position 

Switching 

position Neutral 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pilot flow rate L/min 

 

Mass kg 







 

 

 

 

(Note 1) If the valve is used with the internal pilot, the maximum working pressure of port P is 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm 2 ). 

(Note 2) If you wish to use the 3 position valve hydraulic center type with the internal drain, please contact us. 


(Note 4) When using the spool type 03, 07, 08, 06, 19, 20, 22 and 26 with the internal pilot, make sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain 

pressure is always equal to or greater than the above pilot pressure. 

(Note 5) Switching time from neutral to switching position of the DC solenoid is a value obtained by adding 60 ms to the numerical value in the above table. 




Spool type 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 


( 3 position valve spring center type ) 

06, 07, 08, 19, 20 

L/min 


6.9 (70) 13.7 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.5 (280) 34.3 (350) 

 

 

 

The following table shows numerical values in the case of 

the lowest pilot pressure. 

The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve 

hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve hydraulic center 

type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool 

type. 

In the case of the hydraulic center type, when the pilot 

pressure is increased, the maximum flow rate is as follows 

regardless of the spool type and working pressure. 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

Pilot pressure 


 


L/min 

 

1-35



DEH52 

Pilot valve 


The pilot valve uses the following solenoid operated directional valve. 

Nominal 

dimension 

Amount of pressure drop (MPa 

Main valve 



Pilot valve 

Spool neutral holding method Type Spool type 


 


Spool type 04 




Spool type 05, 23, 18 Spool type 07, 20 

Spool type 19 

 

Spool type 18 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spool type 18 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other spool type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) 


If this valve is used with internal pilot, 

excessive flow rate may flow through the 

pilot valve, causing operation failure. 

Use a solenoid operated directional 

valve with P port restriction for the pilot 

valve. 

 


 

 

Spool type 10 

Spool type 13 


 

* For the pilot valve specifications, refer to the section of the type number index “DE10”. 

1-36

Flange 

Valve type 

 

When you use a flange, please place an order for the above flange type. 


Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Flange type Connection diameter Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity 


DEH52Gasket connection type 7 pcs. 


Option 

Accessory parts symbol of cover part 

Valve type 

2 position valve spring offset type 3 position valve spring center type 2 position valve hydraulic offset type 3 position valve hydraulic center type 

Schematic drawing 

Symbol 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanation 

(example) List of installability 

Symbol 

 

 

 

Nominal 

dimension 

Symbol 12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

with stroke limiter on port B side 

Choke valve for adjusting stroke speed 

Handling method 

When the adjust thread is turned clockwise, 

switching time of the spool becomes slow and 

when it is turned counterclockwise, 

switching time becomes fast. 

When meter-in is changed to meter-out, 

the choke valve needs to be replaced. 

Pilot valve 

Choke valve 

In the case of meter-in (Choke valve: S-2TC10-20-E1) 



In the case of meter-out (Choke valve:S-2TC10-20-F1) 



Main valve 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

Choke valve type 

 

 

1-37



DEH52 (2 position valve - gasket connection type) 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port) 

G1/4 Counterboring diameter25 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


X and Y ports are provided also 

on the upper part of the valve. 

Remove the plugs for use. 

 

Depth 8 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 35 

 

 

 

Air bleeding plug 

 

* 


In the case of the internal pilot type, drain is discharged to port R. 

It is not discharged to port T. 

 

 

 

 


O-ring5-JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 

(For port A, B, P, T, R) 

 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401P21 Hs90 

(For port X, Y, L) 

 

The dimension marked with * differs depending on the type. 

With choke valve (S1, S2): +55mm 

With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm 

DEH52 (2 position valve - flange connection type) 



 

 

 

 

 

66 (Flange position) 

65 (Gauge port) 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96 (X port) 

98 (P port) 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


* 

 

 

 

 

 

44-M16 Screw depth 27.5 

(For port A, B, P, T) 





1-38

DEH52 (3 position valve - gasket connection type) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 





 

Depth 8 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 


 

* 





 

 

 

 


O-ring5-JIS B2401G55 Hs90 


 

 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401P21 Hs90 


 

(Note) 

Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 


In the case of the internal drain type, drain is discharged to port R. 

It is not discharged to port T. 

DEH52 (3 position valve - flange connection type) 

 



 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96 (X port) 

98 (P port) 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


* 

 

 

 

 

 







1-39

Pilot operated directional valve (1) 


DH6P 3 position valve 

“a” 

“b” 

DH10P 3 position valve 

“a” 

DH6/10 

“b” 

T 

A 

P 

B 

A 

P B 

T 

■Overview 

This pilot operated directional valve is used 

for controlling start and stop, and movement 

direction of the hydraulic system with pilot oil 

pressure. 

■Features 

1. Switching to high pressure and large flow 

rate is possible. 

■Type indication 

Pilot operated directional valve 


6, 10 



Series number: 10 




Spool type 








No symbol 

P08 

P10 

P12 

P15 

P20 

P25 

P30 

P40 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

No restriction 

Restriction contraction diameterφ0.8mm 








■Specifications 



Pilot pressure symbol 

6 = 0.59MPa (6kgf/cm 2 ) 

Drain system 

No symbol = External drain 

T = Internal drain (2 position only) 


Port P, A, B 

pressure 


Port T 

Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

30.9 (315) 

0.4 (4) 

24.5 (250) (Note 1) 13.7 (140) 

(Note 2) 

Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) Pilot pressure + T port pressure 

Mass kg 

1.8 7.0 

(Note 1) DH6P: The highest pressure should be 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm 2 ) with spool type 07, 18, and 20. 

(Note 2) DH10P: The highest pressure should be 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm 2 ) with spool type 06, 07, 16, 18, and 

20. In case of spool type 01 and 02, port T should be used as drain port. 

1-40


Valve type 


Spool 

type 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-41


Maximum flow rate (Maximum flow rate may show different values depending on pilot pressure and port T pressure.) 

DH6 When DH6 pilot pressure is 2.0 MPa (20 kgf/cm 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curve number 

Spool type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DH10 When DH6 pilot pressure is 2.0 MPa (20 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Spool type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow rate of 

each spool 

(L/min) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pressure drop characteristics 

Similar to those of solenoid operated 

directional valve (DE6, DE10) 

Refer to the section of the type number 

index “DE6” and “DE10”. 

Sub-plate 

Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9 and 11 of the appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity 


 

 

pcs. 

 

 

 

pcs. 

 

Pilot port 

A valve in which the pilot is a G thread (JISB2351 O-ring seal type) is available. 

Besides, a valve in which a pilot port is provided on the gasket surface is prepared. 

Please contact us for the details. 

1-42

■Dimension drawing 

●DH6 

a 

17 40.5 12.5 17 

31 

T 

A 

B 

P 

b 

32.5 

42 

44 

2-Rc 1/4 Screw depth 12.5 

31 


40.5 12.5 

27.8 

T 

A 

B 

P 


4-φ7.6 

19 

4-M5 Screw depth 10 

0.75 

6 

16.3 

26.6 

6 32.5 


153.2 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spring offset type) 

44.6 64 

44.6 

8 

50 

4-φ8 

4-φ12.2 

4-M5 

O-ring…4-AS568No.012Hs90 


●DH10 

27 54 18.5 27 

2-Rc 1/4 Screw depth 12.5 

2.5 


50.8 

37.3 


a 

T 

A 

P 

B 

T 

b 

2.5 70 

T 

A 

P 

B 

T 

3.2 

16.7 

27 

54 18.5 

6.3 

21.4 

32.5 

46 12 

201 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spring offset type) 

55 91 

55 

4-φ11 

There is T port at two locations and 

either of the two may be used. 


87.5 

5-φ11 

5-φ15.4 

O-ring…5-AS568No.014Hs90 


4-M6 

1-43


Pilot operated directional valve2 


 


DH16 to 32 

 

 

Overview 




pressure. 


Features 





spring center type and pressure-centred type 

are prepared as standard items. 

3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke of 

the main valve can be installed. 

4. The maximum working pressure is 34.3 MPa 

(350 kgf/cm 2 ). 

1-44 



16, 22, 32 


= Gasket connection type 

Series number 

without choke valve = 

with choke valve = 


2 2 position, spring offset type 


3 2 position, hydraulic offset type 


Spool type 


Sub-plate 

Valve type 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connection 

diameter 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

 

 

 


For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9,10 and 11 of the appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

 

 

 






Accessory parts of cover part provided or not 



11 = with stroke limiter on port A side 

12 = with stroke limiter on port B side 



S1 = with meter-in choke valve (Note 1) 

S2 = with meter-out choke valve (Note 1) 

Drain system 

No symbol 

T 

= 

= 



(spring offset type only) 

* Items in (Note 1) are similar to those of the 

solenoid controlled pilot operated directional 

valve (DEH16, 22, 32). Refer to the section of the 

solenoid controlled pilot operated directional 

valve (1). 


head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6 pcs. 

6 pcs.

■ Spool type symbol 

Valve type Hydraulic symbols Transient state 

Spool type 


03 


A B 

X 

Y 

b a 


X 

P 

A 

P 

b 

T 

B 

T 

Y 

a 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

P T 

A B 

b 

P T 


04 

11 

26 


A B 

X 

Y 

b O a 

T P 


A B 

X 

Y 

b O a 

L T P 

a 

A B 

O b 

P T 

a 

A B 

O b 

P T 

05 

06 

07 

08 



12 

13 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

1-45




pressure 



Lowest pilot pressure 


Stroke volume 

of pilot part 

cm 3 

Mass kg 

Nominal dimension 16 22 32 

Port A, B, P 

Port T 











hydraulic center type 

Position “o”→“a” 

Position “a”→“o” 

Position “o”→“b” 

Position “b”→“o” 

Spool 17, 22 

Spool 23 

34.3 (350) 

24.5 (250) 

24.5 (250) 

0.78 (8.0) 

0.98 (10.0) 

0.5(5.0) 

8.9 19.3 70.7 

4.45 9.65 35.35 

2.30 5.0 17.25 

2.15 4.65 18.1 

4.45 9.65 35.35 

2.30 4.65 

16% 

3% 

17.25 

7.5 13 49 

■Maximum flow rate 


L/min 



Nominal 

dimension 

Spool type 


7 (70) 14 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.4 (280) 34.3 (350) 

(A) 

16 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

06 

* 

240 

200 

240 

145 

205 

115 

180 


170 

90 

07, 08, 19, 20 

220 

160 

130 



(A) 

22 

05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

* 

450 

450 

370 

320 

300 

06, 07, 08, 19, 20 

360 

250 


180 

160 

(A) 

32 

05., 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 

* 



860 

750 

680 

06, 07, 08, 19, 20 

820 

630 


450 

400 

(Note) 

● The above table shows numerical values in the case of the lowest pilot pressure. 

● The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve 

hydraulic center type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool type, and is the flow rate 

marked with * regardless of the spool type and pressure if pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (15 Kgf/cm 2 ) or 

higher. 

■Pressure drop characteristics 

● Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (DEH16, 22, 32) 

Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH16, 22, 32”. 

1-46


DH16 (2 position valve) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-4.5 drilled depth 5 

 

 

 

 

4-M10 screw depth 18 

2-7 (for port X, Y) 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 

Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic 

center type. 

 

 

 

 

* 



 




 

 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 


 




 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


2-7 (for port X, Y) 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 



 



1-47



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



4-24.5 


 

 

 

 

 

 





on the type. 


 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 



Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring 

center type. 



 

 

 

* 


on the type. 


 

 




 

 

 

 



Dimension 

Port P 

Port A, B 

Port T 

 

 

 

 

1-48


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 

 

* 



on the type. 


 

 



2-6 (Locating pin) 

 

 

 



 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 


 

 

O-ring3-JIS 2401 P21 Hs90 



 

 

 



 


on the type. 


1-49




 

 

DH52 

Overview 




pressure. 

Features 





spring center type and pressure-centred type 

are prepared as standard items. 

3. The maximum working pressure is 34.3 MPa 

(350 kgf/cm 2 ). 




 









Series number: 

without choke valve 

with choke valve 

= 

= 


= 2 position, spring offset type 


= 2 position, hydraulic offset type 


Spool type 






(Note 1) 

 

Drain system 

No symbol = External drain 

T = Internal drain 

(spring offset type only) 

* Items in (Note 1) are similar to those of the solenoid 

controlled pilot operated directional valve (DEH52). 

Refer to the section of the solenoid controlled pilot 

operated directional valve (2). 

1-50





Highest pilot pressure 


Stroke volume of pilot part 

cm 3 

Mass kg 


Port A, B, P, T, R 

Port X, Y 

(Note) 






Valves other than the above 



34.3 (350) 

24.5 (250) 

24.5 (250) 

1.2 (12) 

1.5 (15) 

1.2 (12) 

0.6 (6) 

33 

66.5 

80 

70 



■Maximum flow rate/Pressure drop characteristics 

●Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (2) (DEH52). 

Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH52”. 

■Flange 

Valve type 

Flange type Connection diameter Mass 

TFAA-40 

2B 

DH52 

TFXA-40 

2B 



2.6kg 

2.7kg 

■Accessories 

●Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

DEH52 Gasket connection type M20×100L 7 pcs. 431.2±64.6(4400±660) 

1-51


■Spool type symbol 

Valve type 


Spool 

type 

03 




A B 

X 

Y 

b a 

P 


X 

A 

P 

b 

T 

B 

T 

Y 

a 


Transient state Hydraulic symbols Transient state 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

P T 

A B 

b 

P T 


A B 

X 

Y 

b a 

R P 


X 

A 

b 

T 

B 

Y 

a 

T P R 

a 

a 

A B 

b 

A B 

b 

T P R 

T P R 

04 

11 

26 


X A B Y 

A B 

b O aa 

O b 

T P 

P T 


A B 

X 

Y 

b O aa 

A B 

O b 

T P 

P T 


X A B Y 

A B 

b O a a O b 

R T P 

T P R 


A B 

X 

Y 

A B 

b O a a O b 

T P R 

T P R 

05 

06 

07 

08 



12 

13 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

1-52


DH52 (2 position valve - gasket connection type) 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 






Take-out port of test oil pressure 

 

(A, B port) 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depth 8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

* 

 

 

 

 



on the type. 


 




 

 



 

 

 

. Block L port with a sub-plate. 

DH52 (2 position valve - flange connection type) 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96 (X port) 

98 (P port) 

 

 


* 

 

 

 

 

 




 


 



1-53


DH52 (3 position valve - gasket connection type) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depth 8 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

188* 


on the type. 


 

 


O-ring 

(for port A, B, P, T, R) 

 

 

 



Note) 

1. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. 

2. Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic center type. 

DH52 (3 position valve - flange connection type) 



 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96 (X port) 

98 (P port) 

 

 

 

 

 


In the case of hydraulic center type 


in the case of spring center type 

* 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 



199* 




Note) 

1. Use port X and Y1 as a pilot port in the case of the hydraulic 

center type. 

Use port Y with tank pressure. 

1-54

Manual selector valve (1) 



 

Overview 

This manual selector valve is used for 



handle operation. 


Manual selector valve 


 





1 = No spring type, detent type 

2 = Spring offset type 









P08 = Restriction contraction diameterφ0.8mm 

P10 = Restriction contraction diameterφ1.0mm 

P12 = Restriction contraction diameterφ1.2mm 

Spool type 




pressure (Note 1) 


Mass 

kg 

Nominal dimension 

Port A, B, P 

Port T 

Operating force during switching N (kgf) 

30.9 (315) 

2.9 (30) 

14.7 (150) 

19.6 to 29.4 (2.0 to 3.0) 15.7 to 26.5 (1.6 to 2.7) 

 

 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

 


 

 

 

 

Connection 

diameter 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

(Note 1) If working pressure exceeds the highest pressure of port T when the spool type is 

A or B, use port T as a drain port. 

● The opening area at spool neutral position is “spool type 23 = 3%, 

spool type 17 = 6%” when spool type 10 is assumed to be 100%. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 



 

4 pcs. () 

 

 




 

 

4 pcs. 

() 

1-55



Valve 

type 




Spool 

type 

 

 

 

DM 

(lever type) 

6 10 

 

 

 

a 

A B 

P 

O 

T 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-56


DM6 

Working pressure (MPa) 

DM6 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




DM6 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 


Curve number Spool type Curve number Spool type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DM10 

Spool type 

Working pressure 


4.9 (50) 

9.8 (100) 19.6 (200) 24.5 (250) 30.9 (315) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow rate 

(L/min) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Similar to those of solenoid operated directional valve (DE6, DE10). 

Refer to the section of the type number index “DE6” and “DE10”. 

1-57



●DM6 

147 

25 

52.5 

18 

φ25 

31 

3 position valve DM6P-10-** Handle operation range 


40.5 12.5 

2 position valve Spool type 

2 position valve Spool type 

01,03,04 50 

50 

02,25 

Handle operation range 

Handle operation range 

a 

20゚ 

O 

φ6 

20゚ 

b 

A 

P 

T 

B 

32.5 

46 2 

44 

31 

4-φ7.6 


A 

T 

P 

19 

27.8 

40.5 

B 


12.5 


●DM10 

46 

72.5 

φ30 

29.5 

72.5 

T 

A 

54 

P 

B 

T 

18.5 

2.5 70 

2.5 

46 12 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

T 

A 


50.8 

37.5 

P 

B 

T 

3.2 

16.7 

27 

54 18.5 

4-φ11 


There is T port at two locations and 


30 

a 

O 

b 

O 

a 

φ8 

23.5゚ 

23.5゚ 

91 

200 

0.75 

6 

16.3 

26.6 

32.5 

6 

29.8 

22 

4-φ7.8 

4-φ12.2 

34.7 64 22.5 

138 

4-M5 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 (for port A, B, P, T) 

52.5 (fulcrum position) 

40 

8 

5-φ11 

86.6 

5-φ15.7 

20 

20 

161 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spool type 01, 03, 04) 

161 (2 position valve spool type 02, 25) 


1-58



 

 

 

 

Overview 





Features 

. The improvement of internal coring shape 




MPa (350 kgf/cm 2 ). 




16, 22, 32 


P Gasket connection type 







Drain system 

No symbol External drain 

T Internal drain 


1 No spring type, detent type 

2 Spring offset type 


Spool type 


Sub-plate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9, 10 and 11 of the appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

1-59



Valve 

type Hydraulic symbols Transient state 

Spool type 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-60






Manual lever operating force 

N (kgf) 


Port A, B, P 

Port T 

Spool 17, 22 

Spool 23 

External drain type 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Mass kg 

 

 

 


Nominal 

dimension 

Valve type 



Spool type 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


All spools 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


All spools 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 


All spools 

 


Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) (DEH16, 22, 32). 

Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH16, 22, 32”. 

1-61



●DM16 

224 

55.6 

1 

2 and 3 position valve 

switching position 

a 

37゚ 

球 40 

138 

19 101.6 

76.6 

50 

34.1 

18.3 

Locating pin 

diameterφ4 

54.5 

88 

249.2 (2 and 3 position valves no spring type 

with detent and 3 position valve spring center type) 

275 (2 position valve spring offset type) 

O 

37゚ 

 

L 

T 

A 

18.3 

34.1 

50 

65.9 

88.1 

X 

P 

3 position valve neutral position 

A 

b 

B 

Y 

Locating pin diameter φ4 

12.7 

119 14.3 

35 

2 and 3 position valve switching position 

B 

Y 

54 

69.9 

71.5 

91 

1.5 


φ5 

91 

71.5 

69.9 

1.5 

T 

L 

19 


P 

A B 

18.3 

34.1 

50 

65.9 

76.6 


4-φ20 (for port P, A, B, T) 

2-φ4.5 drilled depth 5 

14.3 

35 

55.6 



(Note) Ports X and Y are not used. 

Use port L in the case of external drain type. 

50 

4-φ19.5 

3-φ7 

3 

34 

12 

17 

O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 


4-φ26 


3-φ14 

O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 

2-M6 (for port X, Y, L) 

●DM22 

19 130 

112.5 

94.3 

76.8 

53 

29.2 

35.5 

Locating pin diameterφ6 


112.5 

94.3 


76.8 

29.2 

4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T) 

19 

球 40 

T 

L 

X 

A 

P 

B 

Y 

17.5 

46 

73 

74.5 

92 

96.8 

117 

92 

T 

A 

P 

B 

Y 

17.5 

73 

74.5 

96.8 

117 

330 

70 2 

2 and 3 position valve 

switching position 

a 

27.5゚ 


5.6 

59 

27.5゚ 

17.3 

53 

77 


4-φA 

3-φ10 

Locating pin 

diameterφ6 

323.2 (2 and 3 position valves no spring type 

with detent and 3 position valve spring center type) 

348.8 (2 position valve spring offset type) 


O 


b 

 

X A B 

139 

19 

53 

77 


130 

(Note) Ports X and L are not used. 

Use port Y in the case of external drain type. 

Dimension 

12.5 

φ10 (for port Y) 


φA 

5 

19 

Port P 

24 

O-ring…4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 


4-φ35 

3-φ25 

6-M12 



Port A, B 

Port T 

24.5 

25 

1-62

●DM32 

Center of port L 

79.3 

28.5 

24 

76 

41.5 

L 

T 

X 

190.5 

168.5 

A 

P 

Y 

B 

55.5 

35 

79.5 

114.5 

124 

159 

197 

4-φ35 


124 


T P Y 

A 

φ10 

B 


35 

114.5 

159 

197 


球 40 41.5 

92 82.5 

114.5 

147.5 

478(2 and 3 position valves no spring type with detent, 3 position valve spring center type) 

516 (2 position valve spring offset type) 

41.5 

76 

82.5 

114.5 

147.5 

168.5 

24 190.5 


O 


a 

2 and 3 position 

valve switching 

position 

b 

31 

191 

11.5 

99.5 

66 

4 


19 

485 

30° 

30° 

 

(Note) Ports X and L are not used. 

Use port Y in the case of external drain type. 


4-φ35 

O-ring・・3-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90 


3-φ25 

4-φ48 

2-φ6 


6-M20 

O-ring・・・4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90 


1-63

Manual selector valve – KLA type 

Manual selector valve – KLA type 

T A P B 

●Hydraulic symbols 

A B 

P R 

■Overview 








pressure 

Port A, B, P 24.5 (250) 

MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) Port R 

2.9 (30) 


20 

Mass kg 

1.9 



with 4 port detent 

Nominal dimension: 6 


EP = Gasket connection type 

Type of hydraulic oilMineral based hydraulic oil 






Spool type: 2C 

■Sub-plate 


K4LA 

P-DE6R14-0 

P-DE6G14-0 

P-DE6R38-0 

P-DE6G38-0 





Rc 1 

4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 

8 

G 3 8 

1.0kg 

2.2kg 




K4LAR6EP M5×75L 6.9± 1.0 (70±10.5) 

●K4LAR6 

Switching position When pressed in When pulled out 

L 2mm 8mm 

50 

φ35 Ball 

φ40 

31 

188.5 

15 

A 

R 

B 

φ40 

6 93.5 

Stroke amount 

35 

8 

32 

71 

6 

32.5 

26.6 

16.3 

P 

*L 

19 

27.8 

40.5 

11 


O-ring...JIS B2401 P9 Hs90 

4-φ6 4-M5 

(for port A, B, P, R) 

4-φ12 

60 

1-64

Check valve (1) 

Thread connection type 



 

 

 

 

Overview 

Features 


This check valve is used for allowing the flow 

from one direction to pass freely according to 

the cracking pressure of the valve and for 

blocking the flow from the opposite direction. 

1. There are an in-line type that has thread 

connection system and a right angle type that 

has gasket connection system. 

2. There are six types of cracking pressure with 

no spring: 0.01, 0.05, 0.15, 0.29 and 0.39 MPa. 

3. Cartridge type elements are also 

manufactured. 

 

 


C 

Check valve 


6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 

(Gasket connection type is 10, 20 and 30 only.) 


G = 

GO 

R 

P 

C 

= 

= 

= 

= 

G thread connection type 

G thread connection type (based on JIS B2351 0 type) 

R thread connection type 


Cartridge type (for in-line) 


C1M 


(Specify only in the case of gasket connection type.) 



W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil 


(Note) It is not necessary to enter the type of 

hydraulic oil when the connection method is 

other than “P”. 

Cracking pressure 

00 = No spring 

(There is no no-spring type in the case of cartridge type.) 

01= 

0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm 2 ) 

05= 

0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

15= 

0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

30= 

0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

40= 

0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

Cartridge type check valve for angle 


6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 


C = Cartridge type 




Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil 




01= 

0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm 2 ) 

05= 

0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

15= 

0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

30= 

0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

40= 

0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

1-65




Maximum specification pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 



Mass kg 


6 8 10 15 20 25 30 

30.9 (315) 

15 

0.1 

35 

0.2 

50 

0.5 

120 

0.7 

200 

1.2 

300 

2.3 

400 

2.3 

- - 1.4 - 4 - 12 

Cartridge 

0.05 

0.05 0.05 

0.1 

0.2 

0.25 

0.3 



Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 

C10P 

M8×50L 

4 pcs. 

29.4±4.4 (300±45.0) 

C20P 

M10×70L 

4 pcs. 

56.8±8.5 (580±87.0) 

C30P 

M16×90L 

4 pcs. 

235.2±35.3 (2400±360.0) 

■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

When cracking pressure is 0.05 MPa 


●C6 ●C8 ●C10 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


●C15 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

5 10 15 

0 10 20 30 

0 20 40 

0 40 80 120 





●C20 ●C25 ●C30 


0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

50 100 150 200 

0 


0 


200 300 400 




1-66


C (screw connection type) 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) 

1. When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward. 

2. Articles of screw connection type are undisassemblable. 

 

 

 

 

C (gasket connection type) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

Q (O-ring for port A, B) 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install 

it so that the surface marked with * faces upward. 

1-67


●C (cartridge type for in-line) 

2x15° 

Spring 

Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 D1 H7 D2 

01 

C6C-10- 

05 

15 

3.5 9 

29.3 21.3 18 

30 

10 6 

40 

3 8.5 

01 


05 

15 

4 9.5 

32.8 22.8 19 

30 

13 8 

40 

3 9.5 

01 

C10C-10- 

05 

15 

4 11.5 

38.8 28.8 21 

30 


40 

3 10.5 

01 


05 

15 

5.5 15 

49 37 27 

30 

22 15 

40 

4 15 

01 


05 

15 

5.5 16.5 

59.6 44.6 29 

30 

28 20 

40 

4 17.5 

01 


05 

15 

7 24.5 

72.9 54.9 38 

30 

36 25 

40 

5.5 23 

01 


05 

15 

7.5 25.5 

83.6 63.6 42 

30 

42 30 

40 

5.5 25.5 

D3 H8 


14 

17.5 

23 

29 

37.5 

43 

φD3 

1.6 

φD1 

φ0.01 

1.6 

φD2 

Cool with dry ice for expansion fit. 

0.5x45° 

Seat Poppet Spring seat 

L1 

L2 

L5 

L3 

L4 

Spacer 

(not manufactured by our company) 

(stroke amount) 

(finish range) 

Nipple 

●C (cartridge type for angle) 

Plug 

Spacer 

(not manufactured by our company) 

Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 D1 H7 D2 D3 H8 D4 

C1M6C-10- 


C1M10C-10- 





01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15 

30 

40 

28.1 20.1 16.1 11 

36.5 26.5 21.5 16 

39.5 29.5 23.5 17 

46.5 34.5 26 18 

55.9 40.9 30.4 23 

74.3 56.3 41.8 31 

84.1 64.1 48.1 37 

3.5 9 11.3 

3 8.5 10.8 

4 9.5 12.4 

3 9.5 12.4 

4 11.5 14.8 

3 10.5 13.8 

5.5 15 18.5 

4 15 18.5 

5.5 16.5 21.3 

4 17.5 22.3 

7 24.5 30 

5.5 23 28.5 

7.5 25.5 31.1 

5.5 25.5 31.1 

10 6 11 6 

13 8 14 8 

17 10 18 10 

22 15 24 15 

28 20 30 20 

36 25 38 25 

42 30 44 30 

2x15° 

L7 

Bushing 

Poppet 

L6 

L5 


Spring 

Seat 

φD2 

φD1 

φD3 

1.6 

3.2 

φD4 L4 (finish range) 

L3 

0.5x45° 

φ0.01 

L2 

Cool with dry ice for 

expansion fit. 

L1 

1-68


Overview 

This check valve is used for allowing the flow 

from one direction to pass freely according to 

the cracking pressure of the valve and for 

blocking the flow from the opposite direction. 

Features 

1. There are an in-line type that has flange 

connection system and a right angle type that 

has gasket connection system. 

2. There are six types of cracking pressure with no 

spring: 0.01, 0.05, 0.15, 0.29 and 0.39 MPa. 

3. Cartridge type elements are also manufactured. 



Check valve 


52, 62, 82, 102, 125, 150 

(Gasket connection type is 52, 62 and 82 only.) 


F Flange connection type 


C Cartridge type 


Flange 

Valve type 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Flange type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 








(Note) In the case of cartridge type, “No symbol” and “W” are identical, 

and therefore, there is no “W”. 


00= 

No spring 

(There is no no-spring type in the case of cartridge type.) 

01= 

0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm 2 ) 

05= 

0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

15= 

0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

30= 

0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

40= 

0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm 2 ) 

*Nominal dimension 125 and 150 have no cracking pressure of 40. 

Connection 

diameter 

Mass 

1-69







●Specifications 


C52P M16×110L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.3 (2400±360.0) 

C62P M20×135L 6 pcs. 

C82P M20×165L 6 pcs. 

431.2±64.7 (4400±660.0) 



Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

62 82 102 125 150 

30.9 (315) 


700 


1800 

3000 

4400 

6400 



15 

27.5 

50 

190 

330 

Mass kg 


17 

31.5 

57 

― 

― 

― 

Cartridge type 

1.9 

3.3 

5.6 

9.4 

36.2 

76.1 


When cracking pressure is 0.05 MPa 

●C52 ●C62 ●C82 

1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

1.2 

1.1 

1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

1.2 

1.1 

1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

1.2 

1.1 

1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 


0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 

●C102 ●C125 ●C150 




0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 


0 1400 2800 4200 5600 7000 


0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 


0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 


1-70


●C (gasket connection type) 

A 

N 

A 


* 

B 

A 

H 

J 

E 

B 

M 

L 

K 

D 

C 

2 

O-ring “T” 

(for port A, B) 

B 

2-φQ 

2-φP 

G 

F 

6-S 

R 

Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S 

52 177 212 140.5 106.5 150 25 77 40 115 17 50 100 75 60 50 25 M16 

62 224 266.5 160.5 126.5 180 34 100 40 140 21.5 65 128 96 70 60 30 M20 

82 275 325 190.5 156.5 210 30 115 50 170 35 70 140 105 90 80 30 M20 

O-ring dimension “T” 

2-JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G85 Hs90 

Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it 

so that the surface marked with * faces upward. 

●C (flange connection type) 

F 

B 

B 

A 

A 

E 

D 

2x4-H, Screw depth J 

B 

2 

45゚ 

φN 

φM 

C 

B 

A 

φG 

45゚ 

2-K, Screw depth L 

A 

Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N 

52 135.5 132 98 100 80 67.5 98 M16 26 M10 15 45 45 

62 165.5 152 118 120 100 82.5 118 M20 32 M10 15 53 53 

82 195.5 182 148 150 120 97.5 145 M24 36 M12 20 70 65 

102 245.5 220 178 180 150 122.5 175 M30 40 M12 20 86.5 86.5 Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward. 

1-71

45° 


●C (flange connection type) 

2x8-F Screw depth G 

B 

A 

φE 

φE 

φC 

B 

φD 

A 

22.5° 

Nominal 

dimension A B C D E F G 

125 

150 

350.5 360 300 245 122 M30 50 

501 431 360 290 150 M36 60 

Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward. 

●C (large diameter) - cartridge type 

L1 

T4x15° 

L2 

L3 

φ0.02 A 

L4 

L6 

L7 (finish range) 

L9 


L5x30° 

In-line type 

T3 

φD1 

φD2 

φD7 

Right angle type 

φD5 

φD6 

1.6 

A 

Spring seat T1 

Spring Poppet Seat 

O-ring 

T2 

φD4 

Cool with dry ice for expansion fit. 

D3 

L8 

Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 D1±0.2 D2 +0.1 0 D3 D4 D5 H7 D6 H7 D7 H8 T1 T2 T3 T4 

C52 C- 10- 



C102 C- 10- 



01 

05 

15-* 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15-* 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15-* 

30 

40 

01 

05 

15-* 

30 

40 

01 

05-* 

15 

01 

05-* 

15 

146 111 1.5 

175 135 1.5 

210 165 1.5 

260 210 

360 295 

510 430 

2 

3 

5 

12 

12 

15 

18 

30 

32 

1.5 

2 

2 

23 

29 

90 

135 

87 

128 

31.5 

160 164 

36.5 

15 

1.5 24.5 110 106 17.5 

25 

28 

23 

2.5 51.5 230 233 34.5 

2.5 81.5 320 354 38.3 

98 

118 

145 

175 

245 

290 

77 

93 

115 

140 

205 

240 

4-M16 

4-M20 

4-M24 

4-M30 

45 

55 

72 

90 

8-M30 122 

8-M36 150 

50 

63 

72 

90 

122 

150 

70 

85 


125 

180 

220 

72 

86 


132 

190 

230 

26 

32 

36 

40 

50 

60 

36 

42 

50 

55 

65 

75 

38 

45 

55 

68 

98 

118 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

(Note) When used for in-line, a hole of 

φD4 is not necessary. 

1-72

Pilot operated check valve (1) 

CH 

A1 

A2 

CHY 

A2 

A3 

A1 


X(Pst) 

A(P2) 

B(P1) 

X(Pst) Y A(P2) B(P1) 

■Overview 

This pilot check valve operates the pilot using 

remote pressure and allows for back flow as 

appropriate. This valve is mainly used in a 

press or lift to prevent load from 

・・ 

falling due to 

leakage of the hydraulic circuit. 

■Features 

This is of decompression type. As the main 

valve opens after the pilot valve opens, 

smooth switching without shocks can be 

performed under high pressure and large 

capacity. 


●CH 

B 

●CHY 

B 

A 

X 

Y 

A 

X 


Pilot operated check valve 

Drain system 

No symbol = Internal drain 

Y = External drain 


6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 

(Gasket connection type is 10, 20 and 30 only.) 


G = G thread connection type 

GO = G thread connection type (based on JIS B2351 0 type) 

R = R thread connection type 








Symbol Cracking pressure 

10 0.10MPa 

14 0.14MPa 



15, 20, 25, 30 

6, 8, 10 





Maximum pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

CH 

CHY 

6 8 10 15 20 25 30 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 

30.9 (315) 30.9 (315) 

80 170 300 80 170 300 (Note) 

30.9 (315) 

30.9 (315) 

Pilot volume 

cm 3 

Port X 

Port Y 

2.2 8.7 17.5 2.2 

- 

1.9 

17.5 

15.8 

Mass kg 

2.5 4 8 2.5 

8 

(Note) Values are those inside < > only for CHY20P type. 

1-73


Sub-plate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon 

socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


CH/CHY6810 

CH1520CHY15 

CHY20P 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


CHY2530CHY20G(R) 

CH2530 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 



Method of obtaining minimum 

required pilot pressure 

(refer to symbols in the structural drawing) 

In the case of CH 

 

 

 

 

In the case of CHY 

 

 

 

A2: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston (cm 2 ) 

A3: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston rod (cm 2 ) 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Method of using internal drain type 

and external drain type 

When port A is directly connected to the tank during 

reverse free flow, the internal drain type is generally 

used. However, if back pressure is applied to port A, 

be sure to use the external drain type. 

Pst: Minimum required pilot pressure (MPa) 

P1: Load pressure (pressure of port B) (MPa) 

P2: Back pressure (pressure of port A) (MPa) 

A1: Pressure receiving area of poppet (cm 2 ) 

(Note) For minimum required pilot pressure (Pst), low pilot 

operated check valves for pilot pressure lower than 

Pst obtained from the above (pilot pressure equivalent 

to approximately 1/8 of load pressure) are also available 

(KSV/KSL type). If you need the above valve, please 

contact us. 

 

 

1-74

Y 

B 

A 

B 

A 

X 

X 


●CH/CHY (G screw connection type) 

F 2 

Q 

CH*G 

1 

C 

C 

M 

N 

G 

2-φD 

2-E 

A 

15 

1 

X 

B 

In the case of 6 to 10 only 

G1/4 

H J 

φ25 

K 

L 

51.5 (54.5 in the case of 10) 

G 

2-φD 

2-E 

1 

Q 

A 

Y 

CHY*G 

X 

Y 

B 

15 

1 

P 

Y 

B 

A 

B 

A 

X 

X 

C 

G1/4 

(both X and Y ports) 

In the case of 15 to 30 only 

H J 

70.5 

φ25 

K 

L 


2-φ11 through hole 

A 

B 


A 

B 

Type 

Nominal 

dimension 

6 

A 

66.5 

B C D E F G H J K L M N 

85 40 25 G 1 4 

42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 

P 

18 

Q 

15 

8 

66.5 

85 

40 

32 

G 3 8 

42 

27.5 

18.5 


33.5 

49 

80 

116 

18 

15 

CH 


15 

66.5 

79.5 

85 


40 

58 

38 

45 

G 1 2 

G 3 4 

42 

60 

27.5 

36.5 

18.5 

17.5 


13 

33.5 

50.5 

49 

65.5 

80 

95 

116 

135 

18 

20 

16 

17 

20 

25 

79.5 

97 


120 

58 52 

73 63 

G 1 

G1 1 4 

60 

75 

36.5 

54.5 

17.5 

15.5 

13 

20.5 

50.5 

71.5 

65.5 

87.5 

95 

115 

135 

173 

20 

29 

18 

24 

30 

97 

120 

73 

65 

G1 1 2 

75 

54.5 

15.5 

20.5 

71.5 

87.5 

115 

173 

29 

24 

6 

66.5 

85 

40 

25 

G 1 4 

42 

23.5 

16.5 

12.5 

35.5 

51 

80 

116 

18 

15 

8 

66.5 

85 

40 

32 

G 3 8 

42 

19 

16.5 

12.5 

35.5 

51 

80 

116 

18 

15 


66.5 

85 

40 

38 

G 1 2 

42 

19.5 

13.5 

15.5 

38.5 

54 

80 

116 

18 

16 

CHY 

15 

20 

74 

74 

120 

120 

73 

73 

45 

52 

G 3 4 

G 1 

75 

75 

54.5 

54.5 

15.5 

15.5 

20.5 

18 

84 

84 

97.5 

97.5 

125 

125 

183 

183 

29 

29 

17 

18 

25 

30 

74 

74 

120 

120 

73 

73 

63 

65 

G1 1 4 

G1 1 2 

75 

75 

54.5 

54.5 

15.5 

15.5 

18 

18 

84 

84 

97.5 

97.5 

125 

125 

183 

183 

29 

29 

24 

24 

●CH/CHY (R screw connection type) 

C 

E 

A 

2 

L 

M 

2-D 

(both A and B ports) 

F 

A 

CH*R 

X 

B 

A 

Y 

CHY*R 

In the case of 6 to 10 only 

Q 12.5 Q 12.5 

C 

Rc1/4 

H 

J 

K 

2-D 

(both A and B ports) 

P 

F 

C 

X 

Y 

B 

H 

Rc1/4 

(both X and Y ports) 

70.5 

In the case of 15 to 30 only 

J 

N 

G 

K 

G 


A 

B 


A 

B 

Type 

Nominal 

dimension 

6 

A 

66.5 

B C D E F G H J K L M N 

85 40 Rc 1 4 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 

P 

ー 

Q 

12.5 

8 

66.5 

85 

40 

Rc 3 8 

42 

27.5 

18.5 


33.5 

49 

80 

116 

18 

ー 

14 

CH 


15 

66.5 

79.5 

85 


40 

58 

Rc 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

42 

60 

27.5 

36.5 

18.5 

17.5 


13 

33.5 

50.5 

49 

65.5 

80 

95 

116 

135 

18 

20 

ー 

ー 

17 

19 

20 

25 

79.5 

97 


120 

58 

73 

Rc 1 

Rc1 1 4 

60 

75 

36.5 

54.5 

17.5 

15.5 

13 

20.5 

50.5 

71.5 

65.5 

87.5 

95 

115 

135 

173 

20 

29 

ー 

ー 

22 

24.5 

30 

97 

120 

73 

Rc1 1 2 

75 

54.5 

15.5 

20.5 

71.5 

87.5 

115 

173 

29 

ー 

25.5 

6 

66.5 

85 

40 

Rc 1 4 

42 

23.5 

16.5 

12.5 

35.5 

51 

80 

116 

18 

51.5 

12.5 

8 

66.5 

85 

40 

Rc 3 8 

42 

19 

16.5 

12.5 

35.5 

51 

80 

116 

18 

51.5 

14 


66.5 

85 

40 

Rc 1 2 

42 

19.5 

13.5 

15.5 

38.5 

54 

80 

116 

18 

54.5 

17 

CHY 

15 

20 

74 

74 

120 

120 

73 

73 

Rc 3 4 

Rc 1 

75 

75 

54.5 

54.5 

15.5 

15.5 

20.5 

18 

84 

84 

97.5 

97.5 

125 

125 

183 

183 

29 

29 

ー 

ー 

19 

22 

25 

30 

74 

74 

120 

120 

73 

73 

Rc1 1 4 

Rc1 1 2 

75 

75 

54.5 

54.5 

15.5 

15.5 

18 

18 

84 

84 

97.5 

97.5 

125 

125 

183 

183 

29 

29 

ー 

ー 

24.5 

25.5 

1-75

A 

Y 

B 

X 


B 

A 

X 

●CH/CHY (gasket connection type) 

M10 


(CH…for port X) 

(CHY…for port X, Y) 

2-φ15 

2-φE 

O-ring "U" 


φ6 

4 

G 

C 

F 

2 


Bolt 4 pcs. 

H 

N 

S 

P 

J 

D 

X 

CH(Y) 

C 

A 

B 

10 P 

20 

A 

B 

Y 

D 

R 

V 

Bolt 6 pcs. 

Q 

K 

L 

M 

N H 

S 

J 

42 P 

In the case of type CHY only 

D 

X 

CH(Y)30P 

A 

Y 1 

Y 

B 

C 

3.8 

A 

B 

59.5 

R 

Q 

L 

K 

M 

Either may be used only 

in the case of type CHY. 

Type 

CH 

CHY 

Type 

CH 

CHY 

Nominal 

dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P 

10 66.5 85 40 7.8 20 42 13 43 10 18 80 116 18.5 21.5 

20 79.5 100 58 6.3 30 60 15 60.5 10 20 95 135 17.3 20.8 

30 97 120 73 4 40 75 15 84 29 29 115 173 15.5 24.5 

10 66.5 85 40 7.8 20 42 13 43 10 18 80 116 18.5 21.5 

20 79.5 100 58 6.3 30 60 15 60.5 10 20 105 145 17.3 20.8 

30 97 120 73 4 40 75 15 84 29 29 125 183 15.5 24.5 

Nominal 

O-ring dimension 

dimension Q R S X port “T” Y port A-B Port “U” 

V 

10 54.3 25.8 32 

JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 

20 66.5 28.5 44.5 

JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 

30 83 32 63 JIS B2401 

JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

10 54.3 25.8 32 P11 Hs90 

JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 21.5 

20 66.5 28.5 44.5 JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 39.7 

30 83 32 63 

JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

1-76


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Overview 

This pilot check valve operates the pilot using 

remote pressure and allows for back flow as 

appropriate. This valve is mainly used in a 

press or lift to prevent load from falling due to 

leakage of the hydraulic circuit. 

Features 

This is of decompression type. As the main 

valve opens after the pilot valve opens, 

smooth switching without shocks can be 

performed under high pressure and large 

capacity. 



Drain system 




52, 62, 82, 102, 125, 150 

(Gasket connection type is 52, 62 and 82 only.) 










10 

30 

45 

* If you use cracking pressure of 45, 

please contact us in advance. 




Maximum working pressure MPa(kgf/cm 2 ) 


Maximum pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

Pilot volume 

cm 3 

Mass kg 

Port X 

Port Y 

(however, only for CHY) 

 

 

 

1-77


Flange 

Valve type 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flange type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connection 

diameter 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

6 pcs. 

 

 

 

 

 

6 pcs. 

6 pcs. 

 


Method of obtaining minimum required pilot pressure 

(refer to symbols in the structural drawing) 

In the case of CH 

 

 

 

 

In the case of CHY 

 

 

 

Pst: Minimum required pilot pressure (MPa) 

P1: Load pressure (pressure of port B) (MPa) 

P2: Back pressure (pressure of port A) (MPa) 

A1: Pressure receiving area of poppet (cm 2 ) 

A2: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston (cm 2 ) 

A3: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston rod (cm 2 ) 

Method of using internal drain type and 

external drain type 

When port A is directly connected to the tank 

during reverse free flow, the internal drain type 

is generally used. However, if back pressure 

is applied to port A, be sure to use the external 

drain type. 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) For minimum required pilot pressure (Pst), 

low pilot operated check valves for pilot 

pressure lower than Pst obtained from the 

above (pilot pressure equivalent to 

approximately 1/8 of load pressure) are 

also available (KSV/KSL type). If you need 

the above valve, please contact us. 

1-78


●CH/CHY (Flange connection type) 

A 

B 

C 

φD, Depth of counter core Y 

φG, Depth of counter core b, 

screw diameter H, screw depth d 

Screw diameter E, screw depth Z 

J 

X 

Y 

A 

φL 

Q 

R 

T 

U 

φK 

B 

φL 

S 

Screw diameter F, screw depth a 

(in the case of 52 to 102) 


2 

M 

e 

N 

Screw diameter F, screw depth a 

(in the case of 125, 150) 

P 

φK 

X 

W 

V 

(Note) There is no Y port in the case of CH. 

Nominal 

dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P 

52 145 110 55 38 

1 

G 2 4-M16 52 G1 4-M12 98 45 145 34 67 

62 155 120 60 38 

1 

G 2 4-M20 52 G1 4-M12 118 55 155 34 75 

82 200 130 65 45 

3 

G 4 4-M24 52 G1 4-M12 145 72 200 42 103 

102 230 170 85 45 

3 

G 4 4-M30 52 G1 4-M16 175 90 250 60 121 

125 290 200 100 65 

1 

G1 2 8-M30 65 

1 

G1 2 4-M24 245 122 305 60 128 

150 350 300 150 65 

1 

G1 2 8-M36 65 

1 

G1 2 4-M24 290 150 360 60 134 

Nominal 

dimension Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b d e 

52 257 185 36 140 65 35 115 145 0.5 15 25 0.5 16 16 

62 298 220 39 170 75 35 135 175 0.5 15 30 1 16 16 

82 386 270 58 212 100 70 170 210 0.5 16 36 1 16 16 

102 461 335 63 262 125 70 210 265 0.5 16 41 1 16 20 

125 564 430 67 337 150 70 270 360 1 24 50 1 25 30 

150 654 500 77 400 180 70 320 430 1 24 52 1 25 30 

●CH/CHY (Gasket connection type) 

N 

Q 

P 

Y 

B 

X 

A 

S 

T 

U 

V 

W 

R 

X 

Y 

Z 

K L 

B 

C 

D 

Nominal 

dimension 

A 

2 

O-ring “a” 


2-φG 

2-φE 

2-φH 

2-φF 

J 

O-ring “b” 


A B C D E F G H J K L M N 

52 145 44 40 115 22 60 15 48 6-M16 145 33.3 20 100 

62 155 48 40 125 22 70 15 60 6-M20 155 33.3 25 128 

82 200 60 50 170 22 85 15 75 6-M20 200 41.5 25 140 

P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a 

b 

52 35 50 25 77 101 135 185 257 36 1.8 2.4 JIS G55 JIS 

B2401 

62 35 65 34 100 132 170 220 298 39 1.8 2.4 G65 B2401 

P18 

82 59 70 30 115 151 185 270 386 58 1.8 2.4 Hs90 G80 Hs90 

Nominal 

dimension 

M 

1-79

Pressure gauge valve 


 


DG6 

Maximum working pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Allowable tank pressure 0.05 MPa (5 kgf/cm 2 ) 


 

 

 

 

 

Overview 

This pressure gauge valve is a kind of a 

three-way manual selector lever by manual 

operation and is used to check the pressure. 

Features 

1. The casing is structured to be conveniently 

installed on the panel. 

2. The pressure gauge can be joined to the 

valve main body by threaded port or can be 

connected to it by a pipe. 

3. Pressure can be detected with one touch. 

4. The pressure gauge has a longer service 

life because only tank pressure is applied 

unless it is used. 




 




PG = G thread connection type 

(Port P, T = Gasket connection, Port M = G thread connection) 

PR = R thread connection type 

(Port P, T = Gasket connection, Port M = R thread connection) 







Pressure gauge connector 

No symbol= 

Types without pressure gauge connector 

G14 = Types with G1/4 pressure gauge connector 




2 = Spring offset type 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

4 pcs. 

1-80


●DG6 

44 

55 

20 20 

φ34 

41 

11 

45゚ 

45゚ 

φ55 


50 

66 

4.5 89.5 

8 

(23.5) 

Only in the case of DG6G-10-2-G* 

6 strokes 

4.5 


T 

Diameter of counter boreφ25, 

depth of counter bore 0.5 

4-G1/4 screw depth 14 

M 

6 

55 

T 

M 

In the case of G screw 

Diameter of counter bore φ25, 

depth of counter bore 0.5 

4-G1/4, screw depth 14 

4-Rc1/4, screw depth 10 In the case of R screw 

(for port P, T, M) 4-Rc1/4, screw depth 10 

T 

M 

2-φ11 

G1/4, G3/8 

or G1/2 

96 

Width across 

flat 27 

LH screw 

Width across 

flat 24 

Approx. 96 

G screw connection type 


G1/4, G3/8 

or G1/2 

R screw connection type 

LH screw 

T 

P 

17 4-M6 

47 


T 

P 

G1/4 screw depth 14 

T 

P 

2-φ20 

G screw connection type R screw connection type Gasket connection type In the case with pressure gauge connector 

Same as G screw connection type 

Same as G screw connection type 

(Note) In the case of screw connection type, 

( other than dimensions entered ) ( other than dimensions entered ) 

there is T port at two locations and either 

of the two may be used. 

1-81

Page 

Relief valve – Direct operated type RD/RDV/RDV1M 

2-2 

Relief valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated (1) RB/RBE 



2-17 


2-22 

Three stage pressure relief valve 3RBE 

2-27 

Relief valve – Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated B1M..C 

2-30 

Pilot operated unloading relief valve (1) PU/PUE 

2-32 

Pilot operated unloading relief valve (2) PU35 

2-37 

Sequence valve – Direct operated type SD 

2-40 

Sequence valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated SB/SBE 

2-43 

Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type PRD 

2-48 

Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated PRB 

2-51 

Brake valve B 

2-54 

Counterbalance valve CBD 

2-61 

Counterbalance valve – with unloading function KDZ 

2-64 



2-1

Relief valve – Direct operated type 

RD 

Thread adjusting type 

T 

P 


Overview 

This direct operated type relief valve, 

which is a seat type relief valve, prevents 

momentary pressure increase of the 

hydraulic circuit and at the same time is 

used for load holding. 


Features 

1. This valve is very responsive and is optimum 

especially for a relief valve. 

2. As a cartridge type is available, it can be 

incorporated in a manifold in a compact way. 

3. As this valve is of seat type, it has less 

internal leakage compared to the balance 

type relief valve. 

4. As this valve is provided with the 

chattering preventive mechanism, its 

operation is stable. 



6, 8, 10, 15 

20, 25, 30 



GO = G thread connection type (based on JISB2351 0 type) 




Nominal 

dimension 

6 

8 


15 

20 

25 

30 


RD 

G GO R P C 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shape of pressure adjusting part 

1 = Handle adjustment 

2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) 

3 = Handle with key adjustment 

(nominal dimension 6, 8, 10 only) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



V 

W 

= Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil 

= Fatty ester based hydraulic oil 


(Note) In the case of the cartridge type, “No symbol” and 

“W” are identical, and therefore, there is no “W”. 

Highest adjustment pressure 

25 = 2.5 MPa 25 kgf/cm 2 

50 = 4.9 MPa 50 kgf/cm 2 

100 = 9.8 MPa 100 kgf/cm 2 

200 = 19.6 MPa 200 kgf/cm 2 

315 = 30.9 MPa 315 kgf/cm 2 

400 = 39.2 MPa 400 kgf/cm 2 

630 = 61.7 MPa 630 kgf/cm 2 

Nominal 

dimension 

6 

8 


15 

20 

25 

30 


25 50 100 200 315 400 630 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) As the minimum set pressure differs 

depending on the flow rate, refer to 

“Pressure override characteristics”. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-2

Hydraulic symbols Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

P 

Highest 

Nominal 

dimension 

6 

adjustment pressure 

25 0.4 (4.3) 

8, 10 15, 20 25, 30 

0.4 (3.9) 

0.4 (3.9) 

0.4 (3.9) 

50 

0.8 (8.4) 

0.8 (8.6) 

0.7 (7.0) 

0.8 (7.9) 


1.5 (15.8) 

1.8 (18.0) 

1.7 (17.1) 

1.6 (16.1) 

T 

200 

3.7 (38.2) 

3.4 (35.0) 

4.6 (47.1) 

4.2 (43.2) 

315 

5.9 (60.7) 

5.4 (55.1) 

6.4 (65.4) 

6.1 (62.3) 

400 

10.8 (110.7) 

6.5 (66.1) 

10.9 (111.5) 

630 

12.8 (130.8) 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight variations in the product. 


Nominal dimension 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 


pressure 

Port P 

39.2 (400) 

61.7 (630) 39.2 (400) 

30.9 (315) 


Port T 

30.9 (315) 

Maximum flow rate L/min (Note) 

50 

120 250 330 

Thread connection type 1.5 

3.7 6.4 13.9 

Mass kg Gasket connection type 


1.5 

0.4 

 

 

3.7 

0.5 

 

 

6.4 

1.0 

 

 

13.9 

2.2 

(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override characteristics”. 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

RD6P 

RD10P 

RD20P 

RD30P 


P-RD6R14-0 

P-RD6G14-0 

P-RD10R12-0 

P-RD10G12-0 

P-RD20R34-0 

P-RD20G34-0 

P-RD20R1-0 

P-RD20G1-0 

P-RD30R54-0 

P-RD30G54-0 

P-RD30R32-0 

P-RD30G32-0 

Connection diameter 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc 1 

G1 

Rc1 1 4 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 2 

G1 1 2 

Mass 

1.3kg 



3kg 

5.3kg 

10.5kg 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

RD6P 

RD10P 

RD20P 

RD30P 



M6×50L 

M8×70L 

M8×80L 

M10×105L 

4 

4 

4 

4 

11.8 ± 1.7 (120 ± 18) 

29.4 ± 4.4 (300 ± 45) 

56.8 ± 8.5 (580 ± 87) 


2-3

Type indication (relief valve – direct operated type for vent control) 

Relief valve – direct operated 

type for vent control 





GO = G thread connection type (based on JISB2351 0 type) 







V 

W 




(Note) In the case of the cartridge type, “No symbol” and 

“W” are identical, and therefore, there is no “W”. 

P port restriction contraction diameter 


12 

15 

18 

= 

= 

= 

= 

1.0mm 

1.2mm 

1.5mm 

1.8mm 









pressure 


Port P 

Port T 

39.2 (400) 

30.9 (315) 



3 (Note) 

1.5 

Mass kg Gasket connection type 


1.5 

0.4 

(Note) Be very careful that the minimum adjustment 

pressure and pressure override values differ 

depending on the flow rate used and 

restriction and contraction diameters of the 

main relief valve and relief valve for vent 

control. 


100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm 2 ) 

315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 


● Make the vent conduit as short as 

possible and the inside diameter of 

piping as small as possible. If the 

inside volume of the vent conduit is 

large, control may become unstable. 

● Do not connect the tank piping to 

other tank piping but connect it 

directly to the tank. 

●For the pressure increase value per turn of the adjust thread, refer to the section of the type number index “RD6 to 30”. 

Type indication (relief valve for panel mounted vent control ) 

Relief valve for panel 

mounted vent control 


6 









Water-glycol based hydraulic oi 


P port restriction contraction diameter 


12 

15 

18 

= 

= 

= 

= 

1.0mm 

1.2mm 

1.5mm 

1.8mm 


315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

(Pressure adjustment range = 2 to 30.9 MPa) 




30.9 (315) 


3 (Note) 

Operating force 

Maximum approx. 2 Nm (20 kgfcm) (however, in the case of back pressure being 0) 

Mass kg 

1.5 

(Note) Be very careful that the minimum adjustment pressure and pressure override values differ depending 

on the flow rate used and restriction and contraction diameters of the main relief valve and relief valve 

for vent control. 


● Make the vent conduit as short as 

possible and the inside diameter of 

piping as small as possible. If the 

inside volume of the vent conduit is 

large, control may become unstable. 

● Do not connect the tank piping to 

other tank piping but connect it 

directly to the tank. 

2-4

Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

RD6/25 RD6/50 RD6/100 

4.0 

7 

12.5 

Pressure P (MPa) 

3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 


6 

8 

4 

3 



7.5 

5.0 


1.0 

0.5 

0 

25 

20 

15 


RD6/200 

5 

0 



2 

Adjustment part 

2.5 

fully open 

1 

Adjustment part 

Adjustment part fully open 

fully open 

20 30 40 

0 10 20 30 40 50 

0 10 20 30 40 

Flow rate Q (L/min) Flow rate Q (L/min) Flow rate Q (L/min) 

20 

30 

Adjustment 

part fully open 

40 

50 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


RD6/315 

5 

0 


20 

30 

Adjustment 


40 50 

50 


Flow rate Q (L/min) 


8 

RD 10/25 

4.0 

8 

8 

RD 10/50 RD 10/100 

12.5 


3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

Adjustment 



7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Adjustment 




7.5 

5.0 

2.5 

Adjustment 


0 

25 

50 

75 

0 

25 50 75 100 

0 


120 




8 

8 

RD 10/200 RD 10/315 

25 

35 

20 

30 

25 


15 



20 

15 


5 

0 

Adjustment 



120 

5 

0 

Adjustment 


25 50 75 100 120 



2-5

4.0 

15 

15 

RD 20/25 

RD 20/50 

7 

15 

RD 20/100 

12.5 


3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

Adjustment 



6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Adjustment 




7.5 

5.0 

2.5 

Adjustment 




0 

15 

RD 20/200 RD 20/315 

25 

20 

15 


5 

50 



150 

Adjustment 


200 

0 50 100 150 200 250 


31.5 

30 

0 50 100 150 200 250 


25 

20 

15 


5 

Adjustment 


0 50 100 150 200 250 

0 50 100 150 200 


250 



4.0 

RD 30/25 

25 

25 

RD 30/50 RD 30/100 

6 



3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0 

Adjustment 


100 200 300 330 


5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Adjustment 


0 100 200 300 330 


7.5 

5.0 

2.5 

Adjustment 


0 100 200 300 330 




25 

25 

RD 30/200 RD 30/315 

20 

31.5 

30 

15 

25 



5 


20 

15 


Adjustment 


0 100 200 300 330 

5 

Adjustment 


0 100 200 300 330 



2-6


RD*G/R 

RDV6G/R 

L21 L2 

L22 

Handle adjusting type 

(in the case of nominal dimension 

other than 25, 30) 

L26 

T 

60 

Nominal 

dimension 

T2 

(P) 

B1 

B2 

B1 

Width across 

flat W 

D13 

P 

L23 

L25 

L24 

B2 

D1 

D11 

94 

RD*G-10* is G screw 

RD*R-10* is Rc screw 


(in the case of nominal dimension of 25, 30) 

D12 

D13 

80 

D14 

Width across 

flat W 

H1 

H2 

L1 

L2 

Screw adjusting type 

L3 

L1 

D11 

Depth 1 (in the case of RD*G-10*) 

D12 

L5 

L21 

A 

D1 

View A 

D14-T1 

H1 

H2 

L22 

Width across 

flat W 

B1 

B2 

L23 

L24 

Handle with key adjusting type 

L25 

L3(key stud length) 

L5 23 

L26 

W 

60 

8 7 6 5 

T1 

9 

Width across 

flat W 

T2 


6 

8 


15 

20 

25 

30 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

1 

45 60 25 4 6.6 2-M6 25 

Rc 

1 4 

G 3 

35 32 8 

Rc 3 

60 80 

8 

G 

1 

40 

38 2 

Rc 1 2 

9 2-M8 

G 3 

45 4 

Rc 

3 

70 100 40 

4 

50 

G 1 

52 

Rc 1 

G 1 

1 4 

63 

Rc 1 1 100 130 50 

4 11 2-M10 60 

G 1 

1 2 

65 

Rc 1 1 2 

40 

60 

70 

90 

72 

68 

65 

83 

94 

91 

88 

 

15 

 

98 

94 

91 

 

80 


135 

180 

4 

5 

15 55 40 20 32 10 

70 48 21 36 15 

20 

100 65 34 46 18 

25 130 85 35 60 20 

14 

12.5 

15 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19 

19 

21 

25 

24.5 

25 

25.5 

2-7

RD*P 

RDV6P 


(in the case of nominal dimension of 30) 



other than 30) 



15key stud length 

60 


94 

D21 

O-ring dimension “U” 

D22 

L41 

Nominal 

dimension 

6 


20 

30 

80 

H3 

H2 

B1 B2 

60 45 

80 60 

100 70 

130 100 

H1 

Width 

across 

flat W 

L21 L2 

L22 

L31 

L32 

D1 D13 D21 D22 

4-M6 10 6 

35 


4-M8 

40 28 20 

50 4-M10 40 30 

T 

P 

60 

(P) 

B2 

B1 

P 

T 

H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 

6 40 1.4 72 94 

8 60 1.8 68 91 

8 70 65 88 

2.7 

10 90 83 

Width across 

flat W 

D13 

L23 

L24 

L1 

D1 

Width across 

flat W 

L5 L21 L22 L23 L24 L31 L32 L41 

98 80 4 15 55 20 40 

94 100 20 70 21 45 10 

91 135 5 20 100 34 65 

180 25 130 35 85 15 

L5 23 

W 

32 

36 

46 

60 

8 7 6 5 

O-ring dimension “U” 

2-JIS B2401 P7 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P14 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22A Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90 

9 

Width across 

flat W 

RD*C 

RDV6C 






other than 30) 


15 

key stud length 

60 

80 

60 

D1 

23 

L7 L6 

Width across 

flat W 

L2 

Width across 

flat W 

L1 

Width across 

flat W 

L5 

9 8 7 6 5 

Width across 

flat W 


A 

90 

D11 

D12 

Nominal 

dimension 

D1 D2 L1 L2 L5 L6 L7 W D11 D12 D13 D14 

6 

72 94 98 66 32 M281.5 25H8 6 15 

34 60 


68 91 94 79 36 M351.5 32H8 10 18.5 

20 40 60 65 88 91 109 46 M451.5 40H8 20 24 

30 50 83 94 136 60 M602 55H8 30 38.75 

 

D15 D16 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L17 L18 Nm (kgfcm) 

6 24.9 or more 6 15 19 30 or more 35 45 56.5 66.5 117.6 (1200) 

10 31.9 or more 10 18 23 35 or more 41 52 67.5 82 137.2 (1400) 

20 39.9 or more 20 21 27 54 70 91.5 112 166.6 (1700) 

45 or more 

30 54.9 or more 30 23 29 

60 84 113.5 143 294.1 (3000) 

Nominal 

dimension 

L18 

L17 

L15 

L14 

L13 

L12 

L11 

0.02 A 

1.6 

0.5×45° 

D16 

T 

1.6 

3.2 

C1.5 

D14 

D15 

20 

P 

D13 

2-8

RDV1M6R 

A 

62 

Maximum of 152 

61 14.5 35 4 

T 

50 

M48x1.5 

Mounting panel 

Panel thickness Up to approx. 1 

to 30mm is allowable. 

Width across flat 60 

Rc 1/4 screw depth 13.5 

T port is provided at four 

locations at symmetrical 

positions. 

Either port may be 

used. 

2 

3 

4 

0 

View A 

6 


7 

8 

Width across 

flat 36 


Rc 1/4 screw depth 12.5 

P 

View 


P 

B 

2-9

Relief valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated (1) 

With shock damping valve 

(Y) 

X 

P 

T 


Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated 

relief valve, which is a seat type relief 

valve, regulates the highest pressure of 

the hydraulic circuit and at the same time 

prevents overload of the hydraulic 

equipment and drive machines and sets 

pressure for control of the hydraulic 

equipment. The relief valve with unloading 

function is used for loading and unloading 

the circuit pressure with electrical signals. 


RB 

Features 

1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter 

than that of a general balance type relief 

valve, it has good responsiveness and 

flow resistance when unloaded is small. 

2. Pressure override is small. 

3. Operation is correct and both 

responsiveness and stability are good. 

4. The relief valve with unloading function 

can perform shockless, smooth 

unloading if it is used together with the 

shock damping valve (refer to the 

section of the type number index 

“ZNS5”). 

Relief valve - balanced piston type pilot operated 




20 

30 

RB*P 

 

 

 




Series number : 10 

RB*C 

 

 

 










Drain system 



Vent port 

No symbol= Without vent port 

X = With vent port 

(gasket connection type is X only) 

(cartridge type is no symbol only) 


100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm 2 ) 

315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 


RB RBE 

P (X) P 

RBE 

(with shock damping valve) 

P 

● If you wish to 

purchase a relief 

valve with a check 

valve, refer to the 

section of the type 

number index “ZA10, 

20, 30”. 


P 

A 

T 

Pressure increase value per turn 

(clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Nominal 

Highest dimension 



10, 20, 30 

1.75(17.8) 

T 

(Y) 

T 

(Y) 

T 

(Y) 

315 

14.1(143.9) 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there 

are slight variations in the product. 



RBE 

Relief valve 

- Balanced piston type pilot operated 

(with solenoid valve) 




20 

30 





Vent circuit 

A Normal close 

B Normal open 

RBE*P 

 

 

 

RBE*C 

 

 

 






100 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm 2 ) 

315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Vent port 

No symbol 

Without vent port (cartridge type) 

X With vent port (gasket connection type) 

Drain system 




Nominal dimension 10 20 30 


pressure 


Maximum 

flow rate 

L/min 

Port P, T, X 

Port Y 

RB*P/RBE*P 

RB*C/RBE*C 

Highest adjustment pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 2) 

Type of shock damping valve (Note 3) 

Mass kg 

RB*P 

RB*C 

RBE*P 

RBE*C 

RB 

RBE 

30.9(315) (Note1) 

30.9(315) 

15.7(160) 

200 400 600 

200 600 

9.8 (100) or 30.9 (315) 

Equivalent to DE5P-2 01 

02 

ZNS5-1 

2.6 3.5 4.4 

1.5 1.5 

3.8 4.7 5.6 

2.7 2.7 

(Note 1) However, the maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 MPa 

(160 kgf/cm 2 ) in the case of RBE internal drai type. 

(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve 

“DE5”. 

(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for the 

specifications. 

Sub-plate 





W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil 

Shock damping valve provided or not 

No symbol = Without shock damping valve 

S = With shock damping valve 


Explanation 

Input voltage 

12 

24 


200 

Valve type Sub-plate type Connection 

diameter 

P-RB10R14-0 Rc 1 4 

P-RB10G14-0 G 1 4 


RB(E)10 




P-RB20R34-0 Rc 3 4 

RB(E)20 

P-RB20G1-0 

G1 

P-RB30R54-0 Rc1 1 4 

RB(E)30 

P-RB30G32-0 G1 1 2 

P-RB20G34-0 

P-RB30G54-0 

G 3 4 

G1 1 4 

P-RB20R1-0 

P-RB30R32-0 

Rc1 

Rc1 1 2 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon socket 


RB(E)10 

M12×45L 

symbol 

B 

C 

CL 




 

 

 

 

12V 

24V 


200V 



A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* For details of voltage specifications, refer to 

“Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid 

operated directional valve “DE5”. 

* For other power supply, please contact us. 

 

 

 

Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 

(with standard emergency manual 

operation) 

Quantity 




Mass 

2.1kg 

4.4kg 

6.9kg 

When you use a 

sub-plate, please place an 

order for the above 


For the dimension 

drawing, refer to page 5, 6 

of the appendix. 


4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150) 


RB(E)20 

M16×50L 

4 pcs. 

235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

RB(E)30 

M18×50L 

4 pcs. 

333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510) 

2-11


RB(E)10 RB(E)20 RB(E)30 

32 

32 

32 

28 

28 

28 

Pressure (MPa) 

24 

20 

16 

12 

8 


24 

20 

16 

12 

8 


24 

20 

16 

12 

8 

4 

4 

4 

0 40 80 120 160 200 

0 80 160 240 320 400 

0 120 240 360 480 600 





Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

RB(E)10 RB(E)20 RB(E)30 


1.5 

1.2 

0.9 

0.6 

0.3 


1.5 

1.2 

0.9 

0.6 

0.3 


3.0 

2.4 

1.8 

1.2 

0.6 

0 

40 

80 120 160 200 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 120 

240 360 480 600 




2-12

Pilot valve 

The type indication of the pilot valve used for the relief valve – balanced piston type pilot operated is as follows. 

If you need the pilot valve only, please specify “pilot valve type” and contact us. 

RB10X 

Pilot relief valve 

For RB10, 20, 30 






RBE10X 


For RBE10, 20, 30 


Vent circuit 


B Normal open 





symbol 

B 

C 

CL 






Drain system 





315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 










 





A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Drain system 



Solenoid type 


Input voltage 

12 

24 


200 

 

 

 

 

12V 

24V 


200V 

* For details of voltage specifications, refer 

to “Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid 







2-13

3 


The type indication of the solenoid operated directional valve used for the relief valve with unloading function, three stage pressure relief valve and sequence valve is as follows. 

For details, please contact us. 


Solenoid valve 


5 






or 


Spool type 

01 

02 

14 

Sol. 

a 

Solenoid type 

a 

A B 

P 

b 

T 

05 

08 



Sol. 

a 

a 

A B 

P 

O 

T 

b 

Sol. 

b 

* Correspondence with RBE type 

vent circuit symbols is as follows. 

A=01 

B=02 








 



A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: In case of CL for DC power supply, there is 

polarity in the terminal. 

Refer to the section of the type number index 

“DE-6” for connection method. 

Input voltage 

12 

24 


200 

symbol 

B 

C 

CL 

 

 

 

 




12V 

24V 


200V 






Solenoid excitation 

AC 

DC, with rectifier 

AC 

Solenoid 

DC 

deenergized 

With rectifier 

Maximum ambient temperature 

25 

40 

20 

30 


50 

Power 

supply 

and 

voltage 

Solenoid type 

Power supply 

Number of connection 

terminals 

Symbol 

Frequency Hz 

50 

K-W1D/* 

K-G1DS/* 

AC 

3 

DC 

2 

W100 

W200 G12 G24 

60 50 60 

Mass kg 



1.0 

1.4 

Current 

value A 

Voltage V 

Holding 

Startup 


0.57 

1.81 


0.58 

1.82 

110 200 

0.54 0.28 

1.69 0.85 

200 

0.29 

0.88 

220 

0.25 

0.80 

12 24 

2.17 1.08 

 


Continuous rating 

Type of coil insulation 

H type 

Allowable voltage fluctuation 


Surge killer 

Procedure for three terminal solenoid connection 

 

With varistor 

Solenoid type 

K-W1D 

Connection terminal part 

schematic diagram 

2 

1 

K-W1D 

Connection procedure 

AC100V-50Hz 

AC200V-50Hz 

AC100V-60Hz 

AC200V-60Hz 

AC110V-60Hz 

AC220V-60Hz 

Connection between 1 and 2 



2-14


RB*P 

B1 

B2 

X 

P 

T 

L8 

L2 

L1 

L3 

L4 

G1/4 

With Y port only for (external drain type) 

L6 

Maximum L7 

Maximum L7 

30 

L5 

Nominal 

dimension 


20 

30 

B1 

78 


115 


H2 

78 

O-ringJIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

(for port X) 

1.4 

B2 

54 

69.8 

82.5 

M5 

13 

D1 

4-M12 

4-M16 

4-M18 

X 

D2 

12 

25 

31 

4-D1 

P 

T 

6 (Locating pin) 

L9 D2 

D3 

4 


D3 

20 

35 

40 

(Y) 

L1 

23.5 

34 

41.5 

L2 

22.2 

11.1 

12.7 

H1 

L3 

47.6 

55.5 

76.2 

26 

35 

L4 

54 

66.7 

89 

L5 

99.5 

113 

123 

L6 

156.5 

168 

179 


L7 

179 

193 

203 

L8 

0 

23.8 

31.7 

60 

Width across flat 30 Width across flat 30 


O-ring “S” (for port P, T) 

L9 

22.1 

33.3 

44.4 

H1 

1.8 

2.4 

2.4 


H2 

19 

24 

24 

60 

O-ring dimension “S” 

2-JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 


RB 


30 

C 

61 

4.2 


6 

59 

32 ±0.2 

44 

32 

44 ±0.2 

P 

T 

25 

6 

M5 screw depth 6 

Through hole of pilot hole 

40 2 

11 20 

42 

4-M8 

2-O-ring 

2.427.3(Hs90) 

Backup ring 

3228.40.8 

17 

51 

32 

90 

164 

Maximum 187 

6 

(Y) 

13 

G1/4 


RB*C-10-*/*Y 

With Y port only for (external drain type) 

35 

O-ring 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

(for port P, T) 

17 

2x45° 

Nozzle 

M4 D=1 

28.4 +0.1 

0 

2x45° 

12.5 

35 

51 ±0.2 

61 

32H7 

3.2 1.6 

C0.1 

25 

D2 

3.2 

P R0.4 

24 

D1 

2x30° 

4-M8-12/16 

D3 

25.5 

34 

38 0.1 

0 (finish range) 

T 

1.6 3.2 

1.6 

40 +0.1 

0 

42 +0.1 

+0.05 

22 up to drill shoulder for RB30C 

Through hole of RB10 to D2 

48 

Maximum 187 30 



60 

60 

Nominal 

dimension 


D1 


D2 

40 

D3 


A 

Through hole to D2 




30 

32 

45 

32 

22 

2-15

RBE*P 

B 

C 

X 

P 

T 


This diagram shows a case with a shock 

damping valve. In the case without a 

shock damping valve, this dimension is 0. 



20 

30 

A 

90 

117 

148 

B 

78 


115 

C 

54 

69.8 

82.5 

91 (in the case of electric connection symbol B) 

95 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL) 

O-ring JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

(for port X) 

98 40 

P 

78 

D 

23.5 

34 

41.5 

1.4 

M5 

13 

E 

0 

23.8 

31.7 

E 

D 

X 

F 

54 

66.7 

88.9 

J 

H 

G 

F 

A 

L 

M 

K 

Pilot valve 

Shock damping valve 

P 

Q 

4 


G 

47.5 

55.6 

76.2 

(Y) 

Solenoid a 


H 

22.1 

33.3 

44.4 

T 

R 

S 

H1 

1.8 

2.4 

2.4 

H1 

26 

J 

22.1 

11.1 

12.7 

PG11 


(drilling only in the case 

of external drain type) 

35 

O-ring … “T” 

(for port P,T) 

K 

99.5 

112.7 

122.9 

L 

156.5 

169.7 

179.9 

M 

155.7 

168.9 

179.1 

Maximum N 




N 

179.5 

192.7 

202.9 

P 

19 

24 

24 

60 

Q 

4-M12 

4-M16 

4-M18 


R 

12 

25 

31 

Maximum N 


S 

20 

35 

40 

30 

60 


2-JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

RBE 


30 

C 

View A-A 

6 

61 

59 

44 

32 

P 

T 

25 

4.2 


This diagram shows a case with a shock 

damping valve. In the case without a 

shock damping valve, this dimension is 0. 

A 

91 (in the case of electric connection symbol B) 

95 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL) 

40 

40 

20 

42 

11 

2-O-ring 

2.427.3(Hs90) 

Backup ring 

3228.40.8 

17 

51 

164 

163.2 


Pilot valve 


32 

Solenoid a 

(Y) 

6 

13 

A 

PG11 


(drilling only in the case of 


35 


O-ring 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 


32 ±0.2 

17 

2x45° 

2x45° 

Nozzle 

M4 D=1 

12.5 

6 

35 

51 ±0.2 

25 

61 

D2 

32H7 

28.4 +0.2 

0 

3.2 1.6 

C0.1 

3.2 

P R0.4 

24 

D1 

A 

2x30° 

44 ±0.2 

M5 screw depth 6 

Through hole of pilot hole 

4-M8-12/16 

T 

1.6 3.2 

φD3 

25.5 

34 


38 0.1 

1.6 

40 +0.1 0 

42 +0.1 +0.05 

48 


Maximum 187 


60 

60 



Handle adjusting type Handle with key adjusting type 

Nominal 

dimension 


30 

D1 


32 

D2 

40 

45 

D3 


32 

A 

Through hole to D2 

22 

2-16



X P T 

Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated relief 

valve, which is a seat type relief valve, 

regulates the highest pressure of the hydraulic 

circuit and at the same time prevents overload 

of the hydraulic equipment and drive machines 

and sets pressure for control of the hydraulic 


function is used for loading and unloading the 

circuit pressure with electrical signals. 


RB 

Features 

1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter than 

that of a general balance type relief valve, it 

has good responsiveness and flow 

resistance when unloaded is small. 




4. The relief valve with unloading function can 

perform shockless, smooth unloading if it is 

used together with the shock damping 

valve (refer to the section of the type 

number index “ZNS5”). 

5. As this valve adopts an unequal type 

plunger, it opens when T port is 

pressurized. 


Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated 


35 


P 

F 

C 

= 

 

 












= Water-glycol based hydraulic oil 

Drain system 



Vent port 

No symbol 

Without vent port 

(in the case of flange connection type and cartridge type) 

X With vent port 

(in the case of gasket connection type) 



315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 


RB RBE RBE (with shock damping valve) 

P 

P 

(X) 

P 

T 

(Y) 

T 

(Y) 

T 

(Y) 

2-17

RBE 


Relief valve 




35 



F Flange connection type 



Vent port 


B Normal open 






315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Vent port 

No symbol 

Without vent port (in the case of flange connection type and cartridge type) 

X With vent port (in the case of gasket connection type) 

Drain system 



symbol 

B 

C 

CL 











 

A D R 




Input voltage 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 12V 

24 24V 

100 100V 

200 200V 









Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 


operation) 



Port P, T, X 


pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Port Y 





Pilot valve type (Note 4) 

Mass kg 

RB 

RBE 

(Note 1) However, the maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 

MPa (160 kgf/cm 2 ) in the case of RBE internal drain type. 

(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional 

valve “DE5”. 

35 

30.9 (315) (Note1) 

RB 

30.9 (315) 

RBE 

15.7 (160) 

800 


Equivalent to DE5P-2 01 

02 

ZNS5-1 

RD6C 

17 

19 

(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index 

“ZNS5” for the specifications. 

(Note 4) Refer to the section of the type number index 

“RD6C”. 

Pressure override characteristics 

(viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 



1.0 

0.8 


0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 


2-18


RB35X 


for RB35 










Drain system 



RBE35X 


for RB35 


Vent circuit 


B Normal open 






315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Drain system 





315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

symbol 

B 

C 

CL 










Explanation 





A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Input voltage 

12 

24 


200 

 

 

 

 

12V 

24V 


200V 






Solenoid type 

W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual 

operation) 


Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

RB (E) 35P M16×70L 6 pcs. 235.0 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

Flange 

Valve type 

RB (E) 35F 


pressure 

20.6MPa 

30.9MPa 

Flange type 

TFAA-40 

TFXA-40 

Connection 

diameter 

2B 

2B 

Mass 

2.6kg 

2.7kg 



2-19


RB35P 

2 

146 


22 

G1/4 screw depth 12.5 

35 

60 

RBE35P 

35 19 

70 

20 115 

37.5 140 

195 

35 

60 

38 

165 

130 

96.2(C,CL) 

90.9(B) 

40 

Pilot valve 

Shock damping 

valve 

Solenoid a 

PG11 

21 

146 

217 


38 

165 

130 

1 

RB35P-10- 2 /*Y (external drain) 

has no G1/4 plug (Y port). 

21 



(for port X) 

5.2 

35 

70 

19 

20 115 

37.5 140 

18 

40 

55 

195 

217 

6-M16 

40 

55 




Maximum 250 



A 

RB35P-10- B /*Y (external drain) 

has no G1/4 plug (Y port). 



Maximum 250 

O-ringJIS B2401 P14 Hs90 

(for port X) 

22 

5.2 

18 

40 

55 

40 

55 

6-M16 



2-20

RB35F 

38 

19 


Y port 


With plug in the case of internal drain type 

58 

71.5 

2 

129.5 



204.5 

Maximum 237.5 

178 

21 

130 

45 

40 

45 

P.C.D 98 

70 


35 

45 

40 

45 

P.C.D 98 


60 


RBE35F 

Y port 


With plug in the case of internal drain type 

204.5 

176 

60 

96.2(C,CL) 

90.9(B) 

45 

45 

98 

P,C,D 

40 


70 

21 

35 

38 


19 

58 71.5 

2 129.5 

Pilot valve 

Solenoid a 

PG11 



40 

Shock damping 

valve 

Maximum 237.5 

130 

45 

45 

P,C,D 98 

40 


2-21



T 

P 


Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated relief 

valve, which is a seat type relief valve, 

regulates the highest pressure of the hydraulic 

circuit and at the same time prevents overload 

of the hydraulic equipment and drive machines 

and sets pressure for control of the hydraulic 


function is used for loading and unloading the 

circuit pressure with electrical signals. 


RB 

P (X) 

(Y) 

T 

RBE 

P (X) 

Features 

1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter than 

that of a general balance type relief valve, it 

has good responsiveness and flow 

resistance when unloaded is small. 







Nominal dimension 52 82 

Port P, X 

Port T 

Port Y 

RB 

RBE 

RB 

RBE 



4. The relief valve with unloading function 

can perform shockless, smooth unloading 

if it is used together with the shock 

damping valve (refer to the section of the 

type number index “ZNS10”). 

30.9 (315) 

30.9 (315) 

30.9 (315) 

16 (163) (Note 3) 

30.9 (315) 

16 (163) (Note 3) 

(Y) 

T 

RBE (with shock damping valve) 

P (X) 


Highest adjustment pressure MPa(kgf/cm 2 ) 

Type of solenoid operated 

directional valve (Note 1) 

Pilot relief valve type 

L/min 



1,500 3,500 


DE10P-20-204-W* 

ZNS10-1 

RDV10C 

T 

(Y) 

Mass 

kg 

RB 

RBE 





(Note 1) Refer to the section of the type number index “DE10P” for the specifications. 

(Note 2) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS10” for the specifications. 

(Note 3) The maximum working pressure for port T and Y is limited by the specifications of DE10P. 

37 

37 

41 

41 

88 

46 

92 

50 


The direct operated type relief valve RDV10C*-*/ 315-1.5 is 

used for the pressure adjusting part of the pilot valve. 

For the pressure increase value per turn of the adjust 

thread, refer to the section of the type number index 

“RD10”. 

2-22


RB52 

Relief valve- Balanced piston type pilot operated 


52, 82 


P 

F 

C 

 

 

 









RBE52 

Relief valve 




52, 82 


P 

F 

C 

 

 

 




Series number 

Vent circuit 


B Normal open 







315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Vent port 

No symbol 


X With vent port (gasket connection type is X only) 

Drain system 








Drain system 



Vent port 

No symbol 



(gasket connection type is X only) 



315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Solenoid type 










AL = Center terminal with lamp 

Input voltage 

12 12V 

24 24V 


200 200V 








*For details, refer to the section of the solenoid operated 

directional valve “DE10”. 


2-23

Flange 

Valve type 

RB (E) 52F 

RB (E) 82F 


20.6MPa 

30.9MPa 

20.6MPa 

30.9MPa 

Flange type 

TFAA-40 

TFXA-40 

TFAA-63 

TFXA-63 



Connection 

diameter 

2B 

2B 

3B 

3B 

Mass 

2.6kg 

2.7kg 

3.9kg 

4.5kg 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 



RB (E) 52P M16×150L 

6 pcs. 

235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

RB (E) 82P M20×200L 

6 pcs. 

431.2 ± 64.6 (4400 ± 660) 


Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s(cSt)) 

RB (E) 52 

RB (E) 82 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

0 300 600 

900 1200 1500 


0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500 


Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s(cSt)) 


When the vent port is opened 

2.0 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

RB (E) 52 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

RB (E) 82 

0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500 


2-24

Pilot valve 

The type indication of the pilot valve used for the relief valve – balanced piston type pilot operated is as follows. 


RB52X 


For RB52, 82 

Series number 







315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

RBE52X 


For RBE52, 82 

Series number 

Vent circuit 


B Normal open 







315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Vent port 

No symbol 



Drain system 








Drain system 



Vent port 

No symbol 












AL = Center terminal with lamp 

Input voltage 

12 

24 


 

 

 

12V 

24V 


200 200V 






Solenoid type 



*For details, refer to the section of the solenoid operated 

directional valve “DE10”. 


2-25


RBEF 

(Note) This diagram shows the type RBE*. In the case of the type RB*, there are no shock damping valve and solenoid operated directional valve. 

S 

R 

e 

140 

5 

T 

70 

34 

U 

V 

AC Solenoid 

DC Solenoid 


Shock damping 

valve 

45° 

45° 


 


P 

Q 

X 

N 

f 

M 

L 

K 

Solenoid a 

Y 

35 


Width across 

flat 30 

Width across 

flat 19 

Screw adjusting 

type 

W 

60 

Handle 

adjusting type 

2×4-X screw depth Y 


W 

30 

60 

Handle with key 

adjusting type 


34 

65 

A 

C 

B 

D 

23 

E 

2-18 through hole 

T 

P 

H2 

G 

F 

P 

22 

H1 

Installed only in the case with a shock damping valve 

Counterboring diameter 38, counterboring depth 

G 1/2 Q screw depth 13 


(Note) The P port position is H1 in the case of RBE52F and H2 in the case of 82F. 

A B C D E F G H1 H2 K L M N P Q R S T U V W e 

52 185 35 100 77 25 148 115 45 199 156 148 74 45 98 224 225 111 54 16 247 202 

82 205 45 115 76 158 132 73 209 165 158 84 26 145 233 234 120 63 25 268 211 

Nominal dimension X Y 

52 M16 24 

82 M24 36 

f 

84 

 

RBEP 

(Note) This diagram shows the type RBE*. In the case of the type RB*, there are no shock damping valve and solenoid operated directional valve. 

22 

140 

70 

X 

P 

B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

Y 

T 

Opposite side 

dimension 19 

Opposite side dimension 30 

For AC 

Opposite side 

dimension 30 

RBE*P-20-*2 

35 Opposite side dimension 19 

For DC 

X 

P 

X 

P 

Y 

X 

T 

Y 

T 

T2 

5 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

23 L7 L1 

34 65 L8 

RBE*P-20-*1 

60 

RBE*P-20-*3 

60 

H4 

H5 

H3 

H6 

34 

This diagram shows a case with 

a shock damping valve. In the 

case without a shock damping 

valve, this dimension is 0. 


H12 

(Maximum) 

30 

H12 

(Maximum) 

H10 

H8 

H7 


RBE*P-20-**/*X 

H1 

RBE*P-20-**/*XY 

RBE*B RBE*A 

RBE*B RBE*A 

H2-2 

H2-1 

H11 

T3 

O-ring dimension “02” 

D5 

6-D1 

D3 

D4 

O-ring dimension “01” 

Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 B4 D1 D3 D4 D5 H1 H2-1 H2-2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H10 H11 H12 L1 L2 

RBE52 40 44 115 150 M16 50 60 20 224 202 225 111 54 16 84 148 156 199 18 250 35 25 

RBE82 50 60 170 210 M20 80 90 30 254 232 255 141 84 46 105 210 186 261 25 280 50 30 

Nominal dimension L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 T2 T3 O-ring dimension “01” O-ring dimension “02” 

RBE52 77 100 101 135 185 2.4 1.8 2-JIS B 2401 G55 Hs90 2-JIS B 2401 P16 Hs90 

RBE82 115 140 151 185 255 2.4 2.4 2-JIS B 2401 G85 Hs90 2-JIS B 2401 G25 Hs90 

L3 

50 

70 

2-26

Three stage pressure relief valve 

3RBE 


(Y) 

X P T 

Overview 

This three stage pressure relief valve is a 

balanced piston type pilot operated relief 

valve integrating three pilot relief valves and 

one solenoid operated directional valve into 

one body, and can control the circuit pressure 

at two or three stages with electrical signals 

to the solenoid operated directional valve. 


Features 

1. The circuit pressure can be controlled at 

two or three stages without vent 

connection. 

2. Concurrent use of the shock damping 

valve (refer to the section of the type 

number index “ZNS5”) can perform 

shockless, smooth pressure change. 

3. Adoption of the unequal type for the main 

plunger has realized stable operation. 


Three stage 

pressure relief valve 




P 

C 

 

 








315 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

Vent port 

No symbol 

Without vent port (in the case of flange connection type 

and cartridge type) 

X =With vent port (in the case of gasket connection type) 

Drain system 



Spool type of solenoid operated directional valve 

05= 

08= 

14= 

a 

a 

a 

A B 

P T 

A B 

P T 

A B 

P T 

b 

b 

Design No. 





Symbol 

B 

C 

CL 

Explanation 




Input voltage 

12 

24 

 

 

100 

200 

12V 

24V 


200V 











A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* For details of voltage specifications, refer to “Solenoid 

specifications” of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”. 


Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 

(with standard emergency manual operation) 

2-27


3RBE*05 

(without shock damping valve) 


3RBE*14 



T 

P 

T 

P 

T 

P 

T 

P 

(Y) 

X 

(Y) 

X 

(Y) 

X 

(Y) 

X 

(b) 

(a) 

(b) 

(a) 

(a) 

(a) 

(3) 

(2) 

(1) 

(3) 

(2) 

(1) 

(3) (2) (1) 

(3) (2) (1) 


3RBE*08 

(without shock damping valve) 

T 

P 

(Y) 

X 

(b) 

(a) 

(3) (2) (1) 

T 

(Y) 


(b) 

(a) 

(3) (2) (1) 

P 

X 






L/min 

Port P, T, X 

Port Y 




Mass 

kg 

10 20 30 

200 

7.7 

30.9 (315) (Note1) 

5.9 (60) 

400 


DE5P-10-2 

ZNS5-2 

8.3 

05 

08 

14 

600 

9.6 



Nominal 

Highest 

dimension 



315 


1.75 (17.8) 

14.1 (143.9) 



(Note 1) The maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 MPa (160 kgf/cm2) in the case of internal drain type. 

(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”. 

(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for the specifications. 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

3RBE10 

3RBE20 

3RBE30 


P-RB10R14-0 

P-RB10G14-0 





P-RB20R34-0 

P-RB20G34-0 

P-RB20R1-0 

P-RB20G1-0 

P-RB30R54-0 

P-RB30G54-0 

P-RB30R32-0 

P-RB30G32-0 


Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc 1 

G1 

Rc1 1 4 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 2 

G1 1 2 

Mass 

2.1kg 

4.4kg 

6.9kg 


For the dimension drawing, refer to page 5, 6 of the appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

3RBE10 

3RBE20 

3RBE30 



M12×45L 

M16×50L 

M18×50L 

Pressure override characteristics/ 

Minimum adjustment pressure 

characteristics 

This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct 

operated type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index 

“RB10, 20, 30”. 

Quantity 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 


98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150) 

235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510) 

2-28


3RBE 

L10 

L1 

L8 

L3 L4 

L2 

Pilot relief valve (1) 

B1 

B2 

X 

P 

T 

45 45 



L9 

φ35 

05 

In the case of 3RBE*- 08 (3 position valve) 

Solenoid (b) 

Solenoid (a) 

9 

13 

L5 (Y) 

L6 

In the case of 3RBE*-14 (2 position valve) 

Counterboring diameter 25, 

Counterboring depth 1 

Screw diameter, G1/4 screw depth 12 

(for port Y) 

(with plug in the case of internal drain type) 

Solenoid b 

pilot valve 

Solenoid a 


(for port X) 

90.9 (B) 

96.2 (C,CL) 

40 

77 

58 

1.4 

M5 

13 

pilot valve 

Shock damping 

valve 

D2 

D3 

Solenoid a 

(Y) 


4-D1 

4 

H1 

113 

221 

256.5 

H2 

O-ring “J” (for port P,T) 


Nominal 

dimension 

B1 

B2 

D1 

D2 

D3 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

L8 

L9 


H1 

H2 

O-ring dimension “J” 


126 

54 

4-M12 

12 

20 

23.5 

22.1 

47.6 

54 

70.5 

155.5 

0 

22.1 

97.9 

1.8 

19 

2-JIS B2401 P16 HS90 

20 

126 

69.8 

4-M16 

25 

35 

34 

11.1 

55.6 

66.7 

83.7 

168.7 

23.8 

33.3 

95.2 

2.4 

24 

2-JIS B2401 G30 HS90 

30 

126 

82.5 

4-M18 

31 

40 

41.5 

12.7 

76.2 

88.9 

93.9 

178.9 

31.7 

44.4 

92.5 

2.4 

24 

2-JIS B2401 G35 HS90 

2-29

Relief valve – Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated 

Y 

T 

P 


Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated, 

cartridge type relief valve regulates the 

highest pressure of the hydraulic circuit with 

a spool type relief valve to prevent overload 

of hydraulic equipment and drive machines. 

Besides, it is used to set the pressure for 

control of the hydraulic equipment. 


Features 

1. As this is a cartridge type, it can be 

incorporated in a manifold in a compact way. 

2. Operation is correct and both responsiveness 

and stability are good. 


Relief valve- Balanced piston type pilot operated 













315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 


4 = Thread adjustment (without cap) 


P 

T 





Mass kg 


30.9 (315) 


0.2 0.26 

Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust 

thread MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Highest 


Nominal 

dimension 



315 

2.57 (26.2) 

12.9 (131.7) 

2.57 (26.2) 

12.9 (131.7) 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight variations in the 

product. 

2-30

Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

RB1M6C 

RB1M10C 

30 

30 


20 


0 10 20 30 40 50 60 



20 


0 20 40 60 80 100 




RB1MC 


0.02 

A 

B 


1.6 

0.1 

C 



D1 

D2 

D3 

D 

A 

B 

L8 

D8 

D4 

C 

3.2 

D5 

L9 

In the case of external 

drain 

0.9x30 

L6 

L7 

L5 

D6 

In the case of internal 

drain 

D7 

T 

P 

Y 

R0.4 

P 

0.5x45 

4 L5 

L4 

1.6 

L3 

L2 

D 

D5 L1 

P 

0.02 

Nominal 

dimension 

D1 H7 

D2 

D3 H8 

D4 ±0.1 

D5 D6 

(maximum) (maximum) 

D7 

D8 

L1 +0.3 

0 

+0.1 

L2 0 

+0.2 

L3 0 

L4 


L5 

+0.2 

L6 0 

L7 ±0.1 

L8 L9 

(maximum) (maximum) 

6 

20.5 

M20x1 

19 

16.5 

11 

6 

3 

25 

36 

32 

30 

24 

14 

4.8 

26 

47 

79 


24.5 

M24x1 

23 

16.5 

11 


3 

25 

40 

36 

34 

24 

15 

5.2 

29.7 

43 

79 

2-31

Pilot operated unloading relief valve (1) 

PU 

PUE - with shock damping valve 

A P T 

A P T 


Overview 

The pilot operated unloading relief valve is 

used with either an accumulator or a two 

pump high-low circuit. One state being high 

flow low pressure and the other low flow high 

pressure. 

In the case of the accumulator circuit, when 

the pump discharge pressure reaches the 

cut-out pressure, the valve opens and the 

pump is unloaded. When the pressure on 

the accumulator side reaches the cut-in 

pressure, the valve is closed and the pump 

is loaded, pumping out the discharged oil to 

the accumulator side. In the case of the 

high-low circuit that uses two pumps, when 

pressure reaches the set pressure (cut-out 

pressure), the valve opens, pressure oil from 

the pumps is automatically returned to the 

tank and the pump is unloaded. When the 

pressure falls below the set pressure, the 

valve is closed and the pumps become 

automatically loaded. 

Features 

1. The main valve part is of special shape and 

a shock when unloaded is very small. 

2. An pilot operated unloading relief valve with a 

solenoid operated directional valve that can be 

unloaded and loaded with electrical signals 

is also available. 


PU 

Pilot operated unloading relief valve 














= Water-glycol based hydraulic oil 

Check valve provided or not 

C 

Pressure adjustment range 

80 

160 

315 

= 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm 2 ) 


PU PUE PUE (with shock damping valve) 

P 

P 

P 

A 

A 

A 

T 

T 



Nominal 




315 


80 1.96 (20.0) 

3.53 (36.0) 

7.35 (75.0) 



T 

2-32

PUE 













Spool type of solenoid operated directional valve 


B Normal open 






80 = 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm 2 ) 

160 = 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm 2 ) 

315 = 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm 2 ) 


C 





Port A, P 

Port T 

PU 

3.8 7.7 13.4 

Mass kg 

PUE 

4.9 8.8 14.5 

(Note 1) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”. 

(Note 2) Refer to “ZNS5” for the specifications. 

(Note 3) Pressure adjustment range: When 80 is adjusted to 6.4 to 7.9 MPa (65 to 80 kgf/cm 2 ), the maximum 

working pressure of A port is up to 9.8 MPa (100 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Pressure adjustment range: When 160 is adjusted to 12.8 to 15.7 MPa (130 to 160 kgf/cm 2 ), the maximum 

working pressure of A port is 15.7 MPa (160 kgf/cm 2 ). 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

PU(E)10 

PU(E)20 

PU(E)30 


L/min 




P-PU10R38-0 

P-PU10G38-0 



P-PU20R34-0 

P-PU20G34-0 

P-PU20R1-0 

P-PU20G1-0 

P-PU30R54-0 

P-PU30G54-0 

P-PU30R32-0 

P-PU30G32-0 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc1 

G1 

Rc1 1 2 

G1 1 2 

Rc1 1 2 

G1 

1 

2 

PU 

PUE 


Mass 

2.1kg 

4.4kg 

6.9kg 




30.9 (315) (Note 3) 

30.9 (315) 

15.7 (160) 

50 100 250 

Equivalent to DE5P-10-2 

01 

02 

ZNS5-1 

Accessories 

PU(E)20 

PU(E)30 





Symbol Explanation 


A D R 

B 

C 

CL 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M16×50L 

M16×95L 

M18×70L 

M18×120L 

Input voltage 

12 

24 

 

 

12V 

24V 


200 


200V 





Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 

(with standard emergency 

manual operation) 


If piping from A port to the accumulator 

(ACC) is thin and long, the difference 

between the cut-out pressure and 

cut-in pressure becomes small, 

causing the operation to be unstable. 

Install piping so that the pressure drop 

amount (P) from A port to ACC is 

[(cut-out pressure – cut-in pressure) x 

1/3]. 

Mounting bolt 



Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

PU(E)10 M10×40L 4 pcs. 56.8 ± 8.5 ( 580 ± 87) 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510) 


2-33

Difference between cut-in pressure and cut-out pressure (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s(cSt)) 

Pressure adjustment range : 80 Pressure adjustment range : 160 Pressure adjustment range : 315 


Difference between cut-in pressure and 

cut-out pressure (%) 

21 

19 

17 

15 


2 4 6 8 10 8 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

10 12 14 16 

22 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 

16 20 24 28 32 

cut-out pressure (MPa) cut-out pressure (MPa) cut-out pressure (MPa) 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s(cSt)) 

Permissible range 



PU/PUE10 PU/PUE20 PU/PUE30 





0.7 

Pressure drop amount (MPa) 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 


0.5 

0.4 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

10 20 30 40 50 

0 

20 40 60 80 100 

0 

50 100 150 200 250 





2-34


PU10 

47.1 

85 

66.7 


7.2 

35.8 

2-15 

19.8 

42.9 

112 

12 

92 

21 

1.8 


A 

3-22 

P 

4 

31.8 



Maximum 198 

T 


28 

60 



O-ring 3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

(for port P, T, A) 


172 

35 




60 


PU 20 

30 

5 

L1 

L4 

L3 

L2 




L8 

30 

35 

60 

B1 

B2 

12.7 

L5 

L6 

Maximum L7 

Maximum L7 

H1 

H2 

2.4 

H3 

H4 

60 




H5 

2-D1 

A 

P T 

H6 

3-D2 

O-ring “J” (for port P, T, A) 

3-D3 4-D1 

Nominal 

dimension 

20 

30 

B1 


116 

B2 

69.9 

82.5 

L1 

30 

51.5 

L2 

46 

50.8 

L3 

112.7 

139.7 

L4 

159 

208.5 

L5 

57.1 

63.5 

L6 


127 

L7 

247 

270.5 

L8 

215 

243 

D1 

M16 

M18 

D2 

25 

31 

D3 

35 

40 

H1 

144 

165 

H2 

124 

145 

H3 

28 

45 

H4 

72 

93 

H5 

22 

25 

H6 

23 

27 


JIS B2401G30 Hs90 

JIS B2401G35 Hs90 

2-35

PUE10 

47 

View A-A 


90.9 (in the case of electric connection symbol B) 

96.2 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL) 

85 

66.7 

12 112 40 

92 

A 

21 

1.8 

3-22 

19.8 

A 

P 

7.2 

35.8 

42.9 

10 2-15 

31.8 

11.5 104 


Pilot valve 

Maximum 195.5 

4 

171.7 


Solenoid a 

28 

PG11 

60 


6 


A 

172.5 

35 

Maximum 195.5 


Handle adjusting type Screw adjusting type Handle with key adjusting type 

PUE 20 

30 

L4 

L1 

L3 

L2 

40 

A 

A 

L8 

30 

H4 

60 

35 

60 

H1 

H2 

H3 

2.4 

B1 

B2 

30 

60 

View A-A 

This diagram shows a 

case with a shock 

damping valve. In the case 

without a shock damping 

valve, this dimension is 0. 

90.9 (in the case of electric connection symbol B) 

96.2 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL) 

12.7 

L5 

L6 

Maximum L7 

L9 

Pilot valve Solenoid a 

PG11 


Maximum L7 





H5 

2-D1 

A 

P 

T 

3-D2 

3-D3 

4-D1 

H6 


O-ring “J” (for port A, P, T) 

Nominal 

dimension B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 D1 D2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 

20 101 69.9 39 46 112.7 168 57.1 101.6 243.2 220.7 219.9 M16 22 35 144 124 28 72 22 23 

30 116 82.5 60.3 50.8 139.7 217.5 63.5 127 272 249.5 248.7 M18 28 40 165 145 45 93 25 27 


3-JIS B2401G30 Hs90 

3-JIS B2401G35 Hs90 

2-36


P 

T 

Overview 

The pilot operated unloading relief valve is 

used with either an accumulator or a two pump 

high-low circuit. One state being high flow low 

pressure and the other low flow high pressure. 

In the case of the accumulator circuit, when 

the pump discharge pressure reaches the 

cut-out pressure, the valve opens and the 

pump is unloaded. When the pressure on the 

accumulator side reaches the cut-in pressure, 

the valve is closed and the pump is loaded, 

pumping out the discharged oil to the 


accumulator side. 

In the case of the high-low circuit that uses 

two pumps, when pressure reaches the set 

pressure (cut-out pressure), the valve opens, 

pressure oil from the pumps is automatically 

returned to the tank and the pump is 

unloaded. When the pressure falls below the 

set pressure, the valve is closed and the 

pumps become automatically loaded. 




35 


P 

F 

= 

= 














No symbol = Without check valve 


80 = 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm 2 ) 

160 = 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm 2 ) 

315 = 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm 2 ) 

2-37


P 

X 

T 




35 

30.9 (315) 


600 

Pressure ratio between cut-in and cut-out (%) 

82 (Note) 

Mass kg 


17 


(Note) Although the design value is 82%, the pressure ratio may change to approximately 78 – 86% 

depending on the set pressure or flow rate. 




Nominal 



80 

160 

315 

7.35 (75.0) 



Flange 

Valve type 

35 

1.96 (20.0) 

3.53 (36.0) 

20.6MPa 

TFAA-40 

PU35F 

30.9MPa 

TFXA-40 



Accessories 



If piping from the check valve to the 

accumulator (ACC) is thin and long, the 

difference between the cut-out pressure and 

cut-in pressure becomes small, causing the 

operation to be unstable. Install piping so 

that the pressure drop amount (ΔP) from 

the check valve to ACC is [(cut-out pressure 

– cut-in pressure) x 1/3]. 

Flange type 

Connection 

diameter 

2B 

2B 

Mass 

2.6kg 

2.7kg 

Mounting bolt 

Type 




PU35P M16×70L 6 pcs. 

235.2±35.2 (2400±360) 


0.8 


0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 


2-38


PU35P (Gasket connection type) 

165 

130 

X 

21.5 

149 


21 

PU35F (Flange connection type) 


58 

71.5 

18 

129.5 

G 1 4 Screw depth 12 

Maximum 213 

178 

45 

45 

98 

40 

PCD 

130 


70 

O-ring JIS B2401 P14 Hs90 

(for port X) 

35 

70 

20 115 

37.5 140 

3.5 

195 

Handle adjusting type Screw adjusting type Handle with key adjusting type 

Maximum 213 

190 Maximum 213 30 

60 

35 

60 




40 

O-ring 2-JIS B2401 G50 Hs90 

5.2 

40 

55 


18 55 6-M16 



Screw adjusting type Handle with key adjusting type 

190 Maximum 213 30 

21 

X 

60 

35 

60 

Width across 

flat 19 

Width across 

flat 30 


45 

45 

4098 PCD 


2-39

Sequence valve Direct operated type 

SD 

X B A Y 

Sequence valve – Direct operated type 

Overview 

This direct operated type sequence valve is 

used when sequence action or unloading 

action of the hydraulic circuit is performed. 


Sequence valve – Direct Operated type 



Features 

1. As this is a direct operated type sequence 

valve, the structure is simple and compact. 

2. The interface dimension of the valve is 

identical with that of the solenoid operated 

directional valve. (6 size) 

3. It performs various functions by the 

connection method with the pilot and drain. 











C = 








Internal pilot 

No symbol 

Y 

External pilot 

X 

XY 

Pressure adjustment rangeMPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Symbol 

25 

75 

150 




0 to 2.5 (0 to 25) 0.2 to 2.5 (2 to 25) 

0 to 7.4 (0 to 75) 0.4 to 7.4 (4 to 75) 

2.9 to 14.7 (30 to 150) 1.0 to 14.7 (10 to 150) 

3.4 to 20.6 (35 to 210) 1.0 to 20.6 (10 to 210) 


6 

6 

6 

6 

SD 10P-10-*/* 

SD 10P-10-*/*X 

SD 10P-10-*/*C 

SD 10P-10-*/*XC 

A 

X 

A 

A 

X 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

6 

SD 10P-10-*/*Y 

SD 10P-10-*/*XY 

SD 10P-10-*/*YC 

SD 10P-10-*/*XYC 

A 

X 

6 

A 

6 

A 

X 

6 

A 

B 

Y 

B 

Y 

B 

Y 

B 

Y 

2-40


SD6P 

SD10P 

P-DE6R14-0 

P-DE6G14-0 

P-DE6R38-0 

P-DE6G38-0 

P-CHY10R14-0 

P-CHY10G14-0 





6 

5.9 (60) 

30 

1.2 


20.6 (210) (Note) 

20.6 (210) 


Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

1.5 (15) 

(Note) When the maximum adjustment pressure of 150 is adjusted to 12.3 to 14.7 MPa 

(125 to 150 kgf/cm 2 ), the maximum working pressure becomes 16.7 MPa (170 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Sub-plate 





Mass 

kg 

Valve type 

L/min 

Port A, X 

Port B 

Port Y 


50 

3.2 

Mass 

1.0kg 

1.3kg 

2.1kg 





SD6 

24 

18 

12 

6 




25 

20 

15 


5 

SD10 

0 10 20 30 40 50 




Nominal 

Highest dimension 6 


25 

75 

150 


0.30 ( 3.1) 

0.87 ( 8.9) 

1.51 (15.4) 

2.05 (20.9) 

Accessories 


0.29 ( 3.0) 

0.86 ( 8.8) 

1.73 (17.6) 

2.40 (24.5) 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight 

variations in the product. 

Mounting bolt 




SD6P 

SD10P 

M5×50L 

M10×70L 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6.9±1.0 (70±10) 

56.8±8.5 (580±87) 



In the case of adjustment part fully open (Pressure adjustment range: 25) 


SD6 

1.8 

1.5 

1.2 

0.9 

0.6 

0.3 




1.0 

0. 5 



Flow rate L/min) 

40 50 


In the case of check valve free flow 


SD6 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 





1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 10 20 30 40 50 


2-41


SD6 


60 


2.7 

5.8 

0.75 

27.8 

19 


198 



30 


44 


32.5 

26.6 

16.3 

6 

A 

X B 

Y 

12.5 40.5 

14.5 

175 

1.38 

31 



4-12.2 

4-M5 

O-ring 4-AS568NO.012 (for port A, B, X, Y) 

198 


60 




60 



7.2 

21.5 

35.8 

192.5 

30 

Y 

87 

66.7 

58.8 

33.4 

7.9 

A 

B 



X 

32 

31.8 

42.9 

182.5 

192.5 

13 74 

4 30.5 





60 

O-ring 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 (for port X, Y) 


2-42

Sequence valve — Balanced piston type pilot operated 

SB/SBE 

Internal pilot external drain type 

A B Y 

Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated 

sequence valve, which is of seat type and 

controls pressure, is used when sequence 

action or unloading action of the hydraulic 

circuit is performed. 


SB 

Features 

1. Compared to the hydrocushion type, the 

balanced piston type pilot operated is 

quite superior in override characteristics. 

2. As this is of balanced piston type pilot 

operated, the pressure range can be 

adjusted in a wide range. 

3. It performs various functions by the 

connection method with the pilot and 

drain. 

Sequence valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated 

Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated 













C = check valve 









Internal pilot 

No symbol 

Y 


X 

XY 

210 = 20.6MPa (210kgf/cm 2 ) 


SB*/210Y SBE*/210Y SBE*/210XY-*-S 

A 

A 

A 

X 

B 

Y 

Y 

B 

B 

Y 

2-43

SBE 


Sequence valve 

― Balanced piston type pilot operated 

(solenoid directional valve) 




P= 


Series number 

Vent circuit 


B Normal open 






210 = 20.6MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) 


Y = Internal pilot, external drain 

XY = External pilot, external drain 



C = 

Symbol 

B 

C 

CL 


Explanation 




Input voltage 

12 

24 

 

 


200 






12V 

24V 


200V 









A D R 

 

 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 

(with standard emergency manual operation) 

Specification 







Mass kg 


Port A, B, X 30.9 (315) 

Port Y 

SB 

30.9 (315) 

SBE 

15.7 (160) 

SB 

SBE 


20 

30 

(Note 4) 

150 300 450 

20.6 (210) (Note 1) 

01 

Equivalent to DE5P-10-2 02 

ZNS5-1 

3.6 

4.7 

5.5 

6.6 

8.2 

9.3 

(Note 1) If you wish the maximum adjustment pressure of 

30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ), please contact us. 

(Note 2) Refer to the section of the type number index “DE5”. 

(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for 

the specifications. 

(Note 4) When the adjustment pressure is set to 17.2 Mpa 

(175 kgf/cm 2 ) or less, the maximum working pressure is 

19.6 + 0.66 x (set pressure) Mpa (200 + 0.66 x (set 

pressure) kgf/cm 2 ). 


SB(E)10 SB(E)20 SB(E)30 

25 

25 

25 

20 

20 

20 


15 


5 


15 


5 


15 


5 

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 75 150 225 300 375 450 




2-44

Minimum adjustment pressure 

characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


(viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

In the case of adjustment part fully open 


2.5 

SB (E) 30 

2.0 

SB (E) 20 

1.5 

SB (E) 10 

1.0 

0.5 0.6 



3.0 


2.4 

SB(E) 20 

1.8 

SB (E) 30 

1.2 

0 75 150 225 300 375 450 


0 75 150 225 300 375 450 


Pilot valve 

The pilot valve used for the sequence valve – balance piston type is as follows. 


Nominal dmension Main valve type Pilot valve type 

SB 


20 

30 

Internal pilotinternal drain type 

Internal pilotexternal drain type 

External pilotinternal drain type 

External pilot,external drain type 

SB10X-10-*/210-* 

SB10X-10-*/210XY-* 



Internal pilotexternal drain type 

SBE10X-10-**/210-* 

SBE 

20 

30 

External pilotexternal drain type 

SBE10X-10-**/210XY-* 


SB10X 


For SB10, 20, 30 















Main valve type : Internal pilot and internal drain 

Internal pilot and External drain 

External pilot and internal drain 

XY 

= External drain 

Main valve type : External pilot and external drain 

2-45

SBE10X 



For SBE10, 20, 30 


Vent circuit 


B Normal open 








No symbol = 

Main valve type = Internal pilot and external drain 

External pilot and external drain 



Highest 


Nominal 

dimension 


9.77 (99.6) 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight 

variations in the product. 

Sub-plate 


SB (E) 20 







P-CHY20R34-0 

P-CHY20G34-0 

P-CHY20R1-0 

P-CHY20G1-0 



Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

P-CHY30R54-0 

Rc1 1 4 

P-CHY30G54-0 

G 1 1 4 

SB (E) 30 

P-CHY30R32-0 

Rc1 

1 2 

P-CHY30G32-0 

G 1 1 2 



Rc1 

G1 

2.1kg 

4.4kg 

6.9kg 





Symbol 

B 

C 

CL 






Explanation 




Input voltage 

12 12V 

24 24V 


200 200V 






A D R 

○ 

○ 

○ 

○ 

○ 

○ 

 

○ 

 

Solenoid type 

W = Wet type 


operation) 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


SB (E) 10 M10×40L 4 pcs. 

SB (E) 20 M10×50L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87) 

SB (E) 30 M10×60L 6 pcs. 

2-46


SB 

L5 

L3 

L2 

6 

13 Depth of counter bore 1.4 

2-D1 

D2 Depth of counter bore H6 

K1 

Y 

B1 

B2 

A 

A 

B 

B 

Y 

K2 

X 

Stick with adhesive 

J1 

Pay attention to the sticking direction 

L4 

J4 

J2 

L6 

J3 

L1 

Nominal 

dimension 


20 

30 

B1 

85 


120 

B2 N 

66.7 

79.4 


96.8 6-M10 

H5 H1 

D1 

15 

25 

31 

H2 

16 

O-ring “Y” (for port A, B) 

D2 

22 

35 

40 


H1 

112 

122 

130 

4 

H2 

92 



N 

H3 

28 

38 

46 

H4 

72 

82 

90 

Maximum 187 

4 

H5 

12 

14 

H6 

1.8 

2.4 

H3 


L1 


121 

152 

H4 

L2 L3 

42.9 

60.3 

 

84.2 42.1 

60 

L4 

35.5 

33.5 

34 


L5 

38.5 

41 

35.3 

L6 

31.8 

44.5 

62.7 

164 




35 


O-ring dimension “Y” 

2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 


Maximum 187 

30 

60 

J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 

7.2 21.5 35.8 21.5 7.9 7.9 

11.1 39.7 49.2 20.6 6.4 6.4 

16.7 59.5 67.5 24.6 3.8 4 


SBE 

L5 

L2 

L3 

K1 

Y 

2-M8 

13 Depth of counter bore 1.4 

2-D1 

D2 Depth of counter bore H6 

B1 

B2 

A 

B 

X 

K2 

L4 

J1 

J4 

J2 

L6 

J3 

L1 


Maximum 187 

164 

93.7 (B) 

98.5 (C,CL) 

40 

Screw adjusting type Handle with key adjusting type 

164 


H1 

H2 

H4 

H3 

φ60 

35 

60 

Width across flat 19 Width 

Width across across flat 30 

flat 30 

O-ring “Z” (for port A, B) 

H5 

N 

4 



Nominal 

dimension 


20 

30 

B1 

85 


120 

B2 

66.7 

79.4 

96.6 

N 



D1 

15 

25 

31 

D2 

22 

35 

40 

H1 

112 

122 

130 

H2 

92 



H3 

28 

38 

46 

H4 

72 

82 

90 

H5 

12 

14 

H6 

1.8 

2.4 

L1 


121 

152 

L2 

42.9 

60.3 

84.2 

L3 

 

42.1 

L4 

35.5 

33.5 

34 

L5 

38.5 

41 

35.3 

L6 

31.8 

44.5 

62.7 

O-ring dimension “Z” 

2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

J1 

7.2 

11.1 

16.7 

J2 

21.5 

39.7 

59.5 

J3 

35.8 

49.2 

67.5 

J4 K1 K2 

21.5 7.9 7.9 

20.6 6.4 6.4 

24.6 3.8 4 

2-47

Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type 

B A Y 


Overview 

This direct operated type pressure 

reducing valve is used for reducing the 

pressure of the hydraulic circuit. Even if the 

primary side pressure fluctuates, the 

secondary side pressure can be kept at 

the specified pressure. 


Features 

1. As this is a direct operated type pressure 

reducing valve, the structure is simple 

and compact. 

2. The interface dimension of the valve is 

identical with that of the solenoid 

operated directional valve (6 size). 

3. Compared to the balanced piston type 

pilot operated, the drain amount is very 

small. 

4. When the secondary side pressure is 

going to increase above the specified 

pressure, oil escapes to the tank side, 

keeping the secondary side pressure at 

the specified pressure. 














C = 





Drain system 


Pressure adjustment rangeMPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Symbol 



PRD 10Without check valve 

A 

25 

75 

150 

0.5 to 2.5 ( 5 to 25) 

2.0 to 7.4 (20 to 75) 

6.4 to 14.7 (65 to 150) 

0.5 to 2.5 ( 5 to 25) 

1.0 to 7.4 (10 to 75) 

2.0 to 14.7 (20 to 150) 


7.9 to 20.6 (80 to 210) 

2.0 to 20.6 (20 to 210) 


B 

Y 



6 

Y 

PRD 10 

6 With check valve 

A 



Port A 

Port B 

30.9 (315) 


Port Y 

5.9 (60) 1.5 (15) 


L/min 

30 45 

Mass 

kg 

1.2 3.2 

B 

2-48


PRD6 

PRD10 

Secondary side pressure (MPa) 

24 

20 

16 

12 

8 

4 

0 

-20 -10 0 10 20 30 

Secondary side pressure (MPa) 

24 

20 

18 

16 

14 

12 


8 

6 

4 

2 

-10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

B Y Flow rate (L/min) A B 

B Y Flow rate (L/min) A B 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) In the case of check valve free flow 

PRD6 



2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 



1.0 

0.9 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 10 20 30 40 50 



Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Highest 


Nominal 

dimension 


25 

0.30 (3.1) 

75 

0.87 (8.9) 

150 

1.51 (15.4) 


2.05 (20.9) 


0.29 (3.0) 

0.86 (8.8) 

1.73 (17.6) 

2.40 (24.5) 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

PRD6P 

PRD10P 


P-DE6R14-0 

P-DE6G14-0 

P-DE6R38-0 

P-DE6G38-0 








Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 



Mass 

1.0kg 

1.3kg 

2.1kg 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 



Quantity 


PRD6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 

6.9±1.0 (70±10) 

PRD10 M10×70L 4 pcs. 

56.8±8.5 (580±87) 

2-49

PRD6 

60 

3 

5.8 

0.75 

19 


27.8 

198 

30 


44 

32.5 

26.6 

40 5 


16.3 

6 

A 

X B 

Y 

12.5 40.5 

14.5 


1.38 

2-7 (for port A, Y) 

6 (for port B) 

O-ring 4-AS568 NO.012 Hs90 

4-M5 4-12.2 

(for port A, B, X, Y) 

198 

31 

175 



60 

(Note) Port X is not connected to the inside of the valve. 


21.5 

35.8 

5 6 7 8 9 

11.1 

7.2 

192.5 30 

87 

66.7 10.1 

58.8 

33.4 

7.9 

A 

B 

X 


Y 

32 42.9 

182.5 

192.5 

13 

4 

t 










A 

30.5 

60 

Port position 

d X 

Y 

A 

D 

B 

D d t O-ring dimension 

13 7 1.4 JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

22 

13 

JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

(Note) Port X can be used without a seal since it is not connected 

to the inside of the valve. 

1.8 

74 

5 6 7 8 9 


6 (Locating pin) 4-M10 

(Note) Port X is not connected to the inside of the valve. 

2-50

Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated 

PRB 

Primary pressure pilot type 

 

 

Overview 

This balanced piston type pilot operated pressure 

reducing valve is used for reducing the pressure 

of the hydraulic circuit partly. Even if the pressure 

of the main circuit on the primary side fluctuates, 

it is possible to keep the circuit pressure on the 

secondary side (low pressure side) at the 

specified pressure. 


PRB 

Features 

1. As nominal dimension #10 leads the pilot 

pressure from the secondary side, the structure 

is compact. 

2. As nominal dimension #20 and 30 lead the 

pilot pressure from the primary side, the 

maximum flow rate is large and besides they 

can control the secondary pressure stably. 

3. When the remote control valve is 

connected to the drain port, the secondary 

pressure can be controlled by remote 

control. 


Pressure reducing valve 

– Balanced piston type pilot operated 











Without check valve 

 

With check valve 

 



No symbol 

V 

W 

No symbol 

C 

= 

= 

= 

Drain system 


Mineral based hydraulic oil 





= Without check valve 

= With check valve 


100 = 9.8MPa100kgf/cm 2 

315 = 30.9MPa315kgf/cm 2 


Maximum working pressure (port A, B, Y)MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


 

 


 

Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) As the minimum adjustment pressure varies depending on the flow rate, refer to “Minimum adjustment 

pressure characteristics on the secondary side”. 

2-51


PRB10 

 

PRB 20 

30 

 

Secondary side pressure MPa 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary side pressure MPa 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Pressure reducing valve – balanced piston type pilot operated 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) in the case of check valve free flow 

Pressure drop amountMPa 

Pilot valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The pilot valve used for the pressure 

reducing valve – balanced piston type 

pilot operated is as follows. 

If you need the pilot valve only, please 

specify “pilot valve type” and contact us. 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 


 

* 

(Note) 

* 

 

Same as the pilot relief valve for RB10, 20 and 30 

(Note) The pressure adjusting system is shown. 

1 = Handle adjusting type 

2 = Thread adjusting type (with cap) 

3 = Handle with key adjusting type 

PRB20X 

Pilot valve 

For PRB20, 30 







No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 







315 = 30.9MPa315kgf/cm 2 

2-52

Secondary side minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Nominal 



 

 


 

 

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are 

slight variations in the product. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-plate 

Valve type 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


PRB 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mass 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Quantity 

 

 

 


 

When you use a sub-plate, 

please place an order for the above sub-plate type. 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum 187 

 

Maximum 187 

 

 

 

 

 

13 Counterboring depth 1.4 

 

D2 Counterboring depth H6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring“W” (for port A, B) 

 

 

 

 



●Thread adjusting type 

O-ring2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 (for port X, Y) 


●Handle adjusting type 

Width across flat30 

●Handle with key adjusting type 

Note: Port X is not used. 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “W” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-53

* 

 

 

 

Brake valve 

Overview 

This brake valve is an arbitrary 

combination of the direct operated type 

relief valve, check valve, bypass valve and 

so on, and is used to eliminate shocks that 

occur when an actuator such as a 

hydraulic motor starts and stops. 

Features 

1. As the direct operated type relief valve is used, 

the responsiveness is good and the internal 

leakage amount is small. 

2. There are a variety of circuit types. (with bypass 

valve, with check valve for anti-cavitation) 


Brake valve 


10, 15, 20, 25, 30 


P = Gasket connection type (in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 20, 30) 


GT= 



Handle adjustment 

Thread adjustment (with cap) 

Handle with key adjustment* 

*Nominal dimension 25 and 30 have no handle. 







25 

50 


200 

315 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

2.5MPa 25kgf/cm 2 

4.9MPa 50kgf/cm 2 

9.8MPa 100kgf/cm 2 

19.6MPa 200kgf/cm 2 

30.9MPa 315kgf/cm 2 


Circuit configuration symbol 

1 = Types with short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (1) 

2 = Types without short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (2) 

3 = Types with short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (3) 

4 = Types without short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (4) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-54

The direct operated type relief valve used for this brake valve is as follows. 


 

 

 

Type of direct operated type relief valve 

 

 

 



 

Maximum working pressure MPakgf/cm 2 

(port A, B) 

Maximum flow rate (L/min) (Note) 

 

 

Mass 

kg 

Cracking pressure MPakgf/cm 2 

Thread 

connection type 

Circuit 

configuration 

symbol 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brake valve 

Gasket 

connection type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override characteristics”. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pressure override characteristics 

This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct operated type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index “RD10, 20, 30”. 

2-55


●B*G/GT*・1 


(in the case of nominal dimension other than 25, 30) 

●Screw adjusting type 


(in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 15, 20) 

φ60 



φ60 

φZ 

30 

φ80 

Y 

Diameter of 

counter boreT, 

Depth of counter bore U 

Screw diameter V, 

screw depth W 

(for port C) 

Width across flat d 

a 

E 


b 

9 8 7 6 5 


89 


Brake valve 

A 

L 

K 

N 

A 

C 

B 

M 

4-φX through hole 

Counterboring diameterφP, Counterboring depth Q 

Screw diameter R, screw depth S 


G 

H 

J 

B 

F 

C 

D 

2 



G 

GT 

15 

G 

GT 

20 

G 

GT 

25 

G 

GT 

30 

G 

GT 

A 


B 

137 

C 

65 

25 

25 

50 

130 185 100 42 62 20 

133 188 110 45 70 20 

185 250 125 40 73 35 

180 285 135 42 86 42 

D 

E 

F 

G 

14.5 

14 

24 

20 

20 

H 

54 

78.5 

70 


122.5 

J 


157 

140 


245 

K 

15 

14 

14 

20 

20 

L 

26 

40 

40 

42 

43 

M 

70 



145 

140 

N 

33 

33 

37 

33 

33 

P 

38 

- 

45 

- 

52 

- 

63 

- 

65 

- 

Q 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

R S 

G 1 2 12.5 

Rc 1 2 12.5 

G 3 4 21 

Rc 3 4 19 

G1 19 

Rc1 19 

G1 1 4 28 

Rc1 1 4 24.5 

G1 1 2 26 

Rc1 1 2 25.5 

T 

25 

- 

32 

- 

38 

- 

52 

- 

52 

- 

U 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

V 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

G 3 8 

Rc 3 8 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

G1 

Rc1 

G1 

Rc1 

W 

16 

12.5 

14 

14 

19 

17 

24 

22 

20 

22 

X 

11 

11 

14 

Y 

91 

88 

- 

Z 

35 

40 

50 

a 

68 

65 

83 

b 

91 

88 

- 

d 

36 

46 

60 

●B*G/GT*・2 






φ60 



φ60 

φY 

30 

φ80 

X 

Counterboring 

diameter φS, 

Counterboring depth T 

Screw diameter U, 

screw depth V 

(for port C) 

Width across flat b 

Z 

E 


a 

9 8 7 6 5 


89 


M A 

J 

F 

A 

G 

H 

B 

C 

B 

K 

L 

4-φW 

through hole 

C 

D 

Counterboring diameter φN, Counterboring depth P 

Screw diameter Q, screw depth R 




G 

GT 

15 

G 

GT 

20 

G 

GT 

25 

G 

GT 

30 

G 

GT 

A B C D E F 

105 150 60 25 28 15 

130 185 85 27 47 14 

133 188 100 35 60 24 

185 250 125 40 73 20 

180 285 135 42 86 20 

G 

60 

78.5 

70 


122.5 

H 

120 

157 

140 


245 

J 

15 

14 

14 

20 

20 

K 

26 

40 

40 

42 

43 

L 

75 



145 

140 

M 

0 

2 

8 

1.5 

4 

N 

38 

- 

45 

- 

52 

- 

63 

- 

65 

- 

P 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

Q 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

G 3 4 

Rc 3 4 

G1 

Rc1 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 4 

G1 1 2 

Rc1 1 2 

R 

15 

15 

21 

19 

19 

19 

28 

24.5 

26 

25.5 

S 

25 

- 

32 

- 

38 

- 

52 

- 

52 

- 

T 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

U 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

G 3 8 

Rc 3 8 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

G1 

Rc1 

G1 

Rc1 

V 

15 

12.5 

14 

14 

19 

17 

24 

22 

20 

22 

W 

9 

11 

14 

X 

91 

88 

- 

Y 

35 

40 

50 

Z 

68 

65 

83 

a 

91 

88 

- 

b 

36 

46 

60 

2-56

●B*G/GT*・3 







φ60 


φ60 

φV 

30 

φ80 

Counterboring 

diameter φP, 

Counterboring depth Q 

Screw diameter R, 

screw depth S 

(for port A, B, A1, B1) 

4-φT through hole 

U A 

U 

A 

B 

G 

H 

B 

Width across flat Y 

F 

* 

* 

E 

A1 

B2 

N 

K 

L 

M J 

W 

2 C 

D 


X 

9 8 7 6 5 

9 8 7 6 5 


89 


Note) The use of port A and B can be changed to the use of port A1 and B2 by rearranging plugs marked with *. 

Brake valve 



G 

GT 

15 

G 

GT 

20 

G 

GT 

25 

G 

GT 

30 

G 

GT 

A 

125 

B 


C 

70 

170 145 85 30 12 42 

196 185 110 37.5 17.5 48.5 

D 

26 

E 

12.5 

F 

27.5 

G 

57.5 

79 


H 

85 

121 

150 

J 

12.5 

20 

20 

K 

28.5 

34 

40 

L 

71.5 

96 

116 

M 


130 

156 

N 

5 

- 

5 

ー 

8 

ー 

6 

ー 

6 

ー 

P Q R S 

38 1 G 1 2 15 

- ー Rc 1 2 15 

45 1 G 3 4 21 

ーー Rc 3 4 19 

52 1 G1 21 

ーー Rc1 21 

ーー G1 1 4 25 

ーー Rc1 1 4 24.5 

ーー G1 1 2 25 

ーー Rc1 1 2 25 

T 

9 

14 

14 

U 

91 

88 

ー 

V 

35 

40 

50 

W 

68 

65 

83 

X 

91 

88 46 

ー 

Y 

36 

60 

2-57

●B*G/GT*・4 

Counterboring diameter φP, 

Counterboring depth Q 

Screw diameter R, 

screw depth S 

(for port A, B, A1, B1) 



U 

A 

A 

φ60 


※ 

A4 

K 

L 

J 

M 

W 


φV 


X 30 

φ60 

8 7 6 5 

9 



Width across flat Y Width across flat Y Width across flat Y 

89 

φ80 

B 

※ 

B2 

Brake valve 



G 

GT 

15 

G 

GT 

20 

G 

GT 

25 

G 

GT 

30 

G 

GT 

4-φT through hole 

A 

125 

B 

116 

U 

C 

50 

25 

12.5 

30.5 

170 145 60 30 12 42 

196 185 75 37.5 17.5 48.5 

D 

G 

H 

B 

E 

F 

F 

E 

N 

G 

60.5 

79 


H 

91 

121 

150 

J 

2 

12.5 

20 

20 

D 

C 

K 

28.5 

34 

40 

L 

71.5 

96 

116 

M 


130 

156 

N 

5 

ー 

5 

ー 

8 

ー 

6 

ー 

6 

ー 

9 

8 7 6 5 

Note) The use of port A and B can be changed to the use of port A1 and B2 by rearranging plugs marked with *. 

P Q R S 

38 1 G 1 2 17 

ーー Rc 1 2 17 

45 1 G 3 4 21 

ーー Rc 3 4 19 

52 1 G1 21 

ーー Rc1 21 

ーー G1 1 4 25 

ーー Rc1 1 4 24.5 

ーー G1 1 2 25 

ーー Rc1 1 2 25 

T 

9 

14 

14 

U 

91 

88 

ー 

V 

35 

40 

50 

W 

68 

65 

83 

X 

91 

88 46 

ー 

Y 

36 

60 

2-58

●B*P*・1 





(in the case of nominal dimension other than 30) 

(in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 20) 


φ60 

φ60 

30 

φ80 

φb 

9 8 7 6 5 

a 

Width across flat f 


e 


89 


A 

N 

d 

O-ring・・・“T” 


A 

C 

B 

L 

M K 

Z 

φR 

φS 

φU 

φV 

O-ring・・・“W” 

(for port C) 

Brake valve 

Q 

E 

F 

G 

H 

B 

J 

Q 

X 

C 

D 

P 

Y 

Nominal 

dimension 

A B C D E F G H J K L 

10 105 137 65 40 14.5 26 54 82 108 15 26 

20 133 168 90 60 14 35 70 105 140 14 40 

30 185 250 125 75 20 55 105 155 210 20 50 

M N 

70 33 


145 33 

P 

15 

20 

Q 

0 

3.5 

35 5 

R 


20 

30 

S 

16 

26 

40 


2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

U 


20 

V 

16 

26 

18 26 

O-ring dimension “W” 

2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

X 


16 

20 

Y 

15 

25 

30 

Z 


4-M16 

4-M20 

a 

91 

88 

- 

b 

35 

40 

50 

d 

68 

65 

83 

e 

91 

88 

- 

f 

36 

46 

60 

●B*P*・2 





(in the case of nominal dimension other than 10, 20) 



φ60 

φ60 

30 

φ80 

φa 

Z 

Width across flat e 


d 

9 8 7 6 5 


89 

Width across 

flat e 

φT 

φU 

b 

O-ring・・・“S” 


A 

A 

C 

B 

L 

M K 

φQ 

φR 

N 

P 

E 

F 

G 

H 

B 

J 

P 

W 

C 

D 

Y 

X 

O-ring・・・ “V” 

(for port C) 

Nominal 

dimension A B C D E F G H J K L 

10 105 137 50 25 14.5 26 54 82 108 15 26 

20 133 168 90 60 14 35 70 105 140 14 40 

30 185 250 125 75 20 55 105 155 210 20 50 

M N 

70 0 


145 0 

P 

0 

3.5 

Q 


20 

5 30 

R 

16 

26 

40 


2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

T 


20 

U 

16 

26 

18 26 

O-ring dimension “V” 

2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

W 


16 

20 

X 

15 

25 

30 

Y 


4-M16 

4-M20 

Z 

91 

88 

- 

a 

35 

40 

50 

b 

68 

65 

83 

d 

91 

88 

- 

e 

36 

46 

60 

2-59

B*P*3 






 



 

 

 

 

Brake valve 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

O-ring“Q” 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “Q” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B*P*4 






 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

O-ring"Q" 


 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-60

Counterbalance valve 

CBD 

 

 

Overview 

This counterbalance valve is a combination of 

the direct operated type relief valve and check 

valve and is used to hold the load by providing a 

counterbalance pressure. 

When the counterbalance valve raises the 

hydraulic cylinder, it allows oil to pass freely and 

when it lowers the cylinder, it generates pressure 

in the return pipe to prevent the cylinder weight fall. 


Features 

1. As this is a combination of the seat type relief 

valve and check valve, leakage is small. 

2. As the direct operated type relief valve is 

used, there is no overlap allowance unlike 

other valves. Therefore, no confinement 

pressure occurs and smooth operation can 

be provided. 



– direct operated type 


6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 


P = 

G 

R 

= 

= 

G asket connection type 

G thread connection type 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







 

 

 

 

 





(nominal dimension 6, 10, 15, 20 only) 

The direct operated type relief valve used for this counterbalance valve is as follows. 

 

 

 

 

Type of direct operated type relief valve 

* 

* 

* 

2-61



Nominal dimension 6 10 15 20 25 30 

A 

Maximum working pressure MPa(kgf/cm 2 ) 

(Port A, B) 


30.9(315) 

45 110 230 330 

B 

Cracking pressure MPa(kgf/cm 2 ) 

Mass kg 

0.05(0.5) 

4 9 

20 

(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override 

characteristics”. 

■ Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

in the case of check valve free flow 



0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

CBD6,10 

CBD15,20 

CBD25,30 

0 

50 


150 

200 

250 

300 





CBD10P 

M8×65L 

4 pcs. 

29.4± 4.4 (300 ± 45) 

CBD20P 

M12×80L 

4 pcs. 

98.0 ± 14.7(1000 ± 150) 

CBD30P 

M16×105L 

4 pcs. 

235.2 ± 35.2(2400 ± 360) 

■Pressure override characteristics 

●This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct operated type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index “RD10, 20, 30”. 

2-62


CBD*G/R 



 

 





 

Width across flat X 


Width across 

flat X 

Width across 

flat X 


CBD*P 



 

 




 



 

 

Width across flat a 


Width across 

flat a 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-S through hole 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameter M, Counterboring depth N 

Screw diameter P, screw depth Q 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring“V” 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “V” 

 

 

 

2-63

Counterbalance valve – with unloading function 

 

 

 

 


Overview 

This counterbalance valve is used to 

prevent load drop within a cylinder under 

overrunning load conditions and to control 

its lowering speed. 


Features 

1. As the spool of the counterbalance valve is 

provided with the flow control part and seat part 

together, stable brake pressure can be obtained 

and at the same the leakage amount is small and 

the slipping-down amount of ram can be made 

very small. 

2. When weight drop (fast feed state) is changed to 

pressurization (slow feed state), ram speed 

change can be adjusted and smooth 

operation can be performed by controlling 

spool valve closing speed with variable 

throttle. 

3. The passage in the casing is composed of 

through holes and the flow resistance is small. 


with unloading function 


15, 25, 40 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 







Series number: 3, 2 

Brake pressure 


150 


= 

= 

= 

09.8 MPa 

7.814.7 MPa 

14.720.6 MPa 

(varies depending on self-weight of ram) 

Spool notch area symbol 

Symbol 

25 


Brake flow during pressurization 

120L/min or less 

120/Lmin or more 



 


Maximum working pressure MPakgf/cm 2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stroke volume of spool cm 3 

(during activation of external pilot pressure) 

 

 

 

Mass kg 

 

 

 

2-64



●In case of internal pilot operation 

Pilot pressure 2.5MPa25kgf/cm 2 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust thread MPakgf/cm 2 

Maximum 

working pressure 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Minimum external pilot pressure 

The minimum external pilot pressure refers to the external pilot pressure necessary for moving the main spool 

to the stroke end and fully opening the passage from A to B. The calculation is performed with the following formula. 

Type 

*** 

Minimum external pilot pressure 

 

(Set pressure for braking period) × 1.1MPa 

 

*** 

** 

 

 

 

(Set pressure for braking period)× 

 

1.2MPa 

 

1.3MPa 

1 

(Set pressure for braking period)× 10.2 1.0MPa 

1.2MPa 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-65


KDZ 

 

 

 

 

In the case of #15, 25 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the case of #15, 25 

Variable throttle adjust screw for pilot 

(installed here in the case of #15, 25) 

In the case of #40 



 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring“W” 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “Z” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable throttle adjust screw for pilot 

(installed here in the case of #40) 

O-ring “Z” 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “W” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-66

Variable throttle valve T1M 

3-2 

Throttle valve (1) T 

3-4 

Throttle valve (2) T1M 

3-6 

Throttle valve – Cartridge type F1M 

3-8 

Slow return check valve (1) TC 


Slow return check valve (2) TC1M 

3-12 

Slow return check valve – Cartridge type FC1M 

3-14 

Slow return check valve – Gasket type KMK 

3-16 

Precision throttle valve F 

3-18 

Temperature and pressure compensated 

flow regulating valve (1) FJC5 to 16 

3-22 


flow regulating valve (2) FJC30 

3-25 

Three-way flow regulating valve FK 

3-27 

Page 



3-1

Variable throttle valve 

T1M 

 

 

Overview 

This variable throttle valve is of needle valve 

type and can regulate the flow rate 

steplessly by changing the throttle opening. 


Features 

1. As this is a needle valve, fine adjustments 

can be made. 

2. As there is no leakage at all when it is fully 

closed, it can be used as a stop valve. 

3. The throttle opening can be adjusted even 

during operation by turning the adjust 

thread. 

4. As a lock nut is installed, there is no 

change in the throttle opening by vibration 

of the pipe during operation. 





610 15 20 

2530 











Shape of adjustment part 

4= Thread adjustment (without cap) 


 

 



 


 

Mass kg 



 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

pcs. 

pcs. 

pcs. 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


3-2


●T1M*P 

C (when fully open) 

Width across flat R 

O-ring...“Q” 


E 

B 

J 

F 

φM 

φL 

H 

A 

A 

N 

O 

D 

P 

φK 

G 

2 

B 


A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

J 

φK 

φL φM 

N 

O 

P 


R 


20 

30 

75 65 26 40 30 30 45 7 27 9 8 16 4-M8 10 8 2-JISB2401 P12 Hs90 

90 75 30 56 25 50 54 18 47 11 15 26 4-M10 14 10 2-JISB2401 P22 Hs90 

125 110 32 70 35 75 80 20 65 18 25 40 4-M16 20 16 2-JISB2401 P35 Hs90 

4 

8 


●T1M*G/R 

F 

Width across flat J 

C 


* G 

E 

B 

A 

B 

A 

A 

H 

1 

D 

2 


A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G* 

H 

J 

G 

6 

R 

G 


R 

G 

15 

R 

G 

20 

R 

G 

25 

R 

80 70 25 40 

80 70 25 40 

100 85 30 56 

100 85 30 56 

140 115 44 70 

G 

30 

R 

140 115 44 70 

85 to 95 

85 to 95 



132 to 147 

132 to 147 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

G 3 4 

Rc 3 4 

G1 

Rc1 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 4 

G1 1 2 

Rc1 1 2 

30 15 

ー 15 

42 16 

ー 16 

50 18 

ー 18 

60 20 

ー 20 

76 24 

ー 24 

76 24 

ー 24 

4 

4 

8 

8 



* If F is a Rc screw, there is no counter bore G. 

3-3

Throttle valve (1) 

T 

 

 

Overview 

This variable throttle valve can regulate the 

flow rate steplessly by changing the throttle 

opening. 


Features 

1. Thanks to the adoption of special notches, 

it is superior in controllability when the 

opening is small. 

2. As this has opening indication scales, it is 

superior in reproducibility. 

3. As this is of in-line type by the thread 

connection method, it can be installed 

easily. 


Throttle valve 


6, 8, 10, 15, 

20, 25, 30 


G G thread connection type 

R R thread connection type 








5= Adjustment of main body 




 


Mass kg 

 

 

 


 

 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt) 

When the throttle valve is fully open 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



3-4

■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●T6 ●T8 ●T10 

Pressure difference (MPa) 

30 

20 


0 

(Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) 

5 2 1 1 1 

3 2 6/ 2/ 3 2/ 2 2/ 3 2/ 

6 

2 

1/ 5 6 

2 

1/3 

1 

1/ 2 



1 

Fully opened 

15 


30 

20 



3 2 / 1 

2 2 

1/ 1 2 



5/ 1 2 5 4 

1 2/ 

3 

1 

2 

Fully opened 

1 

0 Fully opened 


0 10 20 30 40 50 



30 

20 


4 

1 

3 / 

2 

●T15 ●T20 ●T25 ●T30 


30 

20 


0 


5 4 /1 

2 4 

1 

3 / 2 


30 

20 


2 1 

2 

7 1 

1 

7 3/ 7/ 3 6 

2 / 3 6/ 3 6 5 / 3 5/ 

3 

5 

2 

4 /3 


30 

20 


2 1 2 

6/ 3 6/ 3 6 5/ 3 5/ 

1 

3 5 

2 

4 / 

3 


7 / 2 

6 3 6 / 1 

3 6 / 2 

5 / 1 

2 

5 3 3 5 4 / 3 

30 

3 


1 

4 3/ 

1 


4 / 

3 

4 


4 

4 

2 / 1 2 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

Fully opened Fully opened 

Fully opened Fully opened 

20 40 60 80 100 120 

0 50 100 150 200 

0 100 200 300 

0 100 200 300 400 






20 

1 

4 3/ 


●T 

15 

G G 3 4 

16 

R R 3 66 49.5 60 46 100 

4 14 

(Note) Throttle opening has an error of approx. one turn by accumulation of dimensional tolerance. 

S2 

L1 

T1 

T1 

(Note) Do not make adjustments 

with pressure applied. 

S3 

Nominal dimension D1 D2 D3 S2 S3 L1 T1 

6 

G G 1 4 

12 

R R 1 44 29.5 41 27 65 

4 

9 

8 

G G 3 8 

12 

R R 3 49.5 33 46 30 65 

8 



G G 1 2 

14 

R R 1 58 42.5 55 41 80 

2 

12 

20 

G G1 

18 

78 52.5 70 50 110 

R R1 

16 

25 

G G1 1 4 

23 

R R1 1 90 62.5 85 60 130 

4 

18 

30 

G G1 1 2 

23 

R R1 1 90 69 85 65 150 

2 

18 

φD2 

φD3 

D1 

1 0 

D1 


3-5


T1M 

 

 


Overview 

This variable throttle valve is of needle valve 

type and can regulate the flow rate steplessly 

by changing the throttle opening. 

Features 


can be made. 

2. As there is no leakage at all when it is fully 

closed, it can be used as a stop valve. 



thread. 





 

Flange 

Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass 

T1M52F 

T1M62F 

T1M82F 

T1M102F 

TFAA-40 

TFAA-50 

TFAA-63 

TFAA-80 

2B 

2B 

1 

2 

3B 

4B 

2.6kg 

3.9kg 

7.9kg 

13kg 

TFXA-40 

TFXA-50 

TFXA-63 

TFXA-80 

2B 

2B 

1 

2 

3B 

4B 

2.7kg 

4.5kg 

8.5kg 

14kg 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

 




52, 62, 82, 102 





 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

pcs. 

pcs. 

pcs. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When you use a flange, 

please place an order 

for the left flange type. 


drawing, refer to page 

16 of the appendix. 



No symbol 










 


Mass kg 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the throttle valve is fully open 

 

 

 

 


 

 

3-6


●T1M*P 

L1 

L2 

L5 

φD3 

L3 

L4 

SW2 

SW1 

A 

B 

B3 

B2 

B1 

Stroke 

L6 

L7 

L8 

O-ring 

T 1M 52.. . 

T1M 62... 

T1M 82... 

H3 H1 

2-JISB2401 G55 Hs90 

2-JISB2401 G65 Hs90 

2-JISB2401 G85 Hs90 

φD2 

φD1 

●T1M*F 

C 

L2 

φD2 

L1 

Stroke 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L7 

L6 

D1, depth T1 

H2 

SW2 

SW1 

45゚ 

45゚ 

H1 

B3 

B2 

B1 

H2 34 

D4 

B 

A 


B1 

B2 

B3 

D1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

H1 

H2 

H3 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

L7 

L8 

SW1 

SW2 

52 

62 

82 

145 

180 


115 

140 

170 

40 

40 

50 

60 

70 60 

90 

80 

50 

18 

22 

22 

6-M16 

6-M20 

6-M20 

37.5 

45 90 

60 

120 

75 

20 

25 

25 


128 

140 

77 50 25 


115 70 30 

12 33 26 

17.5 45 28 

174 

220 

35 57 27 274 

14 

17 

17 

22 

27 

30 


45゚ 

45゚ 

φD3 

φD4 


B1 

B2 

B3 

D1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

H1 

H2 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

L7 

T1 

SW1 

SW2 

52 

62 

82 


95 


140 

175 

65 

75 

95 

130 

32.5 

37.5 

47.5 

65 

4-M16 

4-M20 

4-M24 

4-M30 

14 

45 

14 

14 

22 

53 

98 

118 

72 

145 

90 

175 


120 

34 

34 

150 

34 

180 

42 

170 

205 

230 


40 26 21 

45 29 27 

50 36 26 

70 44 33 

190 

230 

140 

170 

87 


26 

32 

14 

17 

22 

27 

285 210 127 36 17 30 

360 270 162 40 27 41 

3-7

hrottle valve – Cartridge type 

F1M 

 

 

Overview 

This variable throttle valve can regulate the 


opening. 

Features 


incorporated in a manifold in a compact 

way. 



3. This is superior in controllability when the 



Throttle valve – Cartridge type 





C = Cartridge connection type 








1 


2 

Knob adjustment 

3 

Handle with key adjustment 


 

 





Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3-8

■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

25 

●Nominal dimension 10 ●Nominal dimension 20 ●Nominal dimension 30 

Throttle opening 



1.5 2 2.5 3 

5 5.5 6 6.5 

2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 

25 

25 

20 

20 

20 

6 

15 

3.5 

15 

7 

15 

6.5 



5 

2 

1 

4 

4.5 

5 

5.5 

6 

7 

8 



5 

2 

1 

7.5 

8 

8.5 

9 


11 

12 



5 

2 

1 

7 

7.5 

8 

8.5 

9 

9.5 


11 

12 

13 

0.5 

0.5 

0.5 

0 25 50 75 100 


0 50 100 150 200 


0 100 200 300 400 



●Throttle valve - Cartridge type 

L1 

L4 L5 

D1 

L2 


9 8 

φ60 

0 

1 

2 

Width across flat “W” 

L6 

●Knob adjusting type 

(The dimension which is not entered is the same as that of the handle adjusting type.) 

L13 

φ38 

8 9 0 1 2 


(The dimension which is not entered is the same as that of the handle adjusting type.) 

9 8 

0 

1 

2 

H 


L3 

□B2 

□B1 


φ0.01 

D7 

A 

φD4 

3.2 

30゚ 

+0.1 

0 

L12 

L7 

L8 

L9 


12.5 

A 

3.2 

1.6 

L11 

φD3 

30゚ 

B 

φD6 

φD5 

1.6 


A 


B1 

B2 

H 

D1 

D3 

H7 

D4 

H7 

D5 

D6 

D7 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

L7 

L8 

L9 


L11 

L12 

L13 

W 


65 

48 

30 

4-M8 

15 

38 

36 

15 

4-M8 

136 


2 

46.5 

12 

6.8 

44 

34 

20.5 

15 

1.5 

47 

119 

30 

20 

80 

55 

30 

4-M12 

20 

52 

50 

25 

4-M12 

160 

17 

2 

60 

20 

12 

55 

40.5 

24 

19 

1.5 

60.5 

142 

36 

30 


70 

30 

4-M16 

30 

72 

70 

35 

4-M16 

187 

20 

5 

80 

26 

16 

75 

58 

35 

22 

2 

80.5 

169 

55 

3-9

Slow return check valve (1) 

TC 

 

 

Overview 

This slow return check valve, in which a 

check valve is assembled into the variable 

throttle valve, can restrict the flow in one 

direction and allow the flow in the opposite 

direction to pass freely. 

Features 

1. Thanks to the adoption of special notches, 

it is superior in controllability when the 




3. As this is of in-line type by the thread 

connection method, it can be assembled 

easily. 



Slow return check valve 


6, 8, 10, 15, 

20, 25, 30 





 

 








5= Adjustment of main body 





 

 

 

Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 

Mass kg 

 

 

Pressure - Flow rate characteristics 

Similar to those of throttle valve (1). Refer to the section of the type 

number index “T6 to 30”. 



●When the throttle valve is fully open and the check valve is free flow (B→A) 


0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 


TC6 TC8 

20 30 40 


TC10 

50 


0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

TC15 

TC20 

50 100 150 200 



0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

TC25 



400 

TC30 

●When the throttle valve is fully open (A→B) 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.05 

0.01 

TC6 

TC8 

TC10 

TC15 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.05 

0.01 

TC20 

TC25 

TC30 

0 

20 

40 

60 80 



120 

0 100 200 300 


400 


●TC 

φD2 

S2 

φD3 

D1 

A 

T1 

L1 

1 0 

T1 

B 

D1 


S3 

(Note) Do not make adjustments with 

pressure applied. 


D1 

D2 

D3 

S2 

S3 

L1 

T1 

6 

8 


15 

20 

25 

30 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

R 

G 

G 1 4 

R 1 4 

G 3 8 

R 3 8 

G 1 2 

R 1 2 

G 3 4 

R R 3 4 

G G1 

R R1 

G G1 1 4 

R R1 1 4 

G G1 1 2 

R R1 1 2 

44 29.5 41 27 65 

49.5 33 46 30 65 

58 42.5 55 41 80 

66 49.5 60 46 100 

78 52.5 70 50 110 

90 62.5 85 60 130 

90 69 85 65 150 

12 

9 

12 


14 

12 

16 

14 

18 

16 

23 

18 

23 

18 

3-11




A 

B 

 

 


3-12 

Overview 






Features 


can be made. 



thread. 





Flange 

Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 




52, 62, 82, 102 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 

 

Gasket connection type 

Mass kg 

Flange connection type 

When you use a flange, 

please place an order 

for the left flange type. 


drawing, refer to page 

16 of the appendix. 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

pcs. 

pcs. 

pcs. 

 

 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s(cSt)) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 









●When the throttle valve is fully open and 

the check valve is free flow (B→A) 


●When the throttle valve is fully open (A→B) 

 

 

 

Flow rate (L/min)

3-13 


●TC1M*P 

●TC1M*F 


O-ring 

2-φD2 

6-φD3 

H1 

H4 

L8 

L9 

L6 

L7 

L3 

L4 

L5 

B1 

B2 

B3 

L2 

L1 

H3 

H2 

2-φD1, T1 

SW2 

2 pcs. of eyebolt only for TC1M82 

SW1 

B 

A 

30 

27 

22 

SW2 

O-ring dimension 

17 

17 

14 

SW1 

2.4 

2.4 

2.4 

T1 

57 

45 

33 

L9 

302 

248 

198 

L8 

115 


77 

L7 

30 

34 

25 

L6 

140 

128 


L5 

70 

65 

50 

L4 

35 

17.5 

12 

L3 

275 

220 

172 

L2 

325 

262.5 

207 

L1 

25 

25 

20 

H4 

42 

42 

34 

H3 

230 

190 

160 

H2 

172 

142 

120.5 

H1 

M20 

M20 

M16 

D3 

80 

60 

50 

D2 

90 

70 

60 

D1 


180 

145 

B3 

170 

140 

115 

B2 

50 

40 

40 

B1 

82 

62 

52 


2-JISB2401 G55 Hs90 

2-JISB2401 G65 Hs90 

2-JISB2401 G85 Hs90 

H1 

φD3 

φD2, T2 

H4 

45゚ 

H2 

H3 

SW2 

φD1, T1 

φD1, T1 

SW1 

B1 

B2 

B3 

L2 

L1 

φD4 

L3 

L4 

L5 

45゚ 

φD4 

B 

B 

A 

A 

41 

30 

27 

22 

SW2 

27 

17 

17 

14 

SW1 

30 

20 

20 

20 

T2 

40 

36 

32 

26 

T1 

370 

260 


175 

L5 

408 

287 

238 

201 

L4 

70 

57 

45 

33 

L3 

270 

220 

180 

145 

L2 

320 

240 

195 

160 

L1 

51 

42 

34 

34 

H4 

275 

220 

180 

150 

H3 

186 

146 

121 


H2 

70 

52 

44 

37 

H1 

175 

145 

118 

98 

D4 

90 

72 

53 

45 

D3 

2-M16 

2-M12 

2-M12 

2-M12 

D2 

4-M30 

4-M24 

4-M20 

4-M16 

D1 

180 

150 

120 


B3 

140 


90 

70 

B2 

70 

55 

45 

35 

B1 


82 

62 

52 

Nominal dimension

Slow return check valve – Cartridge type 

FC1M 

A 

B 

■Overview 






■Features 


incorporated in a manifold in a compact 

way. 



3. This is superior in controllability when the 




Slow return check valve - Cartridge type 




A 

B 


No symbol 






1= 


2= 

Knob adjustment 

3= 






Nominal dimension 10 20 30 

Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 30.9 (315) 

Maximum flow rate L/min 100 200 400 

Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 0.1 (1.0) 

Mass kg 

0.9 1.8 3.8 

3-14

Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●Nominal dimension 10 ●Nominal dimension 20 ●Nominal dimension 30 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 





●When the throttle valve is fully open (B→A) 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 



The outside dimension is same as that of the throttle valve - cartridge type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index “F1M10, 20, 30”. 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

Nominal dimension 10 




3-15

Slow return check valve – Gasket type 

KMK 

 

 

Overview 







Features 

1. This is of gasket connection type. 




3. The number of parts is small and the 

structure is simple. 

4. As there is no seat part, it is superior in 

durability. 









Make adjustments with no pressure applied. 

Be careful that if the adjust thread is loosened excessively 

by a spanner, etc., the valve may be broken. 


No symbol 





Series number: 4, 1 


 

 



Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Maximum flow rate L/min 

Cracking pressure MPa (ikgf/cm 2 

Mass kg 

 

KMK10 KMK20 KMK30 


 

 

 

Opening by 

1 1/4 turn from 

full closing 


 

 

 


Fully opened 

 

 

 

Opening by 

1 3/4 turn from 

full closing 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Opening by 

1 turn from 

full closing 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 


3-16







KMK10P M10×65L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87) 

0.4 

KMK20P 

M14×90L 

4 pcs. 

156.8±23.5 (1600±240) 

KMK30P 

M16×120L 

6 pcs. 

235.2±35.2 (2400±360) 

0.3 

KMK10 

KMK20 


0.2 

0.1 

KMK30 

0 100 200 300 



●KMK 

Width across flat U 

Increase in controlled flow 

A 

B 

φG 

A B 

E 

F 

D A D 

M 

K 

I 

J 

φG 

S 

L 

Q 

C 

B 

N 


φ 

H 

φ 

H 

O 

O-ring...“T” 


P 


A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

I 

J 

K 

L 

M 

N 

O 

P 

Q 

S 


U 



84 

50 

22 

39 

69 

22 

11 

29 

- 

40 

64 

184 

60 

15 


25 

1.8 

2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

17 

20 

140 


70 

28 

46 

94 

30 

18 

34 

- 

72 

76 

226 

84 

20 

4-M14 

35 

2.5 

2-JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 

19 

30 

185 

148 

95 

30 

58 

124 

40 

30 

35 

56 

112 

116 

295 

111 

25 

6-M16 

50 

2.5 

2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 

30 

3-17

Precision throttle valve 

 

 

Overview 

This precision throttle valve can regulate the 


opening. 


Features 

1. As the restriction part is of sharp-edged 

orifice structure, the valve is less likely 

to be sensitive to the effect of viscosity 

change of oil and high-precision 

temperature compensation can be 

obtained. 

2. Valves of the cartridge type, gasket 

connection type and thread connection 

type are available. 



Precision 

throttle valve 










3= Handle with key adjustment 

Option 

A precision throttle valve with a 

check valve is also available. 

Please contact us for the details. 

(nominal dimension 5 only) 


 

 


No symbol 





Throttle pin symbol 


Throttle 

pin symbol 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) The flow rate with respect to 

the opening scale differs 

between symbols “Q” and “L”. 

Sub-plate 


 


Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Mass kg 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 


please place an order for the 

following sub-plate type. 

For the dimension drawing, 

refer to page 8 of the appendix. 


FC5P-10 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


3-18

Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /scSt)) 

F5 


Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Throttle pin symbol 02Q 

 



 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F10 


 

 

 

 

 

 


Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 


Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 


Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Throttle pin symbol 2Q 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

3-19

8 

●F10 


60 

φ56 

48 

36 

B 

6 

A 

7 

2 

41 

48 

60 

8 

6 

φ43 

φ38 

44 

A 

B 2 

C 

2 

5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 4 

5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 

5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 4 


4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 



4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 



4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


Throttle pin symbol 2L 

5L 

10L 

0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 



5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 



5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 4 

6 13 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 



5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

Opening scale 

1 2 3 4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


16L 

25L 

50L 

0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 

0 10 20 30 40 50 

0 16 32 48 64 80 


●F*P 



3 

4 


0 


Nominal dimension A B C 

1.8 

5 


122 

124 

92.5 

94.5 

14 

16 

8 

2-φ8 4-M5 

2-φ16 O-ring...2-JISB2401 P12 Hs90 


3-20

8 

●F*G/R 

4-φ5.5 through hole 

Counter boreφ10, depth 2 

A 

6 

7 

60 

φ56 

48 

35 

B 

2 

48 

60 

φ43 

φ38 

44 

A 

B 2 

C 

2 

4 

3 

6 13 

0 


A 

B 

F 


E 

Diameter of counter boreφG, depth of counter bore H 

Screw diameter J, screw depth K 


●F*C 

60 

φ56 

4-M5 depth 9 

30゚ 


φ30H6 

30゚ 

+0.013 

0 

2 

4-M5 

D 

C 

2 

8 

Nominal dimension A B C E F G H J K 

5 


G 

R 

G 

R 

122 

124 

92.5 

94.5 

14 

16 

26 

22 

30 

27 

25 

ー 

25 

ー 

1 

ー 

1 

ー 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

13 

12.5 

13 

12.5 

6 48 

3 

4 

0 

6 


7 

17 


3.2 

A 

φ32H6 

1.6 

+0.016 

0 

3.2 

B 

3.2 

1 


φ0.01 

27 

36 (finish range) 

A 

+0.1 

0 

40 

48 

60 

6 

1.6 

A 

φ43 

φ38 


A 

B 2 

40 

A 

B 

O-ring...JIS B2401 P26 Hs90 

Nominal dimension A B C 

D 

O-ring...JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 

5 


122 

124 

92.5 

94.5 

16 

18 

8 

6 

3-21

Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve (1) 

FJC5to16 

 

 

Overview 

This temperature and pressure 

compensated flow regulating valve controls 

the flow rate of the hydraulic circuit to be 

constant regardless of change in pressure 

and temperature and allows for precise 

speed control of the actuator. 


Features 


orifice structure, high-precision 


obtained. 

2. To prevent a jumping phenomenon that 

occurs at the time of startup of the 

actuator, a jumping prevention device can 

be installed. 

3. A wide variety of types of maximum 

regulated flow rate are available, optimum 

control can be performed. 

4. As the handle key is adopted for the 

adjusting part, the flow rate does not 

change even if you touch the handle by 

mistake other than during adjustment. 



flow regulating valve 


5, 10, 16 







 


Nominal dimension 10, 16 

 

= 10 

= 11 

Presence/absence of jumping prevention device 

No symbol 

J 


No symbol 





= Without jumping prevention device 

= With jumping prevention device 

Maximum regulated flow rate symbol 


Maximum 

regulated flow rate 

(L / min) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option 

A temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve 

with a lever in which only the operating part shape is different can be manufactured. 

Type indicationAdd -C01 to the end. (10 and 16 size only) 

3-22



Maximum working pressure (port A) MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Minimum controlled flow rate cm 3 /min (Note 1) 

Temperature compensation (-20 to +70) 

Accuracy of flow regulation 

 

(with respect to 

maximum flow rate) 

Pressure compensation 

Nominal dimension 5 has pressure 

difference of 20.6 MPa 210 kgf/cm 2 

Nominal dimension 10 and 16 have pressure 

difference of 30.9 MPa315 kgf/cm 2 

Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) (Note 2) 

Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum leak amount from port A to port B when the adjusted opening is 0. 

(port A: Maximum working pressure, port B: 0 Mpa) 

(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating the flow rate. However, 

if the valve is used with the maximum controlled flow rate, the pressure drop amount inside the valve is added and the 

pressure difference between the inlet and outlet is approximately 1.0 MPa. 

Sub-plate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When you use a 

sub-plate, please 

place an order for 

the left sub-plate 

type. 

For the 

dimension 

drawing, refer to 

pages 4 and 8 of 

the appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FJC5 FJC10 FJC16 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum controlled flow rate symbol 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening scale 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FJC5 FJC10 FJC16 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

3-23

8 


●FJC5 

6 

60 

φ56 

48 

36 

6 13 

B 

41 

48 

60 

A 

7 

8 

6 

25 

2 44 

Jumping prevention device 

In the case of FJC5P-10-3/*J 

Machining prohibited in the range 

of mounting surfaceφ20 

φ43 

44 

92.5 

14 

122 

4 

2 

4 

3 

0 



●FJC 10 

16 

O-ring...2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 


1.8 

2-φ16 

2-φ9 

4-φD1 

φD2 Depth of counter bore T 

B1 

B5 

B3 

B6 

B2 

B7 

L6 

4-M5 

L2 

L5 

B 

8 24 

L1 

L3 

L4 

A 

11 

L7 

B4 

φ54 

(Key stud length) 

20 

FJC10P:φ20 

FJC16P:φ30 

Machining prohibited on the mounting 

surface in the above range 



FJC 16 P-11-3/*J 

H2 

H1 


B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

B5 

B6 

B7 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

L5 

L6 

L7 

H4 

H5 



35.5 

9.5 

68 

82.5 

71.5 

30 

96 


76 

55 

9.5 

6 

3.5 

H3 

16 123.5 41.5 11 81.5 101.5 90.5 15 125.5 12 101.5 75 



H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 D4 T 

125 95 26 51 60 12 9 15 14 26 13 

16 147 117 34 72 82 15 11 18 20 32 12 

20.5 7.5 

M 

4-M8 


4 

H6 

M 

2-φD3 

2-φD4 

O-ring...2-JIS B2401 

FJC10P:P22 Hs90 

FJC16P:P26 Hs90 


3-24


A 

B 

■Overview 

This temperature and pressure 

compensated flow regulating valve controls 

the flow rate of the hydraulic circuit to be 

constant regardless of change in pressure 

and temperature and allows for precise 

speed control of the actuator. 


■Features 


orifice structure, high-precision 


obtained. 

2. To prevent a jumping phenomenon that 

occurs at the time of startup of the 

actuator, a jumping prevention device can 

be installed. 


flow regulating valve 


30 





5 = Lever adjustment 


A 

■Sub-plate 


FJC30P 

P-FJC30R54-0 

P-FJC30G54-0 

P-FJC30R32-0 

P-FJC30G32-0 

B 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

28kg 

When you use a sub-plate, please place an order 

for the above sub-plate type. 

For the dimension drawing, refer to page 4 of the 

appendix. 






 



Mass kg 





No symbol 





Presence/absence of jumping prevention device 

No symbol 

J 

Temperature compensation 

(-20 to +70) 

Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 2) 

= Without jumping prevention device 

= With jumping prevention device 


250 = 250 L / min 

350 = 350 L / min 

30 

30.9 (315) 

250 350 

4 

±3 

±5 (when pressure difference is 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) 

1.0 (10) 1.8 (18) 

(Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum leak amount from port A to port B when 

the adjusted opening is 0. (port A: 30.9 MPa, port B: 0 Mpa) 

(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating 

the flow rate. However, if the valve is used with the maximum controlled flow rate, the pressure 

drop amount inside the valve is added and the pressure difference between the inlet and outlet 

is approximately 2.5 MPa. 



FJC30P M20×110L 

4 pcs. 431.2±64.6 (4400±660) 

32 


3-25

■Opening - Flow rate characteristics 

(viscosity 60 to 80 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

(Pressure difference 10 MPa constant) 

■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 60 to 80 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


350 

300 

250 

200 

150 


50 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

Opening scale 

350 

250 



120 


0 5 10 15 20 25 30 

Pressure diffrence (MPa) 


250 


●FJC30 

O-ring...2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 


2.4 

2 235 

19 197 


In the case of FJC30P-10-5/*J 

7 

Flow regulating valve (2) 

4-M20 

115 

φ32 

φ40 

φ30 

216 

178 

163 

19 

119 

36 

B 

2 

3 

1 

4 

0 

5 

6 


9 

8 

A 

50 

54 

78 

118 

122 

163 

30 

187 

3-26

Three-way flow regulating valve 

 

Overview 

This three-way flow regulating valve is a 

energy-saving type flow regulating valve that 

has both the meter-in flow regulating 

function and pressure regulating function. 

By using this valve, only the flow rate 

corresponding to the opening setting is 

supplied to the load side and excess oil is 

bled off. At that time, as the inlet side 

pressure is kept slightly higher than the load 

pressure, energy consumption is 

substantially reduced. 


Features 


orifice structure, high-precision temperature 

compensation can be obtained. 

2. As the handle key is adopted for the adjusting 

part, the flow rate does not change even if you 

touch the handle by mistake other than during 

adjustment. 

3. The three-way flow regulating valve with a 

relief valve for restricting the maximum 

pressure or the valve with a port for vent 

unloading is available. 



10, 16 








Maximum 

regulated flow rate 

(L / min) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


No symbol 





Presence/absence of unloading port 

No symbol 

X 

= 

= 

(however, nominal dimension 10 is all “X”.) 

Presence/absence of relief valve 

No symbol 

R 

Without port X 

With port X 

= Without relief valve 

= With relief valve 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3-27




Maximum controlled flow rate L/min (port AB 


Maximum pump flow rate L/min 


 



Temperature compensation 

(-20 to +70) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refer to “Pressure - Flow rate characteristics” below. 

(Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum 

leak amount from port A to port B when the adjusted 

opening is 0. (port A: Maximum working pressure, 

port B: 0 Mpa) 

(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between 

the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating the flow rate. 

However, if the valve is used with the maximum regulated 

flow rate, the pressure drop amount inside the valve 

is added and the pressure difference between the inlet 

and outlet is approximately 1 MPa. 

Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) (Note 2) 

 

 

 

Mass kg 

 

 

Sub-plate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


please place an order for 

the left sub-plate type. 

For the dimension drawing, 

refer to page 12 of the 

appendix. 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


pcs. 

pcs. 

Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /scSt 

FK16 

 

FK10 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 


Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /scSt 

In the case with relief valve 

FK10 

 

FK16 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



3-28


●FK10 


96 

* (in the case without relief valve) 

24*(3) 

12 

φ7 


X 

A 

X 

A 

Machining prohibited on 

the mounting surface 

φ20 


9.5 35.5 

B 

φ54 

T 

27 

82.5 

73 

70.5 

8 

3-φ14 

19 

38 

B 

T 

35.5 

57.2 

20 

76 

12 125 

95 

φ7 3-φ14 

4-M8 

φ13 3-φ26 

O-ring...JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

(for port X) 

39.5 

51 

60 

O-ring...・3-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 

(for ports A, B, T) 

●FK16 

123.5 

11 41.5 

7.5 

12 

B 

125.5 

A 

X 

* (in the case without relief valve) 

21*(0.5) 

T 

76 


89 

12.7 

B 

41.5 


φ54 

6.4 

117 

20 

147 

X 

A 

φ30 

T 

4-M10 Screw depth 21 

Machining prohibited on 

the mounting surface 

23.8 

50.8 

77.8 

3-φ20 

φ7 


Port X is required only in the case of LX and LRX type. 

φ7 3-φ20 

60 

72 

82 

15 


φ13 3-φ32 


(for ports A, B, T) 

O-ring...JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 

(for port X) 

3-29


As the mounting dimension of the sandwich valve matches that of the solenoid 

operated directional valve, the hydraulic circuit can be configured only by inserting it 

between the solenoid operated directional valve and the manifold or the sub-plate. 

Check valve S-(2)C 

4-2 

Pilot operated check valve S-(2)CH 

4-5 

Relief valve S-(2)RB 

4-9 

Sequence valve – Direct operated S-SD 

4-12 

Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated S-PRD 

4-16 

Throttle valve S-(2)T 

4-20 

Slow return check valve S-(2)TC 

4-26 

Check valve block S-4C 

4-33 

Check valve block ZA 

4-36 

Shock damping valve ZNS 

4-39 

(Note) The mounting bolt dimension of the solenoid operated directional valve manufactured 

by us is as shown in the table below. 

Valve type Mounting bolt dimension Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

Page 

DE6(20, 30 series) 

DE10(20 series) 

M5-45* 

6.4 ± 0.5(65 ± 5) 

M6-35* 13 ± 1 (133 ± 10) 

*The mounting bolt dimension in the case of 10 Series is as shown in the table below. 

Valve type Mounting bolt dimension Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm) 

DE6(10 series) 

M5-50 7.4 ± 0.5 (75 ± 5) 

DE10(10 series) M6-50 11.8 ± 1.7 (120 ± 18) 



4-1

Check valve 

S-(2)C 

 

 

 

 


Sandwich type 

Check valve 

C = Single type 

2C = Double type 





Nominal dimension 6 10 


30.9 (315) 



Mass kg 


0.05 (0.5) 

0.9 2.4 


No symbol 






05 = 0.05MPa (0.5kgf/cm 2 ) 

Check valve incorporated port symbol 

C 

2C 

Symbol Check valve incorporated port 

T Port T 

P Port P 

A Port A 

B Port B 

C Port A 

D Port B 

Port A 

E 

Port B 

Direction of free flow 

T T1 

P1 P 

A1 A 

B1 B 

A A1 

B B1 

A A1 

B B1 

Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque Nm (kgfcm 2 ) 

C6 

C10 

M585L 

M685L 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 655 

13 1 (13310 

When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below. 


Check valve 


S-(2)C6 

S-(2)C10 

C6 

M590L 

4 pcs. 7.40.5 75 5 

C10 

M6100L 4 pcs. 11.8 1.712018 

When the throttle valve is fully open and the check valve is free flow 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



4-2


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) P1, A1, B1 and T1 show ports on the sub-plate side while P, A, B and T show ports on the selector valve side. 

Check valve 

4-3


●S-(2)C6 

2 

T 

A 

B 

31 

0.75 

P 


5.95 

16.25 

26.55 

5.75 32.5 

44 

19 


27.8 

40.5 

12.5 

64 

A 

B 

40 

A1 

B1 

4-φ7.5 

4-φ12.3 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 

●S-(2)C10 

2 

P 

12 

A 

B 

6.3 

21.4 

32.5 

T 

*T 

46 

70 

3.2 


Check valve 

50 

16.7 

18.5 

27 

37.3 

50.8 

54 

91 

A 

B 

A1 

B1 

(Note) In the case of the type S-C10-11-T there is no T passage, 

a port on the port B side. 

5-φ9.5 

5-φ15.5 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.014 Hs90 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 

4-4


S-(2)CH 

S-(2)CH6 

S-(2)CH10 

Area A1 

A 

B 

Area A2 

Area A1 Area A3 Area A2 

A B 

A1 

B1 

A1 

B1 


Sandwich type 


CH = Single type 

2CH = Double type 


6, 10, 16, 22 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







Check valve incorporated port symbol 

2CH 

CH 

Symbol Check valve incorporated port 

No symbol 

A 

B 


Port A 

Port B 

Port A 

Port B 

Nominal dimension 6, 10 = 

Nominal dimension 16, 22 = 

11 


Direction of free flow 

A A1 

B B1 

A A1 

B B1 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


4-5






Mass kg 

Area ratio 

Refer to the inside 

structural drawing. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


To securely close 

the check valve, 

connect both A 

and B ports to 

the tank line 

when the 

directional 

control valve is 

at neutral 

position. 

(example of use) 

 

 

 

 

Cylinder 

Check valve 

Selector 

valve 


S-(2)CH6 

S-(2)CH10 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



S-(2)CH16 

 

 

S-(2)CH22 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



4-6


●S-(2)CH6 

83 

8 

67 



(44) 

19 

27.8 

14 40.5 


25 

40 

5.75 

P 

32.5 

26.55 

16.25 

5.95 

B 

A 

31 

44 

T 

B 

A 

φ12.2 

P1 T1 

B1 A1 

φ6 

φ6 

φ12.2 

φ8 

φ8 

φ12.2 φ12.2 

1.38 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 

(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 

●S-(2)CH10 

50.8 

37.3 

27 

16.7 

3.2 

P 

12 

T 

A 

B 

T 

6.3 

21.4 

32.5 

46 

70 

54 20.8 




S-2CH10-11 

1.38 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


123 

95.5 

14 

A B 

A1 B1 

5-φ11 

5-φ15.4 

114 


114 

95.5 5 

5 

95.5 

A B 

A 

50 

B 


S-CH10-11-A 

S-CH10-11-B 

A1 

B1 

A1 

B1 

4-7

●S-(2)CH16 


76.6 

65.9 

88.1 

2-φ4.5 depth 8 

(Locating pin hole) 

T 

P 

X 

L 

91 

10.5 70 

55.6 

35 

1.5 

2 

30.5 

14.3 

18.3 

34.1 

A 

B 

Y 


12.7 

54 

1.5 

50 

33 


4 166 

4 

47.5 

1.8 

80 

1.8 

L1 

3 

A1 

B1 

3-φ7 

2-φ3 (Locating pin) 

4-φ19 

3-φ14 



4-φ26 

O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 

(for port X1, Y1, L1) 

●S-(2)CH22 

5.6 

112.5 

94.3 

76.8 

53 

29.2 




92 

74.5 

46 

T P 

L 

X A B 

Y 

73 

96.8 


A 

B 

1.8 

19 

117 

12.5 

2 

4 

22.9 

17.3 

29.2 

53 

77 


130 

199 

4 

3 

2.4 

1.8 

17.5 

59 


2-φ14 

2-φ25 

L1 

X1 


3-φ23.5 



T1 

3-φ35 

P1 

φ21 

φ35 

Y1 

φ25 



φ12 

4-8

Relief valve 

S-(2)RB 

 

 

 

 


Sandwich type 

Relief valve 

RB Single type 

2RB Double type 




Relief valve incorporated port symbol 

Symbol Incorporated port Flow direction of relief 

Port 

 

Port 

 

Port 

 

Port 

 

 

Port 

 

 

Port 

 

 

Port 

 








315 = 30.9MPa315kgf/cm 2 



The relief valve - balance piston and cartridge type 

(refer to the section of the type number index of 

“RB1M6, 10”) is used for the relief valve. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relief valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


4-9

Relief valve 







30.9 (315) 

60 



Mass kg 

S-RB 

S-2RB 

0.95 

1.2 

2.0 

2.5 

Mounting bolt 


S-(2)RB6 

M585L 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 (655) 

S-(2)RB10 

M685L 

4 pcs. 

131 (13310) 



S-(2)RB6 

M590L 

4 pcs. 

7.40.5 (755) 

S-(2)RB10 

M6100L 

4 pcs. 

11.81.7 (12018) 


S-RB6 

S-RB10 

 

 

Pressure (Mpa) 

 

 

Pressure (Mpa) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





●S-(2)RB6 

Opposite side dimension 

of hexagon socket 6 

32.5 

φ25 

P 

B 

A 

T 

φ25 

31 0.75 

6 

16.3 

26.6 

44 2 

4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 



19 

4-φ5.5 

through hole 

Opposite side dimension of hexagon 19 

27.8 

40.5 


12.5 

● In the case of S-RB6-10-A* 

40 

4-φ6 

26 

4-φ12.2 

78 

125 

27 

● In the case of S-RB6-10-B* 

● In the case of S-RB6-10-P* 

26 

125 

78 

40 

27 

● In the case of S-2RB6-10-E* 

40 

26 

92 

186 

17.5 

● In the case of S-2RB6-10-F* 

40 

14 

73 

167 

26 

(Note) In the case of F, when the adjust screw of the 

relief valve on the A port side is adjusted, B port 

pressure can be adjusted. When the adjust screw 

of the relief valve on the B port side is adjusted, 

A port pressure can be adjusted. 

●S-(2)RB10 

18.5 only in the case 

of S-2RB10-10-F* 

● In the case of S-RB10-10-A* 

● In the case of S-RB10-10-P* 

● In the case of S-RB10-10-B* 

Opposite side dimension 

of hexagon socket 6 

70 

2 

12 

27(18.5) 

φ25 

5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


25 

50 

3.2 

16.7 

P 

A 

T 

26.5 

99 

142 

18.5 

26.5 

27 

54 

37.3 

50.8 

B 

T 


99 

142 

50 

5-φ15.4 

6.3 

25 

21.4 

32.5 

46 




5-φ10 in the case of type A 

In the case of type P 

Port A, B, 2-φ9 

Port P, T, 3-φ10 

Relief valve 

● In the case of S-2RB10-10-E* 

● In the case of S-2RB10-10-F* 

50 50 

25 

18.2 

20.5 


95 

168 

193 


43 

5-φ8 

36.5 

31.8 

(Note) In the case of F, when the adjust screw of the 

relief valve on the A port side is adjusted, B port 

pressure can be adjusted. When the adjust screw 

of the relief valve on the B port side is adjusted, 

A port pressure can be adjusted. 

4-11


 

 


Sandwich type 

SD=Sequence valve 

CBD =Counterbalance valve 


SD = 6, 10 

CBD = 6 


Sequence valve incorporated port 

A = Port A (CBDs have A only) 

P = Port P 






Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Symbol 

25 

75 

150 







Types with/without check valve 

No symbol Without check valve 

C 

Types with a check valve 


Y = Internal pilot and external drain 



0 to 2.5 (0 to 25) 0.2 to 2.5 (2 to 25) 

0 to 7.4 (0 to 75) 0.4 to 7.4 (4 to 75) 


3.4 to 20.6 (35 to 210) 1.0 to 20.6 (10 to 210) 

S-SD6-10-A*/*Y S-SD6-10-A*/*YC S-SD6-10-P*/*Y S-CBD6-10-A*/*Y 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

S-SD10-10-A*/*Y 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S-SD10-10-A*/*YC 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S-SD10-10-P*/*Y 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4-12



pressure MPa 

(kgf/cm 2 ) 



Mass kg 

Primary side 

Secondary side 

Back pressure (Port T) 


20.6 (210) (Note) 


5.9 (60) 

1.5 (15) 

30 

50 

1.2 3.1 

(Note) Pressure adjustment range: When 150 is adjusted to 12.3 to 14.7 MPa (125 to 150 kgf/cm 2 ), 

the maximum working pressure becomes 16.7 MPa (170 kgf/cm 2 ). 




25 

75 

150 



0.3 (3.1) 

0.29 (3.0) 

0.87 (8.9) 

0.86 (8.8) 

1.51 (15.4) 

1.72 (17.6) 

2.05 (20.9) 

2.4 (24.5) 

Mounting bolt 


S-SD6 

M585L 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 (65 5) 

S-CBD6 

M585L 

4 pcs. 

S-SD10 M685L 

4 pcs. 

13 1 (13310) 



S-SD6 

S-CBD6 

M590L 

M590L 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

7.40.5 ( 75 5) 

S-SD10 


4 pcs. 

11.81.7 (12018) 

Pressure override characteristics/Lowest adjustment 

pressure/Pressure drop characteristics 

Similar to those of the sequence valve - direct operated type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index “SD6, 10”. 


4-13


●S-SD6-10-P 

S-SD6-10-P3/*Y 

● Handle with key adjusting type 

φ60 

198 

30 


27.8 

19 



2 

5.8 

6 

0.75 

● Screw adjusting type 

44 

16.3 

P 

32.5 

26.6 

B 

A 

31 

T 

12.5 

14.5 

40.5 

175 


2-φ6 (for port A, B) 

φ6.5 (for port P) 

φ7 (for port T) 



A 

● Handle adjusting type 

40 

φ60 

4-φ12.2 

A1 

1.38 

198 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


●S-CBD6-10-A 

●S-SD6-10-A 

S-SD6-10-A3/*Y 


φ60 


27.8 

19 




30 

3 

5.8 

16.3 

6 

0.75 

P 




44 

32.5 

26.6 

12.5 

14.5 


2-φ7 (for port P, T) 


40 

B 

4-φ12.2 

40.5 

T 

A 

A1 

A 

31 

187 

1.38 


O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 




φ60

●S-SD10-10-P 

S-SD10-10-P3/*Y 


192.5 

30 

2.2 

3.2 

φ8 


3 70 2 

12 46 

32.5 

21.4 




21 

182.5 

192.5 

25 

6.3 

T 

B 

P 

A 

T 

16.7 

27 

37.3 

50.8 

54 

B 



50 

φ60 

(Note) Connect the T port at both of 

two locations to the tank line 

for use. 

1.38 


4-φ15.4 

B1 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


●S-SD10-10-A 

S-SD10-10-A3/* 

YC 

Y 


3.2 

192.5 

30 

2.2 

φ8 

2 

YC 

S-SD10-10-A2/* Y 

T 

T 




70 

12 46 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

50 

25 

1.38 

B 

P 

16.7 

27 

37.3 

50.8 

21 54 

B 

B1 


5-φ15.4 

A 

182.5 

192.5 


O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


S-SD10-10-A1/* 

YC 

Y 

φ60 



for use. 


4-15


S-PRD 

B P A 

T 

B1 P1 A1 T1 


Sandwich type 

Pressure reducing valve 



Pressure reducing valve incorporated port 

A = Port A 

P = Port P 


1 

2 

3 

= 

= 

= 


Thread adjustment (with cap) 


(This applies in case where the reducing valve is installed in the port A only.) 

25 

75 

150 








No symbol 

C 

 

 


Y = Internal pilot and external drain 

Without check valve 


Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Symbol 


0.5 to 2.5 (5 to 25) 0.5 to 2.5 (5 to 25) 


6.4 to 14.7 (65 to 150) 2.0 to 14.7 (20 to 150) 

7.9 to 20.6 (80 to 210) 2.0 to 20.6 (20 to 210) 


●S-PRD6-10-A*/*YC ●S-PRD6-10-A*/*Y ●S-PRD6-10-P*/*Y 


T 1 

●S-PRD10-10-A*/*YC ●S-PRD10-10-A*/*Y ●S-PRD10-10-P*/*Y 

T 

T 

T 1 

T 

T 1 

P 

P 1 A 1 

P 

A 

A 

P 1 A 1 

B 

B 1 

B 

B 1 


T 

T 

T 1 

T 1 

T 

T 1 

P 

P 1 

P 

P 1 

A 

A 1 

A 

A 1 

B 

B 1 

B 

B 1 

T 

T 1 

T 

T 1 

T 

T 1 

P 

P 1 

P 

P 1 

A 

A 1 

A 

A 1 

B 

B 1 

B 

B 1 

4-16



pressure MPa 

(kgf/cm 2 ) 



Mass kg 

Primary side 

Secondary side 

Back pressure Port T (Y) 


30.9 (315) 


5.9 (60) 1.5 (15) 

30 45 

1.2 3.1 




25 


0.3 (3.1) 0.29 (3.0) 

75 0.87 (8.9) 0.86 (8.8) 

150 1.51 (15.4) 1.72 (17.6) 

210 2.05 (20.9) 2.4 (24.5) 

Mounting bolt 


S-PRD6 

M585L 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 ( 65 5) 

S-PRD10 

M685L 

4 pcs. 




S-PRD6 

M590L 

4 pcs. 

7.40.5 ( 75 5) 

S-PRD10 


4 pcs. 

11.8 1.7 (12018) 

Pressure override characteristics/ 


Similar to those of pressure reducing valve - direct operated type. 

Refer to the section of the type number index “PRD6, 10”. 


4-17


●S-PRD6-10-P 

S-PRD6-10-P3-*Y 


φ60 

198 

30 

27.8 

19 



S-PRD6-10-P2/*Y 

44 

2 

32.5 

26.6 

5.8 

16.3 

6 

0.75 

P 


B 

A 

31 

T 

12.5 

14.5 

40.5 

175 



φ6.5 (for port P) 

φ7 (for port T) 

A 

S-PRD6-10-P1/*Y 



40 

φ60 

Pressure detection port 

The P port pressure can be 

measured by removing the R1/4 plug. 

4-φ12.2 

A1 

198 

1.38 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


●S-PRD6-10-A 

S-PRD6-10-A3/* 


φ60 

27.8 

19 





30 


44 

3 

5.8 

16.3 

6 

0.75 

P 



32.5 

26.6 

12.5 

14.5 


40 

B 

4-φ12.2 

40.5 


2-φ7 (for port P, T) 

T 

A 

A1 

A 

31 

187 



1.38 


O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


φ60 

4-18

●S-PRD10-10-P 

S-PRD10-10-P3/*Y 


192.5 

30 

2 

3.2 

2.2 

φ8 


T 

70 

3 

T 



46 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

B 

A 

12 

P 

16.7 

21 

27 

37.3 

50.8 

54 


182.5 

192.5 


B 


Pressure detection port 

The P port pressure can be 

measured by removing the 

G1/4 plug. 

50 

25 

1.38 


5-φ15.4 

B1 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


φ60 



for use. 

●S-PRD10-10-A 

YC 

S-PRD10-10-A3/* Y 


192.5 

30 

2 

3.2 

2.2 

φ8 

YC 


T 

T 




70 

46 

12 

32.5 

21.4 

50 

6.3 

25 

1.38 

16.7 

21 


5-φ15.4 

B 

B 

B1 

P 

27 

37.3 

50.8 

54 

A 

182.5 

192.5 


O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


YC 


φ60 



for use. 


4-19


S-(2)T 

 

 

 


Sandwich type 


T = Single type 

2T = Double type 











Throttle valve incorporated port symbol 

Symbol Incorporated port 

T 

2T 

A 

B 

P 

E 

Port A 

Port B 

Port P 

Port A, B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


4-20



 

 


30.9 (315) 


30 

70 

Mass kg 

1.0 

1.7 

Mounting bolt 


S-(2)T6 

S-(2)T10 

M570L 

M670L 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 (5 5) 




S-(2)T6 

M575L 

4 pcs. 

7.40.5 (75 5) 

S-(2)T10 

M685L 

4 pcs. 

11.81.7 (12018) 


When the throttle 

valve is fully open 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



4-21


●S-T6-10-P 


T 

A 

B 

46 

0.75 31 

P 

6 

11.3 

16.3 

Maximum 23 

12.5 

25 

26.6 


2 

32.5 

6.8 

2 

19 

27.8 

40.5 

70 

16 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


4-φ5.5 

4-φ12.2 

2 

●S-T6-10-A 


T 

A 

B 

0.75 31 

P 


6 

16.3 


Maximum 28.5 

15 

25 

22.3 

26.6 

2 

32.5 

46 

2 

19 

6.8 

27.8 

40.5 

70 

16 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


4-φ5.5 

4-φ12.2 

2 

4-22

●S-T6-10-B 


T 

A 

B 

0.75 31 


P 

6 

16.3 

26.6 

Maximum 28.5 

11.5 

25 

32.5 


2 

46 

6.8 

2 

19 

27.8 

40.5 

70 

16 

2 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


4-φ5.5 

4-φ12.2 

●S-2T6-10-E 


T 

A 

B 

0.75 31 


P 


6 

16.3 

27.8 

40.5 

70 

Maximum 127 

Maximum 28.5 

15 

2 

22.3 

11.5 

26.6 

25 

32.5 

2 

46 

2 

19 

6.8 

16 


2 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


4-φ5.5 

4-φ12.2 

2 

4-23

●S-T10-10-P 

46 

39.7 

16 


24.6 

13.5 

●S-T10-10-A 

46 

39.7 

16 


24.6 

13.5 

80 

54 13 

50.8 

37.3 

27 

17 

80 

54 13 

50.8 

37.3 

27 

16.7 

3.2 

34 

2 

P 

B 

T 

2 

A 

T 

2 

4 

74 

Maximum 25.5 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


5-φ7 

5-φ15.4 

16.7 

15.5 

3.2 

P1 

A1 

T1 

2 

2 


2 

B1 

T1 

4 

74 

Maximum 25.5 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


5-φ15.4 

5-φA 

Dimension 

φA 

Port A1 6 

34 

Port P1 

B1, T1 

6.5 

17 

4-24

●S-T10-10-B 


46 16 

39.7 

24.6 

13.5 

B 

T 

80 

Dimension 

φA 

27 

16.7 

54 

50.8 

Port B 6 

Port P 

A, T 

6.5 

●S-2T10-10-E 

46 

16 

39.7 


24.6 

13.5 

80 

54 13 

50.8 

38.5 

37.3 

15.5 

2 

2 

2 

Maximum 25.5 

34 

2 

37.3 

3.2 

15.5 

2 

13 

2 

P 

2 

A 

T 

74 

4 

Maximum 25.5 

34 

17 

O-ring...5-AS568 NO.014 Hs90 


5-φA 

5-φ15.4 

27 

16.7 

3.2 

P 

B 

T 

A 

T 

4 


74 

Dimension 

A 

17 

Port A, B 6 

Port P, T 6.5 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


5-φA 

5-φ15.4 

4-25


S-(2)TC 

 

 

 


S-2TC610 

Sandwich type 

Double slow return check valve 


 






V Fatty ester based hydraulic oil 




Symbol 

 

 

Incorporated port 

Port A 

Port B 

Port A 

Port B 

Direction of controlled flow rate 

A → A1 control (meter-in) 

B → B1 control (meter-in) 

A1 → A control (meter-out) 

B1 → B control (meter-out) 

S-(2)TC1622 


Sandwich type 


TC = Single type 

2TC = Double type 


16, 22 










Symbol Incorporated port Direction of controlled flow rate 

Port A A → A1 control (meter-in) 

 

 

 

 

Port B 

Port A 

Port B 

B → B1 control (meter-in) 

A1 → A control (meter-out) 

B1 → B control (meter-out) 

 

Port A A → A1 control (meter-in) 

Port B B → B1 control (meter-in) 

 

 

Port A A1 → A control (meter-out) 

Port B B1 → B control (meter-out) 

4-26


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) P1, A1, B1,T1, X1, Y1, and L1 show ports on the sub-plate side while P, A, B, T, X, Y and L show ports on the selector valve side. 



 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6 pcs. 

 

 

 

 

 

*When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below. 


 

 

4 pcs. 

 

 

4 pcs. 

 

(Note) In the case of S-2TC6-10, S-2TC6-11 and S-2TC6-12, the mounting bolt becomes shorter by the 

difference of overall height of the valve (10 mm). 

In the case of S-2TC10-10, S-2TC10-11 and S-2TC10-12, the mounting bolt becomes shorter by 

the difference of overall height of the valve (20 mm). 


4-27

Opening - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

 

S-2TC6 

 

 

 

Differential pressure MPa 

 

 

S-2TC10 

 

 

PDifferential pressure MPa 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of rotations of dial (fully open) Number of rotations of dial (fully open) 


S-(2)TC16 

S-(2)TC22 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Throttle opening (number of revolutions) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Throttle opening (number of revolutions) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



4-28

Pressure drop value 


When the throttle valve is closed and the check valve is free flow 

S-2TC6 

P (MPa) 

 

 

P (MPa) 

Pressure drop value 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

S-(2)TC16 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S-(2)TC22 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


4-29


S-2TC6 

Maximum 210.5 

 

Stroke 

 

Stroke 

 

 

 

(Port P, T) 

4-5.5 through hole 

 

 

 

Fully closed 

Fully open 

 

 

Flow rate adjusting dial (for A line) 

 

(Port A, B) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow rate adjusting dial (for B line) 

 

 

Mounting surface 

(with O-ring) 

O-ring...4-JIS B 2401 P9 Hs90 


Dial fixing screw 

Width across flat of hexagon socket: 2 

Tightening torque: 0.3 to 0.4 Nm 

Method of adjusting flow rate 

When the dial fixing screw is loosened and the flow rate adjusting dial is turned clockwise, the flow rate is restricted. 

After adjustment, be sure to tighten the dial fixing screw. 


Maximum 237 

Stroke 

 

Stroke 

 

 

4-7 through holes 

Fully open Fully closed 

 

 

 

(for Port P, A, B, T) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Flow rate adjusting dial (for A line) 

Flow rate adjusting dial (for B line) 

 

 

 

 

Mounting surface 

(with O-ring) O-ring...4-JIS B 2401 P9 Hs90 


Method of adjusting flow rate 

When the dial fixing screw is loosened and the flow rate adjusting dial is turned clockwise, the flow rate is restricted. 

After adjustment, be sure to tighten the dial fixing screw. 

Dial fixing screw 

Width across flat of hexagon socket: 2 

Tightening torque: 0.3 to 0.4 Nm 

4-30

●S-(2)TC16 

●S-2TC16 

76.6 

18.3 

34.1 

50 




51 

3 

2-φ3 


71.5 

L 

T 

A 

P 

B 

X 

Y 

35 

54 

55.6 

69.9 

91 

18.3 

34.1 

2 

1.5 

12.7 

14.3 


50 

65.9 


88.1 

35.5 101.6 

34 

Maximum 294 

Minimum 246 

A 

B 

Y 

Opposite side 

of hexagon 

socket 6 




A1 B1 Y1 

4-φ18 

4-φ26 

3-φ7 

3-φ14 



●S-TC16-10-A 

Maximum 235.5 

Minimum 211.5 

L 

A 

B 

●S-TC16-10-B 

L1 

L 

A1 

A 

B1 

Maximum 235.5 

Minimum 211.5 

B 


L1 

A1 

B1 

4-31

●S-(2)TC22 

5.6 

29.2 


94.3 

76.8 

53 



6-φ14 through holes 

55 

T 

P 

Y 

L 

X 

A 

B 

73 

74.5 

92 

96.8 

117 

17.3 

2 

19 

28 

46 

29.2 

53 

77 

112.5 

17.2 130 

40.8 

17.5 

12.5 

4 

2-φ6 


●S-2TC22 

Maximum 320 

Minimum 268 

X 

A 

B 

Opposite side 

of hexagon 

socket 6 


X1 A1 B1 

3-φ9 4-φ22 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 

3-φ25 

4-φ35 




●S-TC22-10-A 

Maximum 257 

Minimum 231 


●S-TC22-10-B 

Maximum 257 

Minimum 231 

4-32

Check valve block 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Sandwich type 


(for flow regulating valve) 


5, 10, 16 







 

 

 

 


Mounting bolt 





Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

 

 

 

Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm 2 /scSt 

S-4C5 

S-4C10 

S-4C16 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


4-33


●S-4C5 

60 

48 6 

41 


8 

FJC5P 

A 

30 

(122) 

φ6 

B 

36 

48 

60 

φ6 

2 

6 

13 

15 

4- 5.5 through hole 

1.8 

30 

B 1 

O-ring...2-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

(for port A1, B1) 

A 1 

2-φ16.5 

2-φ6 

●S-4C10 

2 

95 

76 

66.5 

21 

9.5 

A 

FJC10P 


φ13 

φ13 

4-9 through hole 

B 

30 

71.5 

82.5 

1.8 

9.5 


50 (125) 

50 

B1 


(for port A1, B1) 

A1 

2-φ13 

2-φ26 

4-34

●S-4C16 

125.5 


12 

81 

34 

26.5 

This hole needs to be sealed by the O-ring. 

Pay attention to machining of the mounting surface. 

A 

FJC16P 

φ20 

φ20 

88 

(147) 


2.4 

85 

85 

90.6 

54 


123.5 

B 

15 

2 

17 

11 

A1 

3-φ20 


(for port A1, B1 and drilled holes) 

3-φ30 


4-35


ZA 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Sandwich type 

check valve block 








Series number: Nominal dimension 10 

Nominal dimension 20, 30 

= 11 

= 10 

 

 

 

(Note) A1, P1, and T1 show ports on the sub-plate side. 



 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 



 

 

 

 

 

4 pcs. 

 


Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

 

 

 

 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


4-36


●ZA10 

110.5 

20.5 

22.5 

3 

22 

φ7 depth 6 



47.5 

54 

40 

φ36 

54 

85 

2 

P 

T 

P 

T 


(for port A1, P1, T1) 

A1 

3-φ12 

3-φ22 

P1 

T1 

●ZA20 

5 

159 

2 

30 

46 

112.7 


12.7 

57.1 

79.3 


φ7 drilled depth 6 (Locating pin hole) 

28 

46 


69.9 

P 


T 


P 

T 

A1 

P 1 

T1 

3-φ22 

3-φ35 



4-37

●ZA30 

5 

208.5 

116 2 

82.5 

51.3 

50.8 

139.7 


P 

T 


12.7 

63.5 

95.2 

127 

φ7 drilled depth 6 (Locating pin hole) 

P 

T 

45 

67 

A1 

P1 

3-φ28 

3-φ40 

T1 




4-38


 

 

 

 


Sandwich type shock damping valve 


5, 6, 10 

Type of valve 

1 = Shock damping valve for unloading 

2 = Shock damping valve for 3 stage pressure 








 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



5 



30.9 (315) 


4 

8 12 

Mass kg 

For unloading 1.0 1.2 1.9 

For 3 stage pressure 1.7 1.7 2.1 

Mounting bolt 


ZNS 5 

M590L 4 pcs. 6.91.0 (7010) 

ZNS 6 

ZNS 10 

M585L* 

M670L* 

4 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6.40.5 (65 5) 


*When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below. 


ZNS 6 M590L 4 pcs. 7.40.5 (75 5) 

ZNS 10 M685L 4 pcs. 11.81.7 (12018) 

When using the valve 

The use of a shock damping valve can eliminate a shock that occurs 

when a load condition is switched to a no-load condition. 

Pressure 

 

Time 

 

 

A shock damping valve can be 

incorporated into the following 

relief valves manufactured by 

us for use. 

For details, refer to the section 

of each relief valve in the type 

number index. 

without shock damping valve 


(Unloading time can be changed 

by turning the spring adjust thread.) 

 

(Note) If unloading time is made too long, 

unloading may not be performed. 

Type of shock damping valve 

ZNS5-1 

ZNS5-2 


Type of applicable relief valve 

RBE10, 20, 30, 35 

PUE10, 20, 30 

3RBE10, 20, 30 

RBE52, 82 


4-39


ZNS5-1 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

When the adjust screw is turned counterclockwise, unloading time becomes long. 

 

 

 


(for port B1, P1, T1) 

ZNS5-2 

 

5.5 through hole 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

When the adjust screw is turned counterclockwise, unloading time becomes short. 

 

 



4-40

ZNS6-1 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


ZNS6-2 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


4-41



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(Note) There is T port at two locations and 


 

 


 

 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) There is T port at two locations and 


 

 


 

 

O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 


4-42

Logic valve 

Logic valve KLD/LU 

5-2 

Selector valve CS 

5-25 

Logic element for pressure control LR/LPR 

5-28 

Page 



5-1

Logic valve 

Logic valve 

KLD/LU 

A port pressure 

B port pressure 


pressure cover 

 

 

 

Cover 

Spring 

Sleeve 

Valve body 

 

 

 

Structure and operation of logic elements 

Without cushion overlap With cushion overlap 

Structure 

Logic elements consists of, as shown in the 

figure, a sleeve with internal seat, valve body, 

spring that always holds the valve body, and 

control ports, and the cover on which various 

types of valves and stroke limitters are to be 

installed. 

There are two types of valve body, with and 

without cushion overlap, each of which can be 

used for different usage. Though the valve body 

with the cushion overlap has higher flow 

resistance, it is used as a flow rate control valve 

in combination with a stroke limitter, or in order 

to tame switching shock under high pressure. 

Operation 

The hydraulic oil can flow in both direction of 

A B and B A, and open and close of the 

valve body are determined by the pressure in 

the pilot room. Hence, the pilot pressure is led 

internally or externally and controlled. 

Supposing that there is no pressure applied in 

the pilot room, the valve openes when the 

hydraulic force of A or B port becomes higher 

than the spring force, and if pressure is applied, 

the valve opens when the pressure of A or B 

port increases by the corresponding area ratio. 

The three areas shown in the figure 

significantly affect the functions. Assuming that 

the area A1 is 100%, the ring shape area A2 is, 

depending on the type, 7% or 50%. Hence the 

area ratio A1:A2 is 14.3:1, or 2:1 respectively, 

and the area A3 which is computed by (A1 + 

A2) becomes 107% or 150% of A1 respectively. 

The area A3 is determined by each nominal 

dimension and common to the types, while A1 

varies depending on the type. Cracking 

pressure for spring type 40 logic element KLD 

-10- 

40, if there is no pilot pressure applied, 

is shown in the table depending on the type. 

Logic element type 

 

 

Area ratioA1A2 

 

Cracking pressure A port side 

MPakgf/cm 2 B port side 


As shown avobe, selecting each cartridge 

assembly in combination with various 

cover for the usage allows a large variety 

of controls. 

16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 


Poppet area A3cm 2 

Maximum working Port Solenoid operated directional valve 

pressure 

ABX 30.9 MPaFor 315 kgf/cm2with cover 

 

 

MPakgf/cm 2 Z1Z2 

 

Other covers 

 

 

Sheet area A1cm 2 

Ring shape area A2cm 2 

Poppet strokemm 

Stroke volumecm 3 

Area ratio 21 

Area ratio 14.31 

Area ratio 21 

Area ratio 14.31 

With cushion overlap 

Without cushion overlap 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Masskg 

Cartridge assembly 

 

Standard cover 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

Size Cover type 

All types 



 

Quantity 

4 pcs. 

All types 4 pcs. 

All types 4 pcs. 

 

 

4 pcs. 

All types other than above 4 pcs. 

 

 

4 pcs. 


 

 

4 pcs. 


 

 

8 pcs. 


 

 

8 pcs. 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-2


Logic element 

Logic element 


16253240 50 





Poppet pressurized area ratio and poppet type 

Symbol 

A 

B 

C 

D 

Area ratio (A1:A2) 

21 

14.31 

21 

14.31 

Poppet type 





Symbol Area ratio 2:1 Area ratio 14.3:1 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 





No spring 

No spring 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(When pressure is applied to the port A) 

Logic valve 

Logic valve cover 

Logic valve cover 


162532 4050 


Cover type 

*Refer to “Cover type symbols”. 


Types with/without eternal pilot ports 

(Only applicable for cover type A and S) 

No symbol 

F 

= not provided 

= provided 

Selection of a pilot valve 

The pilot vales shown on the table below can be used for logic valve cover. 

If you need the pilot valve, designate the pilot valve type separately. 

We will deliver the logic valve cover and the pilot valve separately. 

 

 

Cover type 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) For the detail of the pilot valve, see the paragraph “DE**”, 

solenoide operated directional valve. 


No symbol = 

V 

W 





Restriction contraction diameter 

*Refer to “Restriction contraction diameter symbols”. 

Symbol of passage to which restriction contracter is mounted 

(Please see the hydraulic symbol paragraph. 

Cover type 

A 

S 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Symbol of passage to which 

restriction contracter is mounted 

X = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the X-passage 

F = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the F-passage 

P = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the P-passage 

A = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the A-passage 

B = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the B-passage 

T = The restriction contracter 

is mounted on the T-passage 

5-3

Logic valve 

Cover type symbols 


Symbol 

Type 

A 

S1 

S2 

S3 

S4 

B 

C 

Standard 

With a handle type stroke limitter 

With a thread type stroke limitter 

With a scale type stroke limitter with a key 

With a scale type stroke limitter 

With a shuttle valve (Selecter valve) 

With a pilot operation sheet valve 

Types with external pilot valve 

Types without eternal pilot valve 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D 

E 

F 

A 

B 

A 

B 

A 

B 

For mounting a solenoid 


With a shuttle valve + for mounitng a 

solenoid operated directional valve 

(Selector valve) 

Normal close 

Normal open 

Normal close 

Normal open 

Normal close 

Normal open 

 

 

Restriction contraction diameter symbols 

Applicable for cover type A and S 

Applicable for cover types C, D, E, F 

Symbol 

 

 

Nominal 

Restriction dimension 

contraction 

diameter (mm) 

 

 

 

 

 

Symbol 

 

 

Nominal 

dimension 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

diameter 

 

(mm) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-4


 

 

 

 

* 

to 

 

Restriction contracter 

mounting position 

 

 

to 

 

 

* 

to 

 



Logic valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

 

 

F-passage, restriction 

contracter mounting position 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

 

F-passage, restriction 

contracter mounting position 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except, the external port A is not provided 

on the one with nominal dimension of 32. 

 

 

 

Except, the external port X is 

provided only on the ones with 

nominal value of 50, and 63. 

 

** 

 



** 

 



** 

 



** 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except, the external port P is provided only 

on the ones with nominal value of 80, and 100. 

 

** 

 

 



** 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

(4) 

(5) 

 

 

 

 

 

(4) 

(5) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except, the external port A1 is provided only 

on the ones with nominal value of 80, and 100. 

 

● As for the diameter of restriction contraction (1) to (5) among the above hydraulic symbols 

The following restriction contracters are mounted on the cover types shown on the table below. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction contraction 

diameter (1) 


diameter (2) 


diameter (3) 


diameter (4) 


diameter (5) 

 

 

(Note) The ones with * mark have restriction contraction directly processed on the cover. 

 

 

 

 

* 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-5

Logic valve 

Pressure decreasing characteristics (Viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

Decreasing amount of pressure 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In case of no spring 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flow rate 

 

(L/min) 

Pressure – Flow rate characteristics (Viscosity 36 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

Restriction contraction hole diameter (mm) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


5-6


KLD 

Type 

** 


** 


** 


** 


Logic valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single shim thickness 

 

 

Single shim thickness 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selecting procedure of a shim 

1. Three types of shims with different thickness are attached. 

2. Select one shim out of the three and assemble it to the manifold or block. 

Assemble them so as the gap between the bushing and manifold to be 0 to 50μ. 

Manifold 

 

Bushing 

Shim 

5-7

Logic valve 

KLD - manifold Machining Drawings [Conforming to the dimension in DIN24342, ISO(Under deliberation)] 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the locating pin 

 

 

8-d6Screw depth t6 

Prepared hole depth t11 

d7Locating pin 

Drilled depth t10 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section C-C 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A:Service port 

B:Service port 

X:Pilot port 

Y:Drain port 

Z1: 

Supplemental pilot port 

Z2: 

 

*1. B port can be machined arbitrarily in the 

depth range between (t1-t9) to t5. 

Also, it can be machined every 90 degrees 

to the A port shaft. 

*2. Finishing range 

 

 

 

R 0.4 or less 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Symbol 

Size 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

* 

t4 (When d4max) * 

* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d2 Prepared hole 

dimension min. 

 

Symbol 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

* 

t4 (When d4max) * 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Size 

* 

* 

* 

d2 Prepared hole 

dimension min. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-8

16 

LU 25A 

32 

 

 

 


Logic valve 

 

 

M6 screw for 

restriction contraction 

Counterboring diameterN, 

counterboring depth 1, 


(For port X) 

 

 

 

* 

 

 

 

* 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) This drawing show the types with external pilot ports. 

For types without external pilot port, G-plug and M6 screw 

for restriction contraction are not provided. 

 

O-ring “X” 

(For port X) 

 

 

 

 

SLocating pin 

 

O-ring “U” 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “U” 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “X” 

 

 

 

16 

LU 25 S 

32 

 

 

 


* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Key desorption 

dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Y 

M6 screw for 


Counterboring diameterN, counterboring depth 1, 


(For port X) 




 

Maximum a 

 

Maximum b 

 

 

 


 

 

 

O-ring “X” 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

 

Maximum d 

 

 


 

 

 

Screw type 

 

 

 

 

 

Scale type 

with key 

Scale type 

(Note) This drawing show the types with external pilot ports. 

For types without external pilot port, G-plug and M6 screw 

for restriction contraction are not provided. 

O-ring dimension “U” O-ring dimension “X” 

 

 

 

5-9

Logic valve 

16 

LU 25B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M4-1 Restriction contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



LU*B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring “R” 

 

 


PLocating pin 


 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “R” 

 

O-ring dimension “U” 

Restriction contraction 

Fixed restriction contraction 1.5 

LU32B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

screw for restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

screw for restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

5Locating pin 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring 

O-ring 

(For ports X, Z1, and Z2) 

 


 

 

 


 

 


LU32B 

 

 

 

 

 


LU25C 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logic valve 

 


 

 

 

 

LU32C 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insert a 1.2 restriction 

contracter to the manifold. 

 

 

 

Pilot area ratio 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M6 screw for restriction 

contraction 

 

5Locating pin 

 

 

Counterboring diameter 25, counterboring depth 1, 

Screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 

(For port X, Y, and Z1) 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 


 

 

 

 


LU32C 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


LU32C 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5Locating pin 

26 O-ring 



5-11

Logic valve 

LU 25 A 

32DB 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* * * * 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

M6 plug and a screw for restriction contraction 




(For ports X, Y) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 10 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 6 

O-ring “Q” 

Details for pilot valve mounting portion 

 


 

O-ring “N” 

 

5Locating pin 

Note1. For type LU DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

 

Note2. For type LU DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “N” 

O-ring dimension “Q” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 A 

LU 32E 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LU* EA-10/* 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

LU* EB-10/* 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


counterboring depth 1, Screw 

diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 




 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 6 

 

 


 

5Locating pin 

O-ring “P” 

 

Note1. For type LU EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

 

Note2. For type LU EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “P” 

 

 

O-ring dimension “R” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-12

25 A 

LU 32F 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Logic valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction “S” 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5Locating pin 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 


O-ring “P” 

 

 

 




(For ports Y, Z1) 


(For ports X, Y, and Z1) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Screw depth 6 

25 

Note1. For type LU 32 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

25 

Note2. For type LU 32 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

O-ring dimension “P” O-ring dimension “R” 

Fixed restriction 

contraction M6-1.5 

Restriction 

contraction M6-1 

 

 

 

LU40A 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

G1/2, screw depth 14 

(For port X) 

 

M8 screw for restriction contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5Locating pin 

 

 

 

O-ring JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

(For port X) 

5-13

Logic valve 

LU40S 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Restriction contraction M8 

 

 

 

 

 

Key desorption 

dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Maximum 147 

M8 screw for 


G1/2, screw depth 14 

(For port X) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum 76 

 

 

Locating pin 

O-ringJIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

(For ports X) 


 

 



 

Maximum 177 

 

 


Maximum 147 

 

Screw type Scale type with key Scale type 

 


LU40B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

M61.2 

(For ports Z1, Z2) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 


 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

M6-1.2 

G1/4 

(For port A) 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameter 25 

Counterboring depth 1 


(For ports A, Z1, and Z2) 

 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

5-14

LU40C 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logic valve 


 

 

 

 

 


contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameter 25, counterboring depth 1, G1/4, 

screw depth 12For port Z1 Counterboring diameter 38, counterboring depth 1, G1/2, 

screw depth 14For ports X, Y 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Locating pin 

 

 

 


LU40D 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

M6 plug and a screw for 





( For ports X, Y) 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 

 

 

 

 

 

(Locating pin 

 

O-ring 

( For ports X, Y) 


Note1. For type LU40DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

Note2. For type LU40DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

5-15

Logic valve 

LU40E 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

M6 plug and a screw for restriction 


counterboring depth 1, G1/4, 

screw depth 12For ports X, Y 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 6 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

 

O-ring JIS B2401 3-P12.5 Hs90 



Note1. For type LU40EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

Note2. For type LU40EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

LU40F 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

M6-1.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 



counterboring depth 1, G1/4, 

screw depth 12For ports Y, Z1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw depth 6 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

O-ringJIS B2401 3-P12.5 Hs90 

(For ports X, Y, Z1) 


Note1. For type LU40FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

Note2. For type LU40FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

5-16

50 

LU A 

63 

 

 


Logic valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameter L, counterboring depth 1, 

Screw diameter M, 

Screw for restriction contraction “P” 

screw depth N (For port X) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6Locating pin 

 

 

O-ring “S” 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “S” 

 

 

 

 

 

50 

LU S 

63 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

Width across flat of hexagon socket 5 

(For a locking bolt) 


Screw for restriction contraction “P” 

Counterboring diameter L, counterboring depth 1, 

Screw diameter M, screw depth N 

(For port X) 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum V 

Maximum V 

Screw type 

 

 

Width across flat of hexagon socket W 


 

 

 

 

 

 


(For port X) 

 

6Locating pin 

 

 

 

 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “S” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-17

Logic valve 

LU 50 

63B 

O-ring “V” 


 




( For ports Z1, Z2) 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction contraction M8-S 

 

 

 

 

 

K (For port A) 

M8 screw for 

 


Restriction contraction M8-S 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12For port A 

 

Restriction 

contraction Restriction 

contraction 

 


 

 

Screw for 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6Locating pin 

 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “V” 

 

 

LU50C 

 

 

 

 

Restriction contraction M8-1.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 


 

 

 

 

 

 

M8 screw for 


 

 


screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12For port Z1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 (For ports X, Y) 

 

 

 

6Locating pin 

 

O-ring3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 


5-18

LU63C 

 

 

 

 

Logic valve 

 

 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M8 screw for 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12For port Z1 



Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 ( For ports X, Y) 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6Locating pin 

 

 



50 

LU 63D 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

A M8 plug and a screw for restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 ( For ports X, Y) 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

6 

Locating pin 



 

50 

Note1For type LU 63DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port. 

50 

Note2For type LU 63DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port. 

Nominal Dimension 

 

 


 

 

5-19

Logic valve 

50 

●LU E 

63 

A 

L 

D 

E 

G 

C 

23 

A 

B 

X 

E 

B 

F 

E 

D 

J 

Z1 

T 

A 

P 

Y 

H 

a 

X 

X 

LU*EA 

A B 

P 

B 

T 

A 


Restriction 

contraction 

Z1 

Y 

Y 

a 

X 

X 

LU*EB 

A B 

P 

B 

T 

A 

Restriction 

contraction 

Z1 

Y 

Y 

27 

ロ K 

5 A S 5 

T 

Note 1, 2 


contraction 

27 

16.7 

54 


46 

B 

A 

T 

B 

121.5 

2 

B 

A 

SOL.a 

AC 

DC 





4-M6 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 


P 

37.3 

50.8 


4-M8 


P 

Q 

X 

6 

φU 

Y 

R 

M 

N 

φ6 

Locating pin 

O-ring “W” 


3-φV 

50 

Note1For type LU 63 EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port. 

50 

Note2For type LU 63 EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port. 

Nominal Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V O-ring dimentions “W” 

50 140 68 50 70 58 30 66.5 76 76 100 4.5 34 4-M20 38 35 30 215.5 199 6.7 16.5 

63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 90 96 90 125 2 50 4-M30 42 40 40 235.5 219 11.5 22 

3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

50 A 

●LU 63F 

B 

5 

E 

F 

E 

D 

LU*FA 


LU*FB 

A 

E 

D 

C 

23 

G 

X 

B 

Z1 

T 

A 

P 

Y 

H 

Restriction 

contraction 

Z1 

a 

Z1 X 

B 

A B 

P 

T 

Restriction 

contraction 

Restriction 

contraction 

Y Z1 

Y 

a 

Z1 X 

B 

P 

A 

B 

T 

Restriction 

contraction 

Y 

Y 

A 

A 

Q 

27 

ロJ 

A 

5 

27 

16.7 

54 

R 

S 

Note 1, 2 


contraction 

121.5 

Restriction 

contraction 

M8-φT 

B 





K 

L 

6 

φU 

M 

N 

46 

B 

A 

T 

2 


B A 

SOL.a 

AC 

DC 

32.5 

21.4 

6.3 

4-M6 


P 

37.3 

50.8 


4-M8 


X 

Y 

P 

φ6 

Locating pin 

O-ring “W” 


3-φV 

50 

Note1For type LU 63 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port. 

50 

Note2For type LU 63 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port. 

Nominal Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V O-ring dimension “W” 

50 140 68 50 70 58 30 72 76 100 34 30 30 33.5 4-M20 4 215.5 199 1.5 6.7 16.5 3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 

63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 90 96 125 47 32 40 49 4-M30 1 235.5 219 1.8 11.5 22 3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 

5-20

LU 

80 


A 

Logic valve 

 

 

 

 


Counterboring diameter E, counterboring depth F 

Screw diameter G, screw depth H 

(For port X) 

 

Screw for restriction contraction "J" 

Screw diameter L, screw depth M 

(For hook bolts) 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(For port X) 

 

 

Locating pin 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “T” 

 

 

LU 

80 


S 

 

 

 

 

Width across flat of hexagon socket 5 

(For a locking bolt) 


Counterboring diameter E, counterboring depth F 


 

Screw for restriction 

contraction “J” 

 

 

 

 

In case of nominal dimension 80 

2-M10-20For hook bolts 

In case of nominal dimension 100 

2-M10-20For hook bolts 

Maximum L 


 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

Screw type 

Width across flat of hexagon socket M 


 

 

Maximum L 


(For port X) 

 

Maximum N 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “S” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-21

Logic valve 

LU80B 

 

 

Counterboring diameter 44, counterboring depth 2 



 

Restriction 

contraction 

M8-2.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 


 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

M8 screw for 

restriction 

contraction 

 

 

2-M10-20 

For hook bolts 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 

For port A 


 

 

 

 



 

Locating pin 

 

LU100B 

 

 


counterboring depth 3 

Screw diameter G1/2, 



 

Restriction 

contraction 

M8-2.0 

Counterboring 

diameter 25, 




(For port A) 

M8 screw for 

restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 


 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-M16-30 


 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

Locating pin 

5-22

LU 

80 


C 


 


 

Logic valve 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 


 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



(For port Y) 


screw diameter G1/4, screwed depth 12 

(For port Z1 

M8 screw for 


 

 

 

 

 

O-ring "P" 


 

Locating pin 


 

 

O-ring dimension “P” 

 

 

LU 

80 


D 

A 

B 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

Screw diameter K, screw depth L 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 


contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 





 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

 

O-ring “N” 


80 

1For type LU 100 DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

80 

2For type LU 100 DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to A port. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “N” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-23

Logic valve 

LU 

80 


E 

 

 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameter 25, counterboring depth 1 


(For port P) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Screw diameter M, screw depth N 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

A M8 plug and a screw 

for restriction contraction 

 

 






 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

O-ring “Q” 


 

1For type LU EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

 

2For type LU EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to A port. 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LU 

80 


F 

A 

B 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





(For port A1) 


M8-2.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1, 2 

A M8 plug and a screw for 


 



Screw diameter G1/2, screw 

depth 14 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Locating pin 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(For ports X, Y, 

and Z1) 

 

 

80 

1For type LU 100 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port. 

80 

Note 2For type LU 100 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port. 

 

 

 

O-ring dimension “R” 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-24

Selector valve 

Cartridge type selector valve 

 


 


 

 




 



Cartridge connection type 








 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal Dimension 

Maximum working pressureMPakgf/cm 2 

Maximum flow rate L/min 

Mass 

*1. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add restriction contraction to the manifold, if necessary, so as the flow rate to be the specified maximum 

value or lower even when expected maximum differential pressure is applied. 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type Hexagon socket head cap thread 

 

 

 

 

Quantity 

4 

4 


 

 

5-25



CS 10 

6 C 

 

 

 

 

 

No. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description 

Sheet 

Sheet 

Steel ball 

Plug 

O-ring 

O-ring 

Backup ring 

Caution for assembling 

Put the backup ring *7, and O-ring *6 

into the cartridge hole, and then inset 

the sheet 2. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L1Finished area L2 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5-26

CS6P 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(For ports A, B, and P) 

 

CS10P 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(For ports A, B, and P) 

 

5-27

Logic element for pressure control 



LR 

Logic element 

(Relief valve element) 


16253240 

506380 




Poppet type 

A = Types without cushion overlap 

B = Types with cushion overlap 


 

LPR 

LR/LPR 


 

 

= 



Phosphate ester based 

hydraulic oil 

Restriction contraction hole diameter 

(In case that a restriction contraction 

hole is provided) 

Nominal 

Dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restriction 

contraction hole 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logic element 

Pressure reducing valve element 


 

 




Poppet type 

B = Types with cushion overlap 


 

 

= 



Phosphate ester based 

hydraulic oil 


 


Nominal Dimension 

Maximum working pressureMPakgf/cm 2 

Maximum flow rate L/min Note 

Sheet areacm 2 

Poppet strokemm 

Stroke volumecm 3 

Mass 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note For the pressure reducing valve element, setting larger cracking pressure can increase the 

maximum flow rate. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cover 

We can manufacture covers for relief valve and 

pressure reducing valve element. 

Please contact us for the detail information. 

5-28

Dimension drawing (Refer to the paragraph “Logic valve” for manifold machining drawings. 

Relief valve element 

Type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cover side 

Cover side 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pressure reducing valve element 

 

 

 

Cover side 

 


 

 

D Single shim 

thickness 

 

 

D Single shim 

thickness 

 

 

D Single shim 

thickness 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal 

dimension 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note) Refer to the paragraph "Logic valve" for selecting procedure of a shim. 

5-29

Solenoid proportional 

control valve 

 

Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control RDPV 

6-2 

Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve BP 

6-5 

Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type PRDP6 


Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve — Direct operated type PRDP1M6 

6-13 

Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type PRBP 

6-16 

 

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type DDP6 

6-20 

Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type DHP 

6-22 

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT DDPL6 

6-26 

Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT DHPL 

6-29 

6-32 

C series 

For AC power supply single solenoid C-B10-A 

6-34 

For AC power supply double solenoid CW-B10-A 

6-35 

For DC power supply single solenoid C-B15-D 

6-36 

For DC power supply double solenoid CW-B15-D 

6-37 

For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback CF-B15-D 

6-38 

For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback CFW-B15-D 

6-39 

KC series 

Page 

For DC power supply single and double solenoids—small and inexpensive type KC,KWC 

6-40 



6-1

Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control 

RDPV 

Amplifier mounted type 

P 

T 


■Overview 

The solenoid proportional direct operated 

type relief valve consists of DC 

proportional solenoid and poppet type 

direct operated relief valve, and allows 

hydraulic pressure to be remotely 

controlled at a given rate in proportion to 

the input current by connecting it to the 

vent line of the pilot operation type 

pressure control valve (relief valve or 

pressure reducing valve). In addition, 

amplifier mounted types are controlled by 

voltage input. 

■Features 

1. Special damping mechanism with a spring 

realises superior stability even at high 

pressure of 34.3 MPa (350 kgf/cm 2 ). 

2. During the initial adjustment or malfunction 

in the electrical system, manual operation 

can be done with the manual pressure 

adjustment thread. 

3. The structure is simple and maintenance is 

easy. 

4. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is also 

lined up. 


P 

T 


Solenoid proportional direct 

operated type relief valve 

(For vent control) 


5 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 









B = DIN connector 

C = DIN large connector 

E = Amplifier mounted type 


50 


150 

250 

315 

350 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 

4.9MPa(50kgf/cm 2 ) 

9.8MPa(100kgf/cm 2 ) 

14.7MPa(150kgf/cm 2 ) 

24.5MPa(250kgf/cm 2 ) 

30.9MPa(315kgf/cm 2 ) 

34.3MPa(350kgf/cm 2 ) 

Solenoid ratings 

E = 14.2Ω×0.8A 

■Sub-plate 



RDPV5 

P-RDPV5R14-0 

P-RDPV5G14-0 

Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

2kg 


Type 

Hexagon socket head cap thread 

RDPV5 M5×55L 

Quantity 

4 pcs. 

Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 

6.9±1.0 (70±10.5) 



6-2






Reproducibility % 

Port P 

Port T 

34.3 (350) 

1.0 (10) 

3 

2 or less 

Electrical specifications 

Hysteresis % 

Solenoid rated current mA 

Coil resistance Ω 

Dither (Recommendable value) 

In case the amplifier is installed separately 

In case of amplifier mounted type 

Mass kg 

Standard amplifier type 

Power source 

Command voltage 

RDPV5P-10/*-E B C 

RDPV5P-10/*-EE 

3 or less 

See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics 

(the following figure). 

14.2 at 20℃ 

200HzPWM/200Hz, 200mAP-P 

KC-B10/C-B10-A 100 

200 

DC24V 

0 to 5V 

■Current - Pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●RDPV5 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

0 

2.7 

3.2 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850 930 0 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800 

Current (mA) 

Current (mA) 


15 

14 

13 

12 

11 


9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

For 4.9 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 


■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●RDPV5 

■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●RDPV5 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 


4 

3 

2 

1 

Input current: 0 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 


For 4.9 MPa 

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 


6-3


●RDPV5P-10/*E B C 

2 

18.1 

8 52 

27 

1.4 

45 

35 

21.4 

Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve 

MAX. 

17.2 83.5 

2-φ12.2 

O-ring JIS B2401P9 Hs90 

(For ports P, T) 

P 

25.8 38.7 

T 

MAX.245 

GDME3011 

(In case of electric connection symbol C) 

MAX. 144 

4-M5 

Tightening torque 6.9±1.0 N・m {70±10 kgf・cm} 

73 


Emergency manual adjustment screw 

Max. 17.5 (Use length of 16.5 to 17.5 mm) 

(It will drop out if excessively be moved backward) 

PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10 mm) 

69 

GDM3011 

(In case of electric connection symbol B) 

37 

●RDPV5P-10/*EE 

2 

18.1 

45 

35 

21.4 


25.8 38.7 

MAX.245 

MAX. 144 



Cable grounding ISO228-G1/2 

(Outer diameter of connection cable φ6 to φ13) 

MAX. 

17.2 83.5 


68 

8 52 

27 

1.4 

2-φ12.2 

O-ring JIS B2401P9 Hs90 


P 

T 

4-M5 

Tightening torque 6.9±1.0 N・m {70±10 kgf・cm} 

6-4

Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve 

RBP 

 

 

 

Overview 

The solenoid proportional balanced piston type 

relief valve consists of the solenoid 

proportional pilot relief valve and balanced 

piston type relief valve, and allows hydraulic 

pressure to be remotely controlled at a given 

rate in proportion to the input current. In 

addition, amplifier mounted types are 

controlled by voltage input. Various serieses 

are lined up including high pressure, high flow 

rate, therefore, the best suited equipment can 

be selected for your usage. 


Features 

1. The maximum pressure limiting device 

provides safety measures against abnormal 

pressure. 

2. Special damping mechanism in the solenoid 

proportional pilot relief valve realises superior 

stability even at high pressure 34.3 MPa 

(350 kgf/cm 2 ). 

3. During the initial adjustment or malfunction in 

the electrical system, manual operation can 

be done with the manual pressure 

adjustment thread on the pilot relief valve. 

4. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is also 

lined up. 


Solenoid proportional balanced 

piston type relief valve 


10, 20, 30, 35 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 











E = Amplifier mounted type 


E = 14.2Ω×0.8A 

Pilot drain type 



 


50 4.9MPa50kgf/cm 2 

100 9.8MPa100kgf/cm 2 

150 14.7MPa150kgf/cm 2 

250 24.5MPa250kgf/cm 2 

315 30.9MPa315kgf/cm 2 

350 34.3MPa350kgf/cm 2 

 

 

6-5



Sub-plate 






Hysteresis % 



Valve type 

RBP10 

RBP20 

Ports P, T, and X 

Port Y 



In case the amplifier is installed separately Standard amplifier type 

Power source 



B 

RBP*P-10/*-E C 

Mass kg 

RBP*P-10/*-EE 








P-RB20R34-0 

P-RB20G34-0 

P-RB20R1-0 

P-RB20G1-0 


Rc 1 4 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 

Rc 1 2 

G 1 2 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc1 

G1 

Mass 

2.1kg 

4.4kg 


30 35 

34.3 (350) 


150 300 500 700 

2 or less 

5 or less 

See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics (the following figure). 

14.2 at 20 

200HzPWM/200Hz200mAP-P 


KC-B10/C-B10-A200 

DC24V 

0 to 5V 

5.3 6.2 7.1 20.5 

5.8 6.7 7.6 21 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 

RBP10 M12×45L 4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150) 

RBP20 M16×50L 4 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

RBP30 M18×50L 4 pcs. 333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510) 

RBP35 M16×70L 6 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360) 

P-RB30R54-0 

Rc1 1 4 

RBP30 

P-RB30G54-0 

P-RB30R32-0 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 2 

6.9kg 

P-RB30G32-0 

G1 1 2 


For the dimension drawing, refer to page 5 and 6 of the appendix. 

Current - Pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

RBP 

Flow rate: Maximum flow rate1/2 Dither: 200 HzPWM 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 


15 

14 

13 

12 

11 


9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

0 

 

 

 

Current (mA) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current (mA) 

 

 

6-6



RBP20 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

0 

25 

50 75 



0 

50 100 150 200 250 300 


RBP30 

RBP35 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

0 

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

35 

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa 

30 

For 24.5 MPa 

25 

20 

For 14.7 MPa 

15 

For 9.8 MPa 


For 4.9 MPa 

5 

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 



Minimum adjustment pressure characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) Input current: 0 




RBP20 


0.8 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.6 

For 24.5 MPa, 30.9 MPa, and 34.3 MPa 

0.5 


For 14.7 MPa 

0.4 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

For 14.7 MPa 

0.2 For 9.8 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

0.1 For 4.9 MPa 

0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 




RBP30 

RBP35 


1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0 


For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 



2.0 

1.6 

1.2 

0.8 

0.4 

0 


For 14.7 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 


6-7


●RBP10, 20, 30P-10/*-E B C 

L7 

B1 

B2 

X 

P 

T 


L8 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 





●RBP 20P-10/*-EE 

30 

In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011) 

MAX.L6 

194 

52 

98 

H1 

78 


M5 

φ13 

X 

L5 

P 

4 

Y 

T 

26 

198 

Maximum pressure limiting device 


(With plastic plug) 

φ6 D2 Locating pin 

L9 D3 

4-D1 


#10 (M12) 98±15 N・m (1000±150 kgf・cm) 

#20 (M16) 235±35 N・m (2400±360 kgf・cm) 

#30 (M18) 333±50 N・m (3400±510 kgf・cm) 

L7 

G 1 4 

In case of electric connection symbol C (DIN large connector GDME3011) 


PG11 

(Cable outer diameter 8 to 10mm) 

B1 

B2 

X 

P 

T 

45 


L8 

L1 

L2 

L3 

L4 

MAX.L6 



Cable grounding ISO228-G1/2 

(Outer diameter of connection cable φ6 to φ13) 

52 


L5 

193 

98 

78 

Y 

G 1 4 





X 

P 

T 

26 

H1 

M5 

φ13 

4 

φ6 D2 

L9 D3 

4-D1 


#10 (M12) 

#20 (M16) 

#30 (M18) 

Locating pin 

98±15 N・m (1000±150 kgf・cm) 

235±35 N・m (2400±360 kgf・cm) 

333±50 N・m (3400±510 kgf・cm) 

Nominal dimension B1 B2 D1 D2 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 

10 78 54 M12 12 20 23.5 22.1 47.6 54 99.5 

20 100 69.8 M16 25 35 34 11.1 55.6 66.7 112.7 

30 115 82.5 M18 31 40 41.5 12.7 76.2 88.9 122.9 

*The symbol (-) indicates that the dimension shown is measured in the outside position. 

L6 

251 

265 

275 

L7 

90 

117 

148 

L8 

0 

23.8 

31.7 

L9 

22.1 

33.3 

44.4 


*-7.5 

5.7 

15.9 

H1 

19 

24 

24 

O-ring JIS B2401 

P and T ports T port 

P16,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90 

G30,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90 

G35,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90 

6-8

●RBP35P-10/*-E B C 

P 

165 

130 

X 

T 

Y 

35 

70 

20 115 

37.5 140 

195 

PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10 mm) 

G 1 4 Screw depth 14 (With plastic plug) 

21.5 

246 

146 

52 


X 

φ5.2 

φ18 

285 

In case of electric connection symbol C 

(DIN large connector GDME3011) 

P 

Y 

φ40 

φ55 

T 

φ34 

73 

69 





φ40 

φ55 

6-M16 

Tightening torque 235.2±35.2 N・m (2400±360 kgf・cm) 

37 

Solenoid air bleeding plug 


242 


●RBP35P-10/*-EE 

P 

165 

130 

X 

T 

Y 

35 

70 

20 115 

37.5 140 

195 

G 1 4 



285 

241 

52 

21 

Y 

φ34 

Max. 17.5 (Use length of 17.5 mm or less) 


146 


Solenoid Air bleeding plug 


21.5 

X 

P 

T 

φ5.2 

φ18 

φ40 

φ55 

φ40 

φ55 

6-M16 

Tightening torque 235.2±35.2 N・m (2400±360 kgf・cm) 

6-9

Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type PRDP6 


P 

T 

A 

T 

A 

P 

Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type 

■Overview 

It consists of the DC proportional solenoid 

and spool type direct operated pressure 

reducing valve, and the position of the 

directional flow regulating valve and allows 

tilting angle of the variable capacity pump 

to be remotely controlled at a rate in 

proportion to the input current. 


■Features 

1. Exclusively for single solenoid type, 

small size, and inexpensive. 


realises superior stability. 

3. During the initial adjustment or 

malfunction in the electrical system, 

manual operation can be done with the 

push rod. 

Solenoid proportional type 

Direct operated type pilot pressure reducing valve 


6 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 







R = Rc thread connection type 





L = Lead wire (with sure plug) 


Maximum adjustment pressure 

30 = 2.9MPa(30kgf/cm 2 ) 

50 = 4.9MPa(50kgf/cm 2 ) 



pressure 


Electrical 

specifications 

Nominal dimension PRDP6*-10/30 PRDP6*-10/50 

Port P, A 

Port T 

Secondary control pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Hysteresis % 

Mass kg 

Rated current mA 


Dither 

(Recommendable value) 


0 to 2.9 

(0 to 30) 

13.7(140) 

1.0(10) 

0 to 4.9 

(0 to 50) 

2 or less 

5 or less 

700/1,400 

24/6 at 20℃ 

60Hz, 150/300mAP-P 


C-B10-A 200 /C-B15-D24 

2.5 

■Sub-plate 

■ Accessories 



C 

D 

= 24Ω×0.75A 

= 6Ω×1.5A 


PRDP6 

P-DE6R14-0 

P-DE6G14-0 

P-DE6R38-0 

P-DE6G38-0 

Rc 1 4 

1.0kg 

1.3kg 


PRDP6 M5×50L 

4 pcs. 6.9±1.0(70±10.5) 

G 1 4 

Rc 3 8 

G 3 8 






PRDP6-10/30 


 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

Load pressure – Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


 

 

 

 

 


 

Current (mA) 

Primary pressure: 3.9 MPa (40 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Load flow rate: 0 L /min 

Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Current (mA) 

Primary pressure: 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm 2) 

Load flow rate: 0 L /min 




 

 

 



Primary pressure: 3.9 MPa (40 kgf/cm 2 


Primary pressure: 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm 2) 


Step response characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

 



Current ( mA) 

 

 

 

 


Secondary piping capacity: 15 cm 3 

Load flow rate: 0 L / min 


 

 

6-11


●PRDP6P 

Sure plug (170020-2 Made by AMP) 

JIS D5403 CA10 or equivalent 


70 

Section J 

1 (Slit width) 

(Slit depth 1) 


O-ring・・・3-AS568 No.012 Hs90 

(For ports P, A, and T) 

±0.1 

MAX.170 

31 

A 

3-φ5.5 

3-φ12.2 

79 

19 ±0.1 

27.8 ±0.1 

12.5 40.5 ±0.1 

T 

P 

9 

27 

0.75 ±0.1 

48 

5.95 ±0.1 

8 MAX.70 

16.25 ±0.1 

±0.1 

26.55 

●PRDP6G 

12.5 

40.5 ±0.2 

Section J 

70 

9 

27 

48 

±0.1 

32.5 

Section J: Details of the slit at the end of the screw 

4-M5-50 

Tightening torque:6.9±1.0 N・m 

(70±10.5 kgf・cm) 

46 

4-M6 (From the other side) 


MAX.66 

±0.2 

31 

7 

T 

P 

A 

13 

±0.2 

32.5 

46 

15゚ 

PF1/8 

1.6 

+0.5 

φ18 0 

+0.1 

φ11.6 0 

45゚ 

10.5 0.5 

3.2 

Section G 

Section G : Details of connection ports (P, A, T) 

45 

36 

79 

29 

1 (Slit width) 

(Slit depth 1) 

MAX.170 

Sure plug (170020-2 Made by AMP) 

JIS D5403 CA10 or equivalent 

Section J: Details of the slit at the end of the screw 

T 

P 

A 


6-12


PRDP1M6 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overview 

It consists of the DC proportional solenoid 

and spool type direct operated pressure 

reducing valve, and the position of the 

directional flow regulating valve and allows 

tilting angle of the variable capacity pump 

to be remotely controlled at a rate in 

proportion to the input current. 


Features 

1. Special damping mechanism with a 

spring realises superior stability even at 

high pressure of 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) 

being applied to the primary side. 

 

2. During the initial adjustment or 

malfunction in the electrical system, 

manual operation can be done with the 

manual pressure adjustment thread. 

Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing val – Direct operated type 


Direct operated type pilot pressure 

reducing valve 


 





No symbol 

V 

W 


B 

C 

= 

= 

= 

= 

= 





DIN connector 


Type of the solenoid 

S 

D 

= 

= 




 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum adjustment pressure 

 

 

 

 

 

 



pressure 


Electrical 



Port P, A 

Port T 

Working pressure range MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Hysteresis % 

Mass kg 

 

 

 

2 or less 

3 or less 

Rated current mA 

Coil resistance 

Dither 

(Recommendable value) 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-plate 


 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


please place an order for the above sub-plate type. 


 

 

 

6-13


 

 

B solenoid side 

A solenoid side 

 

 


 

 

Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing val –Direct operated type 

 

 

 

 

Load pressure – Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 


 

 

 

 

Current ( mA) 

 

 

 

 

Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) 


Primary pressure: 

Dither: 

20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) 

60 Hz, 200 mAP-P 

 

 

 




 

Secondary piping capacity: 40 cm 3 


 


 

 

 


 

 

 

Current ( mA) 

 

 

 

 

Current ( mA) 

 

 

 

 

6-14


●PRDP1M6-D 

40.5 36 

27.8 

19 


T 

32.5 

26.6 

16.3 

31 

6 

A 

B 

48 

31 

MAX. 55 

0.75 

P 

MAX. 



Cable grounding PG11 

(Outer diameter of connection cable φ8 to φ10) 

Solenoid a 

9 

φ6 

4-φ12 


MAX. 296 

314 

4-M5-50 

Tightening torque: 6.9 N・m (70 kgf・cm) 

1.4 

Solenoid b 

MAX. 93 



9 

24 

92.5 (In case of electric connection symbol B) 

96 (In case of electric connection symbol C) 


●PRDP1M6-S 

40.5 36 

27.8 

19 

T 

31 

A 

55 

32.5 

26.6 

16.3 

6 

0.75 



96 (In case of electric connection symbol C) 

92.5 (In case of electric connection symbol B) 

φ6 

9 

48 

P 

MAX. 31 

1.4 

24 

48 

MAX. 


Solenoid a 


Solenoid 


(Three locations) 

MAX. 

212 

203 

3-φ12 



(Port P, A, and T) 

4-M5-50 

Tightening torque:6.9 N・m (70 kgf・cm) 

6-15

Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type 

PRBP 

PRBP 10 with a check valve 

PRBP2030 with a check valve 

Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional 

balanced piston type 

Overview 

Pressure reducing valve of solenoid 

proportional balanced piston type consists 

of the solenoid proportional pilot relief 

valve and balanced piston type pressure 

reducing valve, and allows hydraulic 

system pressure to be remotely controlled 

at a given rate in proportion to the input 

current. In addition, amplifier mounted 

types are controlled by voltage input. 


Features 

 

 

1. The pilot pressure for the valve is supplied 3. The maximum pressure limiting device 

from the primary side, which allows the valve provides safety measures against 

to use pilot flow even when the primary and abnormal pressure. 

secondary pressure difference or flow rate 4. During the initial adjustment or malfunction 

increases and provides stable performance. in the electrical system, manual operation 

(Nominal dimension 20, 30) 

can be done with the manual pressure 

2. The special damping mechanism is used in adjustment thread on the pilot relief valve. 

the solenoid proportional pilot relief valve, 5. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is 

even when the primary and secondary 

also lined up. 

pressure drastically changes, superior stability 

is obtained. 

Pressure reducing valve of solenoid 

proportional balanced piston type 

Nominaldimension 







No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 


B 

C 

E 

 

 

 

DIN connector 


Amplifier mounted type 


E 14.2Ω×0.8A 


No symbol 

C 





= 

= 

Types without the valve 

Types with the valve 

Types without a check valve 

 


 


50 


150 

250 

315 

350 

= 4.9MPa (50kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 14.7MPa (150kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 24.5MPa (250kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm 2 ) 

= 34.3MPa (350kgf/cm 2 ) 

 

 

 

 

6-16







Ports A, B 

Port Y 

 

1.0 (10) External drain, tank 

 

2 or less 


Hysteresis % 

Sub-plate 


 

 

 


Coil resistance 


In case the amplifier is installed separately Standard amplifier type 

Power source 



Mass kg 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 or less 

See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics 

(the following figure). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

Type 

 

 

 


head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 

 

 

 

 

 




For the dimension drawing, refer to page 6, and 7 of the appendix. 


PRBP 


35 

30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

0 


200 

300 400 500 600 

Current (mA) 

For 34.3 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

700 800 850 930 


15 

14 

13 

12 

11 


9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 


200 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

300 400 500550600 

700 800 

Current (mA) 

6-17


PRBP10 PRBP20, 30 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


Secondary minimum adjustment pressure characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) Input current: 0 


1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

PRBP10 PRBP20, 30 

 

 

 

 

1. - For 34.3, 30.9, 24.5 MPa 

2. - For 14.7 MPa 

3. - For 9.8 MPa 

4. - For 4.9 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

 

 

 

 

 


 

1.6 

1.4 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

 

 

 

 

1. - For 34.3, 30.9, 24.5 MPa 

2. - For 14.7 MPa 

3. - For 9.8 MPa 

4. - For 4.9 MPa 

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa 

For 24.5 MPa 

For 14.7 MPa 

For 9.8 MPa 

For 4.9 MPa 

0 20 40 60 80 


0 60 120 180 240 300 


6-18



●PRBP 20 P-10/*-E 

30 

B 

C 

L6 

L5 

L4 

φ6 

φ13 depth of counter bore 1.4 

K 

Y 

2-φD1 

φD2 depth of counter bore H6 

B 1 

B 2 

B 

A 

45 

X 

J1 

J2 

L7 

L8 J3 

L2 

MAX.L1 




●PRBP 20 P-10/*-EE 

30 

H 5 

H 1 

H 2 

52 

H 3 

16 

4 

L6 

L3 

B 

H4 

N φ6 

Locating pin 

Tightening torque #10, #20, #30 56.8±8.5N・m (580±87kgf・cm) 

4 

L5 

Y 

L4 

A 

73 

69 

φ6 

φ13 depth of counter bore 1.4 

37 

PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10mm) 








K 

Y 

2-φD1 

φD2 depth of counter bore H6 

B 1 

B 2 

B 

A 

45 

X 

J 1 

L 8 

J 2 

L 7 

J 3 

L 2 

MAX.L1 

Cable grounding ISO228- G 1 2 

(Outer diameter of connection cableφ6 to φ13) 

68 

52 

L 3 


H1 

Y 





H2 

H3 

H4 

4 

16 

B 

A 

H5 

N 

Locating pin 

φ6 

Tightening torque #10, #20, #30 56.8±8.5N・m (580±87kgf・cm) 

4 

(Note) Port X is not used. 

Nominal 

dimension 


20 

30 

Nominal 

dimension 


20 

30 

B1 

85 


120 

J1 

7.2 

11.1 

16.7 

B2 

66.7 

79.4 

96.8 

J2 

21.5 

39.7 

59.5 

N 



J3 K 

35.8 

49.2 

67.5 

7.9 

6.4 

3.8 

D1 

15 

25 

31 

D2 

22 

35 

40 

H1A 

212 

222 

230 

H1B 

207 

217 

225 

H2 

112 

122 

130 

H3 

92 



H4 

28 

38 

46 

H5 

12 

14 

H6 

1.8 

2.4 

L1 

256 

255 

257 

L2 


121 

153 

L3 




L4 

42.9 

60.3 

84.2 

L5 

ー 

42.1 

L6 

38.5 

40.5 

35.5 

L7 

31.8 

44.5 

62.7 

L8 

35.5 

33.5 

34 

O-ring JIS B2401 

A and B ports X and Y ports 

P18, Hs90 

G30, Hs90 P10, Hs90 

G35, Hs90 

6-19

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type 

DDP6 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type 

Overview 

Direct operated type solenoid proportional 

control valve consists of DC proportional 

solenoids and spring balance type direct 

operated spool valve. The valve operating 

direction is selected by energizing either one 

of the two solenoids, and the flow amount is 

controlled by the open area of the spool that 

moves in proportion to the input current. 


Features 

1. During the initial adjustment or malfunction in 

the electrical system, manual operation can 

be done with the manual adjustment thread. 

2. The structure is simple and maintenance 

is easy. 

Direct operated type solenoid 

proportional control valve 


6 




Spool type 

05, 13, 23 = Double solenoid type 

05A, 05B, 13A, 13B, 23A, 23B = Single solenoid type 

* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols” 



Maximum working pressure Port P, A, B 

MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) Port T 

Rated flow rate L/minP = 0.98 MPa per 1 round 

Maximum differential pressure (Per one round) MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 



Hysteresis % 

Step responsems 

Electrical 


Mass kg 

0100% input 

1000% input 







 

30.9 (315) 


25/15/5 

5.9 (60) 

25/20/13 

2 

3 

80 

50 

750/1,500 

33/7.2 at 20 

60Hz, 200/350mAP-P 


C-B10-A 200 /C-B15-D24 

2.6 

1.8 

Sub-plate 

Accessories 



No symbol 

V 

W 


A = 

B = 

Rated flow rate (When P = 0.98 Mpa) 

25 : 25 L / min 

15 : 15 L / min 

5 : 5 L / min 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 





DDP6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9 ± 1.0 (70 ± 10.5) 

= 

= 

= 








6-20

■Current - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●DDP6 


30 

25 

20 

15 


5 

Primary pressure : 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Dither : 60 Hz, 200 mAP-P 

Amount of pressure drop : 0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Per one round 

750 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 750 

Input current ( mA) 

■Step response characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

●DDP6 

Spool displacement % 

Current mA 


50 

0 

750 

0 

20ms 

Primary pressure : 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Dither : 60 Hz, 200 mAP-P 

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct drive type 


●DDP6 

40.5 

27.8 

12.5 

T 

31 

A 

B 

32.5 

Max. 92 (In case of electric connection symbol B) 

8 

6 

44 

45 

MAX.49 

P 


19 

0.75 

16.3 

26.6 

DIN connector 

GDME311 

(In case of electric connection 

symbol C) 

Max. 97 (In case of electric connection symbol C) 

PG11 

Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type 

DHP 


Overview 

2-stage amplifier type solenoid 

proportional control valve consists of 

proportional solenoid pilot pressure 

reducing valve and pilot pressure - spring 

balance type spool valve. The valve 

operating direction is selected by 

energizing either one of the two solenoids, 

and flow rate is controlled by the open 

area of the spool that moves in proportion 

to the input current. 


Features 

 

1. The right and left secondary pressure of the 

pilot valve can be adjusted independently 

and the spring of the main valve spool can 

be adjusted externally. The valve can provide 

even flow rate for the left and right sides. 


realises superior stability even when the 

primary pilot pressure is as high as 30.9 MPa 

(315 kgf/cm 2 ). 

3. The selection of external/internal pilot can 

be easily implemented by changing the 

selection plug. 

2-stage amplifier type 

solenoid proportional control valve 


16, 22 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 











Spool type 


Spool 

type 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


A = 33Ω×0.75A 

B = 7.2Ω×1.5A 


No symbol 

E 

ET 

T 

= 

= 

= 

= 

external pilot, external drain 

internal pilot, external drain 

internal pilot, internal drain 

external pilot, internal drain 

Rated flow rate (When P = 0.98 Mpa) 

16 size 35 : 35 L / min 

100 : 100 L / min 

180 : 180 L / min 

22 size 300 : 300 L / min 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-22


Maximum 

working 

pressure 



Ports P, A, B, and X 


Ports T 


Ports Y 

Rated flow rate L/min 

(When valve pressure drop 

amount of P = 0.98 MPa) 

Working pressure range MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 

Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 


Hysteresis % 

Electrical 


Mass kg 







Current - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DHP16 

30.9315 

24.5250 

1.010 

1.010 

180, 100, 35 300 

2.5 to 30.9 (25 to 315) 

2.5 (25) 

2 or less 

3 or less 

22 

750/1,500 

33/7.2 at 20 

60Hz, 200/350 mAP-P 


C-B10-A 200 /C-B15-D24 (Single solenoid type) 


CW-B10-A 200 /CW-B15-D24 (Double solenoid type) 

15 

22.5 

12 

17.5 

■Sub-plate 


 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 

DHP22 

P-DEH16R34-0 

P-DEH16G34-0 

P-DEH16R1-0 

P-DEH16G1-0 

P-DEH22R1-0 

P-DEH22G1-0 

P-DEH22R54-0 

P-DEH22G54-0 

P-DEH22R32-0 

P-DEH22G32-0 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc 1 

G1 

Rc 1 

G1 

Rc1 1 4 

G1 1 4 

Rc1 1 2 

G1 1 2 

7.0kg 

14.5kg 

11kg 

24kg 



For the dimension drawing, refer to page 9, 10, and 11 of the appendix. 


 

 

 

 

 

2 pcs. 

4 pcs. 

6 pcs. 

11.8 ± 1.7120 ± 18 

56.8 ± 8.5 580 ± 87 

98.0 ± 14.7 1000 ± 150 

Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ), Dither: 60 Hz, 200 to 250 mAP-P, Amount of pressure drop: 0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm 2 ) Internal pilot, External drain 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ), Internal pilot, External drain 

Spool displacement (%) 

Current (mA) 

 

 

 

 

 

DHP16 

 


Current (mA) 

 

 

 

 

 

DHP22 

 

6-23


●DHP16 (Single solenoid type) 

55.6 

14.3 

L 

T 

P 

A B 

18.3 

34.1 

50 

65.9 

76.6 

88.1 


X 

Y 

12.7 

35 

54 

69.9 

1.5 71.5 

91 




96 48 


2-φ4 


3-φ14 

(For port A, B, P, and T) 

19 119 

MAX. 118 

161.2 

3 

16 



MAX. 324 

A 

4-φ19.5 

B 

Y 

3-φ7 

207 

Solenoid a 

12 

17 

Solenoid 


192 


Tightening torque: 56.8±8.5 N・m (580±87 kgf・cm) 


(For port X, Y, and L) 

2-M6 

Tightening torque: 11.8±1 N・m (120±10 kgf・cm) 

In case of electric connection symbol B 

(DIN connector GDM3011) 

16 

MAX. 315 

A 

B 

MAX.198 

Y 

Solenoid a 

188.5 

●DHP16 (Double solenoid type) 

18.3 


88.1 

76.6 

65.9 

50 

34.1 

55.6 

14.3 

L 

T 

P 

A B 

X 

Y 

12.7 

35 

54 

69.9 

1.5 71.5 

91 

MAX. 118 




MAX. 336 

(218) 

207 



MAX. 118 

MAX. 98 

In case of electric connection symbol B 

(DIN connector GDM3011) 

MAX. 336 

(218) 

MAX. 198 

Solenoid 


96 48 

Solenoid b 

A 

B 

Y 

Solenoid a 

192 

Solenoid b 

A 

B 

Y 

Solenoid a 

188.5 



3 


2-φ4 

4-φ19.5 

3-φ7 

4-φ26 3-φ14 

19 119 

12 

17 





2-M6 

Tightening torque: 11.8±1 N・m (120±10 kgf・cm) 

6-24

●DHP22 (Single solenoid type) 

94.3 

76.8 

53 

29.2 

5.6 

X 

L 

T 

A 

P 

Y 

B 

17.5 

19 

73 

74.5 

92 

96.8 

117 

115 

MAX.235 

5 

2-φ6 


113.5 

17.3 

53 

77 


112.5 

130 

19 172 

X 

A 

4-φ25 

(MAX.338) 

MAX.224.5 



(For port A, B, P, and T) (For port X, Y, and L) 

B 


4-φ35 3-φ25 


●DHP22 (Double solenoid type) 

94.3 

76.8 

53 

29.2 

5.6 

L 

X 

T 

A 

P 

Y 

B 

12.5 

PG11 

224.5 

PG11 

Outer diameter of connection cable 8 to 11mm 

MAX.235 

115 

SOL a 

19 

12.5 

PG11 

Outer diameter of connection cableφ8 to φ11 mm 


6-M12x60 Tightening torque 98.0±14.7 N・m (1000±150 kgf・cm) 

219.2 

17.5 

19 

73 

74.5 

92 

96.8 

17.3 

53 

77 


112.5 

130 

19 172 

71 


SOL b 

SOL a 

X 

A 

B 

4-φ25 


117 

5 

2-φ6 


4-φ35 3-φ25 

MAX.380 

266.5 



(For port A, B, P, and T) (For port X, Y, and L) 

19 

6-M12x60 Tightening torque 98.0±14.7 N・m (1000±150 kgf・cm) 

6-25

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT 

DDPL6 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Overview 

Direct operated type solenoid proportional 

control valve consists of DC proportional 

solenoid with differential transformer 

(LVDT) and spring balance type spool 

valve, and spool displacement amount is 

detected by LVDT to make miner feedback. 


The valve is used with a special controller to 

allow operating direction and flow rate to be 

controlled in proportion to the controller 

input voltage. 

Features 

1. It has high response and high accuracy, 

and high performance equivalent 

to those of a simple servo valve. 

2. The dead zone for flow rate adjacent 

to the neutral point is small. 

3. The structure is simple and maintenance 

is easy. 


direct operated control valve with LVDT 


6 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 











Spool type 



* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols”. 


B = 7.2Ω×1.5A 

Rated flow rate (When P=0.98Mpa) 

25 : 25 L / min 

15 15 L / min 

5 5 L / min 

Sub-plate 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

hen you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above 



 

 

Accessories 

Mounting bolt 


 

 

 

 

6-26





Port P, A, B 

Port T 

30.9 (315) 


Rated flow rate L/min P=0.98 MPa per 1 round 

Maximum differential pressure (Per one round) MPa (kgf/cm 2 ) 



Hysteresis % 

25/15/5 

5.9 (60) 

30/25/18 

1 or less 

1 or less 




30 

18 

Frequency response 

Hz (2 input) 

-3dB 

20 

90 degree delay 22 

Electrical 


Mass kg 

1,500 

7.2 at 20 

60Hz, 200mAP-P 

CFW-B15-D24 

3.2 

2.3 

Voltage - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DDPL6 








 

 

 

Amount of pressure drop : 

Dither 

Special controller is used. 

0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Per one round 

60 Hz, 200 mAP-P 

Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct drive type, with LVDT 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Input voltage (%) 




 

 

 

 

 

DDPL6 

 



Frequency response characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DDPL6 

Gain (dB) 

 

 

 

Gain 

 

 

 

 

 

Phase 

 

 

Frequency (Hz) 


Input: 25% 


Phase (DEG) 

6-27


●DDPL6 

40.5 

27.8 

12.5 

T 

MAX.49 

45 

44 

31 

A 

B 

6 

32.5 


0.75 

16.3 

26.6 

19 

6 

44 

45 

P 


Max. 97 (In case of electric connection symbol C) 

Max. 92 (In case of electric connection symbol B) 

8 


(Three locations) 

(M4 Hexagon socket head bolt) 

50 

23.5 

DIN connector 

GDEME311 

(In case of electric connection symbol C) 

b 

Solenoid b 

4-φ12.2 

MAX.108 64 

PG11 

(Outer diameter of connection cableφ6 to φ10 mm) 

4-φ8 

MAX.330 

a 

Solenoid a 

4-M5-50 Tightening torque 6.9±1.0 N・m (70±10.5 kgf・cm) 

O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 


DIN connector 

GDM3011(In case of electric connection symbol B) 

Round shape multipole connector SCK-1606 (Made by Sanwa) 

 



(96.5) 

Green 

6 1 

5 

2 

4 

3 

Yellow 

White 

Black 

Red 

Blue 

Connection diagram for differential 

transformer (LVDT) connector pins 

6-28

Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT 

●Hydraulic system 

SOL b A B 

SOL a 

LVDT 

X Y 

P 

T 

T 

A P B 

(Note) Internal pilot and external drainis used 

as standard. 

■Overview 

Solenoid proportional control valve consists of 

solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing 

valve, sandwich type pressure reducing valve, 

spool type main valve, and differential 

transformer (LVDT). The spool displacement 


amount is detected by LVDT to make miner 

feedback. 

The valve is used with a special controller to 

allow operating direction and flow rate to be 

controlled in proportion to the input voltage. 

■Features 

1. It shows high response and high accuracy 

control performance. 

2. The structure is simple and maintenance is 

easy. 

Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT 


2-stage amplifier type control 

valve with LVDT 


16 




Spool type 



* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols”. 


No symbol 

V 

W 

= 

= 

= 





B = 7.2Ω×1.5A 


No symbol 

E 

ET 








* At least 2.5 MPa (25kgf/cm 2 ) is required for either 

internal or external pilot pressure. 

Rated flow rate (When P=0.98MPa) 

100: 100 L / min 

180: 180 L / min 

35 : 35 L / min 

■Sub-plate 




DHPL16 

P-DEH16R34-0 

P-DEH16G34-0 

P-DEH16R1-0 

P-DEH16G1-0 

Rc 3 4 

G 3 4 

Rc1 

G1 

7.0kg 

14.5kg 

Type 

DHPL16 

Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity 

M6×55L 2 pcs. 

M10×60L 4 pcs. 

Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 

11.8±1.7 (120±18) 

56.8±8.5 (580±87) 




6-29

Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT 



pressure 



Ports P, A, B, and X 


Ports T 


Ports T 

Rated flow rate L/min P=0.98 MPa per 1 round 


Hysteresis % 


Frequenbcy response Hz 

(2 input) 

Electrical 


Mass kg 



 

 





Voltage - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DHPL16 


200 

150 


50 

16 

30.9 (315) 

24.5 (250) 



180, 100, 35 

1.5 or less 

1.5 or less 



7 

5 

1,500 

7.2 at 20 

60Hz, 50mAP-p 

CFW-B15-D24 

18.5 

Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa210 kgf/cm 2 

Amount of pressure drop : 0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm 2 ) 

Per one round 

Dither: 60 Hz350 mAP-P 

Internal pilot/external drain 

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 




Frequency response characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm 2 /s (cSt)) 

DHPL16 

DHPL16 

Input voltage (%) Spool displacement (%) 


50 

0 


0 

25ms 

Gain (dB) 

Input ±25 

+2 

0 

-2 

-4 

-6 

-8 

-10 

-160 

-120 

-80 

-40 

1 2.5 5 10 15 20 

Frequency (Hz) 

Phase (DEG) 

Primary pressure: 6.9 MPa (70 kgf/cm 2 ) internal pilot/external drain 


Primary pressure: 6.9 MPa (70 kgf/cm 2 ) internal pilot/external drain 


6-30


●DHPL16 

18.3 


88.1 

76.6 

65.9 

50 

34.1 

55.6 

14.3 

MAX. 232 

96 

40 


Solenoid b 

L 

T 

A 


A 

4-φ19.5 

P 

B 

B 

Y 

X 

Y 

3-φ7 

Solenoid a 

12.7 

35 

φ26 

54 

73 

69.9 

1.5 71.5 

91 




Round shape multipole connector 

- SCK-1606 (Made by Sanwa) 

 

Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT 


19 

4-φ26 

119 

3-φ14 

79 279 

MAX. 358 

4-M10-60 

60 

3 

12 


17 






2-M6-55 O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 

Tightening torque: 11.8±1.7 N・m 

(For port X, Y, and L) 

(120±18 kgf・cm) 


MAX. 

98 

MAX. 

198 

Green 

5 

6 1 

2 

Solenoid b 

Solenoid a 

Yellow 

Whit 

4 3 

Black 

228.5 

Red 

Blue 

A 

B 

Y 

Connection diagram for differential 

transformer (LVDT) connector pins 

Note : Port L is not used. 

6-31

Controller 

 

 

 

Controller 

Overview 

A controller exclusively used for driving 

solenoid proportional control valves 

Features 

1. Excellent constant current characteristics is 

obtained against the change of supply 

voltage, ambient temperature, and coil 

resistance. 

2. The output current is PWM-controlled and 

the heat generation of the controller is 

extremely low, which makes it small and 

light weight. 

3. As shown in List of Types, we line up various 

types to meet any usages. 

4. KC seriese, the small size and inexpensive 

type is also lined up. 

List of controller types and the applicable valve solenoid types 

Series 

name 

C series 

KC series 

Driving 

method 

PWM 

 

Dither 

Superposing 

type 

PWM type 

Power 

supply 

Controller 

AC 

power supply 

AC100/110V 

AC200/220V 

DC 

power supply 

DC21 to 30V 

DC 

power supply 

DC2130V 

LVDT 

feedback 

Not 

provided 

Not 

provided 

Provided 

Not 

provided 

Single/ 

double 

solenoid 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Double 

solenoid 

type 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Double 

solenoid 

type 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Double 

solenoid 

type 

Single 

solenoid 

type 

Type 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solenoid 

relief valve 

Applicable solenoid proportional control valves 


pressure reduding valve 


control valve 

LVDT solenoid proportional control 

valve (Proportional servo valve) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Coil resistance (20) 

 

Rated current 

 

 

 

 

 

6-32


C series 

Controller for solenoid proportional control valve 

- C series 

LVDTDifferential transformerM) 

F = LVDT 

No symbol = Types without LVDT 


W = double solenoid 

No symbol = single solenoid 


(Except, only C-B10-A100, 200 are 21) 

 

 

to 

Maximum output current 

 

 

B: BOX type 

KC series 

Controller 

Controller for solenoid proportional control valve 

- KC series 

KC = For single solenoid 

KWC = For double solenoid 


Maximum output current = 1.2A 

B: BOX type 

E: PC board type 

6-33

For AC power supply single solenoid 

C-B10-A 

C series 

Performance 

Constant current 

characteristic 

Linearity 

Step response 

Supply voltage 

fluctuation 

Change of load 

resistance 

Change of ambient 

temperature 

2% FS or below 

0 ms0100 

1% FS or below (±10%) 

1.5% FS or below (33 to 45) 

1% FS or below (0 to 50) 

For AC power supply single solenoid 


This controller has internal heat 

generation. Do not install in a closed place. 

In addition, when more than one set are 

installed, keep the distance of 20 mm or 

more. 

Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring 

to protect it from noise. 


Please refer to the operation manual. 

(Note) Step response is measured while the solenoid is connected. 

FS (Full Scale) means the rating of 750 mA. 


Type 

AC power supply (50/60 Hz) 

Power consumption 

Solenoid coil resistance 


Input impedance 

Voltage input 

Input command 

Resistance input 

Input gain adjustment 

Frequency 

Dither adjustment 

Amplitude 

 

 

40 VA or lower 

45 or lower 

 

 

DC0 to 10V max. 

Variable resistance5 k (0.5 W or higher) 

 

 

 

 

 

Bias adjustement 

 

Ambient temperatureand humidity 

0 to 50, 90% RH or lower (No condensation) 

Vibration proof 

Conforming to JIS C0911 IIB, Class-3 

Frequency 16.7 Hz, amplitude 3 mm P-P 

Mass 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-34

For AC power supply double solenoid 

CW-B10-A 

C series 

Performance 

Linearity 


Step response 

 




fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 

1% FS or below (±10%) 

1.5% FS or below (33 to 45) 

% FS or below (0 to 50) 






more. 








Input command 


Type 

AC power supply (50/60 Hz) 






Voltage input 


Frequency 

Amplitude 

 

 

40VA or lower 

45 or lower 

 

 

DC0 to 10 Vmax. 


35 to 160 mA/V 

50 to 200 Hz 

0 to 250 mAP-P 

For AC power supply double solenoid 


0 to 250 mA 






Mass 

3.2 kg 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-35

For DC power supply single solenoid 

C series 

Performance 



Linearity 

Step response 


fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 


 

1% FS or below (21 to 30 V) 

1.5% FS or below (5 to 11 ) 


For DC power supply single solenoid 






more. 








Type 

DC power supply 





Voltage input 

Input command 



Frequency 


Amplitude 

 

DC24 V (21 to 30 V) 


11 or lower 

 

 

DC0 to 10 Vmax. 


70 to 300 mA/V 

50 to 200 Hz 



0 to 500 mA 






Mass 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-36

For DC power supply double solenoid 

C series 

Performance 

Linearity 




Step response 


fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 

 

1% FS or below (21 to 30V) 

1.5% FS or below (5 to 11) 



This controller has internal heat generation. 

Do not install in a closed place. In addition, 

when more than one set are installed, keep 

the distance of 20 mm or more. 










Input command 


Type 





Voltage input 


Frequency 

Amplitude 

 

DC24 V (21 to 30 V) 


11 or lower 

 

 

DC 0 to 10 Vmax. 


70 to 300 mA/V 

50 to 200 Hz 


For DC power supply double solenoid 


0 to 500 mA 






Mass 

0.7 kg 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-37

For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback CF-B15-D 

C series 

■Performance 

Linearity 




Step response 


fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 

30ms(0→100%) 


1.5% FS or below (5 to 11 ) 


For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback 

■Precautions in use 

● This controller has internal heat generation. 

Do not install in a closed place. In addition, 

when more than one set are installed, keep 

the distance of 20 mm or more. 

● Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring 


● Set the "VALVE SIZE" selection switch to the 

prescribed position corresponding to the 

valve size. 

■Connection method 







Input command 


Type 





Voltage input 


Frequency 


Zero point adjustment 

Monitor output (Spool displacement amount) 



Amplitude 

CF-B15-D24-20 

DC24 V (21 to 30 V) 


11 or lower 

1.5 A 

50 kΩ 

DC 0 to 10 Vmax. 


70 to 300 mA/V 

Fixed 

Fixed 

0 to 500 mA 

±20%FS 

10 Vmax. 




Mass 

0.8 kg 


0V 

1 

POWER 

MIN 

MAX 

GAIN 

MIN 

MAX 

BIAS.A 

- 

+ 

O.ADJ. 

SIG. 

2 

+V 

3 

SOLA 

4 

5 

+ 

A 

- 

6 

DC24V 

+ 7 

190 

180 

170 

FUSE 

- 

8 

DT1 

9 

LVDT 

DT2 


VALVE 

SIZE 

6 

16 

DT3 

11 

DT4 

12 

22 

MONI 

TOR 

OUT 

13 

OV 

14 

CF-B15 

-D24-20 

G 

15 

1.5 

2-φ5 

60 

4 

16 

150 

168.5 

1 

6-38

For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback CFW-B15-D 

C series 

■Performance 

Linearity 




Step response 


fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 

30 ms(0→100%) 


1.5% FS or below (5 to 11 ) 


■Precautions in use 

● This controller has internal heat 




more. 

● Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring 


● Set the "VALVE SIZE" selection switch to the 

prescribed position corresponding to the 

valve size. 

■Connection method 







Input command 


Type 





Voltage input 


Frequency 


Zero point adjustement 

Monitor output (Spool displacement amount) 



Amplitude 

CFW-B15-D24-20 

DC24 V (21 to 30 V) 


11 or lower 

1.5 A 

50 kΩ 

DC 0 to ±10 Vmax. 


70 to 300 mA/V 

Fixed 

Fixed 

0 to 500 mA 

±20% FS 

10 Vmax. 




For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback 

Mass 

1.0 kg 


190 

180 

170 

0V 1 

-V 

2 

SIG. 

3 

+V 

POWER 

4 

SOLA 

MIN 

5 

MAX 

GAIN 

+ 6 

MIN A 

- 

MAX 

7 

BIAS.A 

SOLB 

MIN 

8 

MAX 

BIAS.B 

+ 9 

- A 

- 

+ 


O.AD.J DC24V 

+ 11 

- 

FUSE 

12 

DT1 

13 

DT2 

LVDT 

14 

6 

VALVE 

DT3 

SIZE 

15 

16 

DT4 

22 

16 

OUT 

MONI 17 

TOR 

OV 

18 

CWF-B15 

-D24-20 

G 

19 

1.5 

60 2-φ5 

4 

16 

168.5 

150 

1 

6-39

For DC power supply single and double solenoids – small and inexpensive type 

KCKWC 

KC series 

KWC series 

Performance 

Linearity 


For DC power supply single and double solenoids – small and inexpensive type 



generation. Do not install in a closed 

place. 

Use a shielded cable for input signal 

wiring to protect it from noise. 




Type 

Power supply 





Voltage input 

Input command 





Step response 


fluctuation 


resistance 


temperature 



 

DC0 to 5 V (7.5 Vmax.) 

100 ms0→100 

2% FS or less (21 to 31V) 

2% FS or less (14 to 21Ω) 

1.5% FS or less (0 to 50) 

DC24 V (21 to 30 V) 


14 to 21 or lower 

 

 

 

DC0 to 5 V (7.5 Vmax.) 

Possible by connecting a set station KSA series 

120 to 200 mA/V 

PWM frequency variable range 

50 to 250 Hz 

Accessories 

Type: KC-B10-11 

Spare fuse 1 piece 


Ramp adjustment 

Voltage monitor (cp + terminal) output 


0 to 400 mA 

0.1 to 5 seconds (Adjustment up or down independently is possible) 

 


Type; KWC-B10-10 

Spare fuse None 


Conforming to JIS C5025 class A 

Sweeping frequency 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 1.5 mm P-P 

Mass 

 

 


5 Through-hole 

 

 

 

 

2-5 (M4 mounting holes) 

 

 

 

 

 

Fuse 

Protection cover 

Power supply 

terminal 

 

 

Input terminal 

Output terminal 

 

 

Protection 

cover 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slow-time adjustment 

trimmer 

Output current 

check pin 

Gain adjustment 

trimmer 

Bias adjustment 

trimmer 

PWM frequency 

trimmer 

 

 

 

 


(Red) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6-40

Sub-plate 

Appendix-1

■When using the valve 

●As for the sub-plates and flanges, please place an order separately, referring to the following application tables. 

●We can manufacture sub-plates or flanges for the valve types other than those on the application tables. 

In such case, please contact us designating the valve type. 

■Type indication for Sub-plate 

Sub-plate 

Valve name 



G 

GO 

R 

= G (PF) thread connection type 

= GPFthread connection type (Conforming to JISB2351 0 type 

= RPTthread connection typ 

■Sub-plates and Flange application tables 

●Directional control valve 

Valve name 


Type 

Sub-plate or flange 

Bore diameter 

Stated page 

Examples of 

indication 

Types with/without plug installed 

No symbol 

X 

XY 

= 

= 

= 

No plug on all the port 

A plug is installed in the X port of the sub-plate. 

Plugs are inserted in the X and Y ports of the sub-plate. 

 

ALY = Plugs are installed in the A, L, and Y ports of the sub-plate. 

Series Number 

Bore diameter 

(Note1) In case the connection thread is G(PF) thread, the plug is equipped with an O-ring 

In case the connection thread is R(PT) thread, apply sealing tape on the plug and thread it in. 

(Note 2) If the sub-plate type P-DE6 is used as for D6, 

the port to which a plug is inserted shall be the ones of which symbol(P, A, B, T) 

is not parenthetic. 

Valve name Nominal dimension 

Type 


Bore diameter 

Stated page 

6 

P-DE6*14-0 

P-DE6*38-0 

1 

4 

3 

8 

Appendix-11 


P-CHY10*14-0 


1 

4 

3 

8 

Appendix-6 

Sub-plate 

DE 

DEH 

DH 

DM 

K4LA 


16 

22 

32 

52 

62 

82 


6 

P-DE10*38-0 

P-DE10*12-0 

3 

8 

1 

2 

Appendix-9 


P-CHY20*34-0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

P-DEH16*34-0 

3 

4 

20 

P-CHY20*1-0 1 

Appendix-11 

P-DEH16*1-0 1 

30 

P-CHY30*54-0 1 1 4 

P-DEH22*1-0 1 Appendix-9 

P-CHY30*32-0 1 1 2 

P-DEH22*54-0 1 1 4 

CH 

52 

TFAA-40 2 

P-DEH22*32-0 1 1 2 Appendix-10 

CHY 

TFXA-40 2 

P-DEH32*32-0 1 1 2 

62 

TFAA-50 2 1 2 

TFAA-40 2 

TFXA-50 2 1 2 

TFXA-40 2 

TFAA-63 3 

82 

TFAA-50 2 1 2 

TFXA-63 3 

TFXA-50 2 1 2 

Appendix-16 


TFAA-80 4 

TFAA-63 3 

TFXA-80 4 

TFXA-63 3 

TFAA-125 6 

125 

TFAA-80 4 

TFXA-125 6 

TFXA-80 4 

TFAA-150 8 

P-DE6*14-0 

1 

4 

150 

TFXA-150 8 

P-DE6*38-0 

3 

8 

Appendix-11 

Appendix-7 

Appendix-16 

52 

TFAA-40 2 

TFXA-40 2 

62 

TFAA-50 

TFXA-50 

2 1 2 

2 1 2 

C 

82 


TFAA-63 3 

TFXA-63 3 

TFAA-80 4 

TFXA-80 4 

Appendix-16 

125 

TFAA-125 6 

TFXA-125 6 

Appendix-2 

150 

TFAA-150 

TFXA-150 

8 

8

●Pressure control valve 

●Flow control valve 



Type Bore diameter Stated page 

Valve name 


Type 


Bore diameter Stated page 

6 


P-RD6*14-0 

P-RD10*12-0 

1 

4 

1 

2 

52 

TFAA-40 2 

TFXA-40 2 

RD 

20 

30 

P-RD20*34-0 

3 

4 

P-RD20*1-0 1 

P-RD30*54-0 1 1 4 

P-RD30*32-0 1 1 2 

Appendix-8 

TC1M 

T1M 

62 

82 

TFAA-50 

2 1 2 

TFXA-50 

2 1 2 

TFAA-63 3 

TFXA-63 3 

Appendix-16 


P-RB10*14-0 


1 

4 

3 

8 


TFAA-80 4 

TFXA-80 4 

RB 

RBE 

PRD 

SD 

PRB 

SB 

20 

30 

52 

82 

6 



20 

30 


1 1 


2 Appendix-5 

5 P-FJC5*14-0 

4 

F 


1 

P-RB20*34-0 

4 

P-F10*12-0 

2 

Appendix-8 

P-CHY30*32-0 1 1 1 


2 

2 

Appendix-5 

3 

P-PU10*38-0 

RBP 

3 

8 

P-RB20*34-0 

4 

Appendix-12 

20 

1 

P-PU10*12-0 

2 

P-RB20*1-0 1 

P-RB20*1-0 1 

5 P-FJC5*14-0 

1 

4 Appendix-8 

P-RB30*54-0 1 1 1 

4 

P-FJC10*12-0 2 

Appendix-6 


P-RB30*32-0 1 1 FJC 

3 

2 

P-FJC10*34-0 4 

Appendix-4 

TFAA-40 2 

P-FJC16*1-0 1 

16 

TFXA-40 2 

P-FJC16*54-0 1 1 4 

Appendix-16 

TFAA-63 3 

P-FJC30*54-0 1 1 4 

FJC 

30 

Appendix-4 

TFXA-63 3 

P-FJC30*32-0 1 1 2 

P-DE6*14-0 

1 

4 

10 P-FK10*12-0 

1 

2 

P-DE6*38-0 

3 

8 

Appendix-11 

FK 

P-FK16*1-0 1 Appendix-12 


1 

4 

16 

P-FK16X*1-0 1 


3 

8 Appendix-6 


1 

2 


1 

4 


3 

8 Appendix-6 

●Solenoid proportional control valve 


1 

2 



P-CHY20*34-0 

3 

4 

Type Bore diameter Stated page 

P-CHY20*1-0 1 


1 

4 

P-CHY30*54-0 1 1 4 

Appendix-7 

10 P-RB10*38-0 

3 

8 

Sub-plate 

PU 

PUE 

20 

30 

3 

P-PU20*34-0 

4 

P-PU20*1-0 1 

P-PU30*54-0 1 1 4 

P-PU30*32-0 1 1 2 

Appendix-13 

30 


P-RB30*54-0 

P-RB30*32-0 



1 1 4 

1 1 2 

1 

4 

3 

8 

Appendix-6 

Appendix-6 

P-PB10*14-0 

1 

4 


1 

2 

3RBE 


20 

3 


8 

1 


2 

P-PB20*34-0 

3 

4 

P-PB20*1-0 1 

Appendix-5 

PRBP 

20 

30 

P-CHY20*34-0 

P-CHY20*1-0 

P-CHY30*54-0 

P-CHY30*32-0 

3 

4 

1 

1 1 4 

1 1 2 

Appendix-7 

30 

P-PB30*54-0 

P-PB30*32-0 

1 1 4 

1 1 2 

Appendix-6 

PRDP 

PRDP1M 

DDP(L) 

6 

P-DE6*14-0 

P-DE6*38-0 

1 

4 

3 

8 

Appendix-11 

16 

P-DEH16*34-0 

P-DEH16*1-0 

3 

4 

1 

Appendix-11 

DHP 

DHPL 

22 

P-DEH22*1-0 

P-DEH22*54-0 

P-DEH22*32-0 

1 

1 1 4 

1 1 2 

Appendix-9 

Appendix-10 

RDPV 

5 

P-RDPV5*14-0 

1 

4 

Appendix-14 

Appendix-3

●P-FJC30 

2-φ30 4-M20 Screw depth 40 

Screw diameter D, 

screw depth E 

(For ports A, B) 

A 

A 

17 

144 

B 

35 

144 

42.8 197 

4-φ32 

37 

55 

4-φ22 

320 

18.8 282.5 

186.8 

77.8 

B 

135 

178 

f 

30 

19 

216 

Type 

P-FJC30G54-0 

P-FJC30R54-0 

P-FJC30G32-0 

P-FJC30R32-0 

D E Mass (kg) 

1 

G1 4 

28 

1 

Rc1 4 

24.5 

1 

G1 2 

29 

28 

Rc1 

25.5 

Sub-plate 

●P-FJC10, 16 

Counterboring diameter φZ, counterboring depth a, 

Screw diameter b, screw depth d 


h 

g 

A 

2-φY 


4-W screw depth X 

2-φ7 drilled depth 8 

As for P-FJC10, only 

( ) 

one location on this side. 

Two locations for P-FJC16. 

A 

B 

R 

S 

φV 

φU 

B 

B 

N 

P 

M Q 

J 

e 

F 

K 

T 

G 

L 

C 

D E H 

A 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

J 

K 

L 

M 

N 

P 

Q 

R 

S 

T 

U 

V 

W 

X 

Y 

Z 

a 

b 

d 

e 

f 

g 

h 

Mass (kg) 

P-FJC10G12-0 

P-FJC10R12-0 

P-FJC10G34-0 

P-FJC10R34-0 


28 

35 


19 

9.5 

55 

76 

28.5 

74 

114 

12 

30 

1 

2 

G1 

71.5 82.5 

30 

66.5 

63.5 

20 

35 

14 

8.8 

Through 

hole 

M8 

15 

15 

42 

ー 

45 

ー 

1 

ー 

+ 

ー 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

G 3 4 

Rc 3 4 

14 

15 

18 

19 

9 

24 

58.7 79.4 

ー 

2 

3 

P-FJC16G1-0 

52 

1 

19 

P-FJC16R1-0 

P-FJC16G54-0 

168 

124 

45 

11 

22.3 20.5 

75 

101.5 42.8 97.3 

146 

11.3 

15 


24 

78 

20 

17.5 

11 

M10 

20 

20 

ー 

63 

ー 

1 

Rc1 

G1 1 4 

22 

24 

1 


0.8 

6 

P-FJC16R54-0 

ー 

ー 

Rc1 1 4 24.5 

Appendix-4

●P-RB10 

Counterboring diameter φF, counterboring depth G 

Screw diameter H, screw depth J 


11.8 


2-φ15 


26.3 

P 

A 

B 

T 

82.3 

130 


54 

27 

X 

P 

T 

X 

4-φ11 

4-φ17.5 

φ4 

(For port X) 

D 

43 


E 

C 

37 

Counterboring diameterφK, 

Counterboring depth L 

Screw diameter M, 

screw depth N 

(For port X) 

18 

8 

28 

φ6.5 drilled depth 6 

14.5 

22.1 

47.6 

54 

* The – mark indicates that the coupling joint center is positioned to the left of the mounting hole center. 

Type 







A 

53.3 

48.3 

53.3 

B 

53.3 

58.3 

53.3 

C D E F G H J K L M N 

0.5 39.5 19.5 

40 

- 

1 

- 

G 3 8 

Rc 3 8 

15 

16 

28 

- 

1 

- 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

14 

12.5 

0 41.5 13.5 

42 1 G 1 2 15 28 1 G 1 4 14 

- - Rc 1 2 16 - - Rc 1 4 12.5 

* 

-2 

33.1 19.5 

Rc 4 

Rc 4 

28 

- 

1 

- 

G 1 4 15 

12.5 

28 

- 

1 

- 

G 1 4 15 

12.5 

Mass (kg) 

2.1 

2.1 

2.1 

●P-RB20 

Sub-plate 

Counterboring diameter φD, counterboring depth E, 

Screw diameter F, screw depth G 



28.6 

13.5 

P 

A 

T 

B 

98.4 

34.9 

P 

T 

154 

127 

69.8 

X 

X 

4-φ14 

4-φ20 

φ6 

(For port X) 

2-φ24 


15.5 Counterboring diameter 

C 

2.5 

φH, counterboring depth J, 

screw diameter K, 

85.5 

22.1 screwed depth L 

(For port X) 

138 

18 

8 

40 

11.1 

18.8 

23.8 

33.3 

55.6 

66.7 


Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

J 

K 

L 

Mass (kg) 

P-RB20G34-0 

P-RB20R34-0 

63.5 

63.5 

66.5 

50 

- 

1 

- 

G 3 4 

Rc 3 4 

17 

18 

28 

- 

1 

- 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

14 

15 

4.4 

P-RB20G1-0 

P-RB20R1-0 

58.5 

68.5 74.5 

58 1 G1 19 28 1 

- - Rc1 20 - - 

G 1 4 

Rc 1 4 

14 

15 

4.4 

Appendix-5

●P-RB30 


31.8 

71.8 

77.8 

114.3 

14 

T 

P 

174 

146 

82.5 

41.2 

X 

P 

T 

Counterboring diameterφA, 

Counterboring depth B 

Screw diameter C, 

screw depth D 

(For ports T, P) 


X 

25.1 

3.5 

4-φ14 

12 

22 

4-φ20 

φ6 

(For port X) 

12.7 

44.4 

2-φ30 

(For ports T, P) 


114 

45 

25.1 76.2 

168 

31.7 88.9 

Counterboring diameter φE, counterboring depth F 


(For port X) 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

Mass (kg) 

P-RB30G54-0 

P-RB30R54-0 

73 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G1 4 

1 

Rc1 4 

24 

25 

28 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

14 

12.5 

6.9 

P-RB30G32-0 

P-RB30R32-0 

73 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G1 2 

1 

Rc1 2 

24 

25 

28 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

14 

12.5 

6.9 

Sub-plate 

●P-CHY10 

(42.9) 

21.5 

E 

Screw diameter B, screw depth D 


11.8 


Screw diameter A, 

screw depth C 


B(A) 

Y 

X 

A(B) 

24.8 

53.3 

81.7 

130 


66.7 19.9 

58.8 

33.4 

7.9 

A(B) 

X 

Y 

B(A) 

2-φ6 


2-φ15 


F 

φ11 

8 

18 

φ17.5 

7.2 

21.5 


Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balansed piston type (PRB), pressure reducing 

valve - direct operated type (PRD), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing 

valve (PRBP), the port symbols in ( ) apply. 

2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing 

valves, port X is not used. 

28 

37 

31.8 

35.8 

42.9 


Type 

A C D B 

E 

F 

Mass (kg) 



1 

G 4 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

1 

Rc 4 

15 

12.5 

15 

12.5 

4.5 

39 

2.1 



3 

G 8 

3 

Rc 8 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

17 

15 

0 

43.5 

2.1 



1 

G 2 

1 

Rc 2 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

17 

15 

0 

43.5 

2.1 

Appendix-6

●P-CHY20 

Screw diameter J, screw depth 15 


13.5 

2-φ24 


B(A) 

Y 

X 

A(B) 

A 

C 

D 

B 

127 

154 

4-φ14 

4-φ20 

23.8 

79.4 

73 

39.7 

6.4 

A 

(B) 

X 

Y 

B 

(A) 

Screw diameter G, 

screw depth H 


39 

E 

18 

8 

2-φ6 


11.1 

20.6 



58.1 

40 

39.7 

F 

85.5 

22.5 

44.5 

49.2 

138 

18.4 

60.3 

Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balanced piston type (PRB), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valve (PRPB), 

the port symbols in ( ) apply. 

2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valves, port X is not used. 

Type 

P-CHY20G34-0 

P-CHY20R34-0 

P-CHY20G1-0 

P-CHY20R1-0 

A B C D E F G H J 

G 18 G 4 

27.2 99.8 63.5 63.5 17.5 74.5 

1 

Rc 18 Rc1 

4 

30.2 96.8 55.5 71.5 19.5 77.5 

3 

4 

3 

4 

G 

G1 20 

Rc1 20 

Rc1 4 

1 

4 

Mass (kg) 

4.4 

4.4 

●P-CHY30 

Screw diameter B, screw depth 15 


6- M10 screw depth 17 

Sub-plate 

14 

B(A) 

Y 

A(B) 

28.4 

63 

83 

117.4 

146 

174 

96.8 

24.6 

92.8 

48.4 

3.8 

A 

(B) 

Y 

B 

(A) 

2-φ6 


X 

4-φ14 

4-φ20 

X 

2-φ30 


Screw diameter A, 



80.8 


114 

168 

45.9 

26 

22 

22 

12 

45 

16.7 

24.6 

42.1 

59.5 

62.7 

67.5 


21.3 84.2 

Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balanced piston type (PRB), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valve (PRBP), 

the port symbols in ( ) apply. 

2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valves, port X is not used. 

Type 

P-CHY30G54-0 

P-CHY30R54-0 

P-CHY30G32-0 

P-CHY30R32-0 

A 

B 

1 

G1 4 

G 4 

1 1 

Rc1 4 

Rc1 

4 

1 

G1 2 

G 4 

1 1 

Rc1 2 Rc1 

4 

Mass (kg) 

6.9 

6.9 

Appendix-7

●P-FJC5, P-F10 

Counterboring diameterφR counterboring depth S, 

Screw diameter T, screw depth U 


Q 




A 

A 

J 

H 

36 

M 

13 

4-φ6.6 

G 

F 

K 

48 

B 

4-φ11 

B 

C 

D 

7 

8 

B 

E 

41 

A 

48 

L 

Type 

P-FJC5G14-0 

P-FJC5R14-0 

P-F10G12-0 

P-F10R12-0 

A B C D E F G H J K L M Q R S T U Mass (kg) 

1 

ーー G 4 15 

90 7.5 21.5 54.5 75 60 7.5 11.5 34.5 45 13.5 1.5 25 1.0 

1 

ーー Rc 4 12.5 

38 1 1 

G 2 15 

100 7.5 24.5 60.5 85 60 7.5 13.5 32.5 45 18.5 1.5 30 1.2 

ーー Rc 17 

Sub-plate 

●P-RD6, 10, 20, 30 

B 

M 

N 

P 

L 

D 

C 

G 

R 12-0 only) 

K(P-RD10 

Q 

S 

R 

Screw diameter T, 

screw depth U 

T 

G 

F 

H 

J 

T 

P 

E 

A 

E 

1 

2 

G 

2-φV 


P 

Type 

P-RD6G14-0 

P-RD6R14-0 

P-RD10G12-0 

P-RD10R12-0 

P-RD20G34-0 

P-RD20R34-0 

P-RD20G1-0 

P-RD20R1-0 

P-RD30G54-0 

P-RD30R54-0 

P-RD30G32-0 

P-RD30R32-0 

4-φW through hole 

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W 

80 90 25 15 55 40 8 40 20 0 7.5 75 37.5 37.5 15 45 22.5 4-M6 15 6 9 

100 120 35 10 80 55 12 55 31 10 10 100 50 50 20 60 30 4-M8 17 10 9 

135 140 40 20 100 

Counterboring diameterφX, counterboring depth Y, 

screw diameter Z, screwed depth a 

77 22 

76 23 

65 34 0 10 120 

180 170 50 25 130 100 20 85 35 0 10 150 

60 60 

72 48 

75 75 

90 60 

25 70 35 4-M8 18 20 11 

25 100 50 4-M10 18 30 11 

X Y Z a 

ー 

ー 

ー 

ー 

ー 

ー 

ー 

ー 

76 

ー 

1 

ー 4 15 

1 

ー Rc 4 12.5 

ー 1 

G 2 17 

ー 1 

Rc 2 17 

3 

ー G 4 21 

3 

ー Rc 4 14 

ー G1 22 

ー Rc1 22 

1 

1 G1 4 25 

1 

ー Rc1 4 18 

65 1 

1 

G1 2 24 

ーー 

1 

Rc1 2 18 

Mass (kg) 

1.3 

3 

5.3 


Appendix-8

●P-DE10 

115 

11.5 

92 

32 

46 

23 

75 

24 

32.5 

48 

21.4 

20 

6.3 

T 

4-φ11 

(For ports P, A, B, and T) 

T 

A 

P 

B 

A 

40 

3 82 

142 

4-φ10.5 

4-φ20 

31.3 79.4 

12.7 54 

50.8 

37.3 

27 

16.7 

B 

P 

4-M6 


Counterboring diameterφA, counterboring depth B, 

screw diameter C, screw depth D 


1 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

Mass (kg) 



40 

- 

1 

- 

G 3 8 

Rc 3 8 

15 

16 

2.7 



42 

- 

1 

- 

G 1 2 

Rc 1 2 

15 

16 

2.7 

●P-DEH22 

Sub-plate 


counterboring depth B, 

screw diameter C, screw 

depth D 

(For ports X, Y, and L) 

Counterboring diameterφE, 

counterboring depth F, 

screw diameter G, 

screw depth H 


4-φ24.5 




P 

T 

Y 

94 

73 

17.5 

Y 

B 

A 

X 

L 

2 19 

46 

170 

74.5 

4-φ10.5 

4-φ17.5 

39 96.8 

92 

74.5 

73 

46 

19 

17.5 

L 

X 

T 

A 

P 

B 


132.5 

155.5 

181 

205 

25.5 

48 

72 

12 

7.5 

45 

15 



5.6 

17.3 

29.2 

53 

76.8 (Location of P port) 

77 (Location of M12 screw) 

94.3 


112.5 

25.5 130 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

Mass (kg) 

P-DEH22G1-0 

P-DEH22R1-0 

30 

ー 

1 

ー 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

14 

15 

60 

ー 

1 

ー 

G1 

Rc1 

19 

20 

11 

Appendix-9

●P-DEH22 




screw depth H 






13 

φ22 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8 

(For port P) 

3-φ24.5 


(For ports A, B, and T) 


32 

B 

Y 

P 

137.8 

161.6 

205 

222 

250 

A 

T 

X 

60.2 

84 

L 

36 

79 


14 142 

170 

5.1 

16.8 

14 

4-φ14 

80 

4-φ20 

25 96.8 

92 

74.5 

73 

46 

19 

17.5 

L 

X 

T 

A 

5.6 

17.3 

29.2 

53 

76.8 

77 

94.3 


112.5 

46 130 

P 

Y 

B 



Type 

P-DEH22G54-0 

P-DEH22R54-0 

P-DEH22G32-0 

P-DEH22R32-0 

A B C D E F G H 

63 

ー 

1 

ー 

1 

G1 4 

1 

Rc1 4 

25 

24.5 

25 

ー 

1 

ー 

1 

G 4 

1 

Rc 4 

14 

12.5 

65 1 

1 

G1 2 25 25 1 

1 

G 4 14 

ーー Rc1 24.5 ーー 

1 

Rc 4 12.5 

Mass (kg) 

24 

24 

●P-DEH32 




screw depth H 


305 

266.5 

19.2 

4-φ35 


2-φ6.5 Screw depth 8 

P 

T 

114.5 

35 

Y 

B 

A 

X 

L 

28.5 

79.3 

124 

4-φ18 

197 

19 159 

124 

114.5 

79.3 

35 

28.5 

L 

X 

T 

A 

P 

Y 

B 

33 

48.5 

74.5 

115.5 

157.5 

198.5 

228.5 

45 

20 

4-φ26 


41.5 

76 

82.5 

114.5 

147.5 

168.5 

38 190.5 



Type 

A 

B 

C 

1 

2 

G 

Sub-plate 





D 

E 

F 

G 

H 

Mass (kg) 

P-DEH32G32-0 

P-DEH32R32-0 

65 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G1 2 

1 

Rc1 2 

25 

24.5 

32 

- 

1 

- 

3 

8 

3 

Rc 8 

15 

14 

19 

Appendix-10

P-DEH16 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameterU, 

counterboring depth V 

Screw diameter W, screw depth X 

(For ports L, X, and Y) 

 

 


Locating pin hole 

2-7 drilled depth 11 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-M6 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



5 drilled depth 11 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Counterboring diameterY, 

counterboring depth Z 

Screw diameter a, screw depth b 


 

Type 

 

 

 

 

A B 

 

 

C 

 

 

D 

 

 

E 

 

 

F 

 

 

G 

 

 

H 

J 

 

 

K 

L 

 

M 

 

 

N 

 

 

P 

 

 

Q 

 

 

R 

 

 

S 

 

 

 

T U V 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W X Y Z 

 

 

 

 

 

a 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b 

 

 

 

 

Mass (kg) 

 

 

P-DE6 

Sub-plate 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterboring diameterM, Counterboring depth N, 



 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note) 1. For sequence valve - direct operated type (SD), and pressure reducing valve - direct operated 

type (PRD), the port symbols in ( ) apply. 

2. As for pressure reducing valve - direct operated type (PRD), port X is not used. 

Type 

 

 

 

 

A 

B 

C 

 

 

D E 

 

 

F G 

 

 

H 

 

 

J 

 

 

K L 

 

 

M 

 

 

 

 

N 

 

 

 

 

P Q 

 

 

 

 

Mass (kg) 

 

 

Appendix-11

●P-FK16, P-FK10 

Counterboring diameterφh 

Counterboring depth i 

Screw diameter j 

Screw depth k 


Counterboring diameterφm, counterboring depth n, 

Screw diameter q, screw depth r 

(For port X) 

(It is not provided for sub-plate type P-FK16.) 

φ7 (For port X) 

(For sub-plate type P-FK10.) 

4-e screw depth f 

4-φb 

a 

4-φd 

A 

X 

X 

A 

U 

T 

B 

T 

B 

Z 

Y 

X 

B 

T 

3-φg 


S 

X 

E 

R 

W 

V 

K 

F 

L 

H 

G 

D 

C 

M 

N 

φ7 (For port X) 

(For sub-plate type P-FK16X) 

A 

J 

P 

Q 

Type 

P-FK10G12-0 

P-FK10R12-0 

P-FK16G1-0 

P-FK16R1-0 

P-FK16XG1-0 

P-FK16XR1-0 

Type 

P-FK10G12-0 

P-FK10R12-0 

P-FK16G1-0 

P-FK16R1-0 

P-FK16XG1-0 

P-FK16XR1-0 

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b 

133.5 101.5 30 9.5 26.2 35.5 61.2 79 19.2 12 19 38 57.2 76 114.5 9.5 17.5 67.5 67.5 ー 8 70.5 73 82.5 9 9 

ー 

ー 

ーーー 

168 123.5 50 11 44 73 102 22.3 23.8 50.8 77.8 101.5 146 11 21 80.5 12.7 89 101.5 11 11 

32 

ー 

66 6.4 ー 

d e f g h i j k m n q r Mass (kg) 

14 M8 13 14 

38 1 G 

1 2 

2 

15 25 1 G 

1 4 

4 

14 

ーー Rc 

1 

17 ーー Rc 

1 

12.5 

2.8 

52 1 G1 20 25 1 G 

1 4 14 

17.5 M10 21 20 

ーー Rc1 22 ーー Rc 

1 4 12.5 

ーー G1 20 ーー G 

1 4 15 

7.3 

ーー Rc1 22 ーー Rc 

1 4 12.5 

Sub-plate 

●P-PU10 

Counterboring diameterφD, counterboring depth E, 

Screw diameter F, screw depth G (For ports A, P, and T) 



(For ports A, P, and T) 

A 

T 

B 

A 

124 


4-φ9 

66.7 

4-φ14 

P 

T 

P 

B 

86 


A 

C 19.8 7.2 


9 

31.8 

9 

50 

35.8 

26.5 42.9 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

G 

Mass (kg) 



51.5 

20 

16.5 

32 1 G 

3 8 15 

ーー Rc 

3 8 14 

4.5 



49.5 

22 

13.5 

38 1 1 

G 2 15 

ーー Rc 

1 2 17 

4.5 

Appendix-12

●P-PU20 

Counterboring diameterφC, counterboring depth D, 

Screw diameter E, screw depth F 


3-φ25 


T 

P 

A 

A 

P 

T 

4-φ14 

4-φ20 

155 

130 

69.9 

A 

13 

12.7 

78.6 

45 


46 

B 

57.1 

153 

178 

12.5 


21.5 112.7 

Type 

A 

B C D E F Mass (kg) 

P-PU20G34-0 

P-PU20R34-0 

23.7 

134.2 

45 

ー 

0.5 or less 

ー 

3 

G 4 

3 

Rc 4 

18 

19 

9 

P-PU20G1-0 

P-PU20R1-0 

52 0.5 or less G1 20 

20.5 136.5 

9 

ーー Rc1 22 

●P-PU30 

Sub-plate 

Counterboring diameterφA, counterboring depth B, 




3-φ32 


A 

P 

T 

177.5 

152.5 

82.5 

T 

P 

A 

4-φ14 

4-φ20 

36.8 

12.7 

112.8 

13 

50.8 

188.8 

63.5 

215 

12.5 

55 

127 

240 

42.8 139.7 

Type 

A 

B 

C 

D 

Mass (kg) 

P-PU30G54-0 63 

P-PU30R54-0 

- 

1 

- 

1 

G1 4 

1 

Rc1 4 

24 

24.5 

21 

P-PU30G32-0 65 1 

P-PU30R32-0 

- 

- 

1 

G1 2 

1 

Rc1 2 

24 

25.5 

21 

Appendix-13

Sub-plate 

G 

●P-RDPV5 R 14-0 

2-φ4.5 


28.9 

6.5 

7 



Screw diameter C, screw depth D 


21.5 

46 

60 

4-φ6.6 

23 

4-φ11 

T 

P 

23 

13.7 

25.8 

5 



25 

55 

80 

Type 

P-RDPV5G14-0 

A B C D 

25 1 G 1 

4 15 

P-RDPV5R14-0 

ーー 

Rc 1 

4 

12.5 

Appendix-14

FlangeNipple 

Appendix-15

A 

●TFA -Low pressure 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) flange 

B 

TFAB type 

TFAA type 

A 

A 

A 

TFA 40 B -80 to type 

A 125 

TFA B -150 type 

C 

C 

B 

φB 

P.C.D. 

P.C.D. 

F 

“H” mounting bolt 

“G” O-ring 

Type 

TFAA-40 

TFAB-40 

TFAA-50 

TFAB-50 

TFAA-63 

TFAB-63 

TFAA-80 

TFAB-80 

TFAA-125 

TFAB-125 

TFAA-150 

TFAB-150 

Flange dimension (mm) 

A B C D E 

65 98 35 61 43 

70 116 40 77 57 

90 146 50 90 67 

110 176 60 115 84 

150 300 80 166 123 

170 360 90 217 162 

F 

98 

118 

145 

175 

245 

290 

Mass 

(kg) 

2.6 

2.6 

3.9 

3.9 

7.9 

7.9 

13 

13 

42 

42 

70 

70 

“G” O-ring dimension 

JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G75 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G95 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G135 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G175 Hs90 

“H” mounting bolt dimension 

4-M16-55 

4-M20-65 

4-M24-80 

4-M30-100 

8-M30-120 

8-M36-140 

Reference: Applicable pipe (mm) 

Outer diameter Thickness 

60.5 7.8 

76.3 9.5 

89.1 11.1 

114.3 15.0 

165.2 21.0 

216.3 27.0 

A 

●TFX B-High pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) flange 

A 

C 

C 

A 

φB 

φE 

φD 

B 

φE 

φD 

B 

F 

30° 

2 

TFXB type 

TFXA type 

A 

TFX 40 B -80 to type 

B 

A 125 

TFX B -150 type 

P.C.D. 

F 

P.C.D. 

F 

FlangeNipple 

“H” mounting bolt 

“G” O-ring 

30゚ 

2 

Type 

TFXA-40 

TFXB-40 

TFXA-50 

TFXB-50 

TFXA-63 

TFXB-63 

TFXA-80 

TFXB-80 

TFXA-125 

TFXB-125 

TFXA-150 

TFXB-150 

Flange dimension (mm) 

A B C D E 

65 98 35 61 39 

70 116 40 77 50 

90 146 50 90 58 

110 176 60 115 74 

150 300 80 166 118 

170 360 90 217 146 

F 

98 

118 

145 

175 

245 

290 

Mass 

(kg) 

2.7 

2.7 

4.5 

4.5 

8.5 

8.5 

14 

14 

45 

45 

75 

75 

“G” O-ring dimension 

JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G75 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G95 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G135 Hs90 

JIS B2401 G175 Hs90 

“H” mounting bolt dimension 

4-M16-55 

4-M20-65 

4-M24-80 

4-M30-100 

8-M30-120 

8-M36-140 

Reference: Applicable pipe (mm) 

Outer diameter Thickness 

60.5 10.5 

76.3 13.0 

89.1 15.2 

114.3 20.0 

165.2 30.0 

216.3 35.0 

Appendix-16

●STNL-High pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) screw nipple 

・ Maximum working pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm 2 ) 

・ In case of using in a place where impact pressure or 

vibration may occur, countermeasure such as pipe 

support or rubber hose shall be provided. 

・ Designate the type of screw nipple in the following way. 

・ In case the O-ring is not needed: STNL*S 

・ In case the O-ring (Nitrile rubber) is equipped: STNL*S 

・ In case the O-ring (Fluorine rubber) is equipped: STNL*V 

L 

D 

C 

P 

(Pulling margin) 

F 

φN 

B 

1.6 

M 

φd 

φE 

A 

37.5゚ 

“Q” O-ring 

“R” O-ring 

Type 

d A B C D E F L M N P "Q" O-ring dimension “R” O-ring dimension Mass (kg) 

1 

STNL- 4 

6 G 1 4 13.8 11 73 23 2 84 24 27 12 JISB2401 P10 Hs90 JISB2401 P16 Hs90 0.21 

3 

HTN- 4 15 G 3 4 26 15 74 41 2.5 89 41 47.3 18 JISB2401 P22 Hs90 JISB2401 G30 Hs90 0.55 

3 

STNL- 8 

9 G 3 8 17.3 12 80 30 2 92 32 37 14 JISB2401 P14 Hs90 JISB2401 P20 Hs90 

0.43 

1 

STNL- 2 

12 G 1 2 21.7 12 89 35 2 101 36 41 15 JISB2401 P16 Hs90 JISB2401 G25 Hs90 0.55 

3 

STNL- 4 

15 G 3 4 27.2 15 102 41 2.5 117 41 47 17 JISB2401 P22 Hs90 JISB2401 G30 Hs90 0.85 

STNL-1 

22 G1 34 17 122 48 2.5 139 50 57 20 JISB2401 G30 Hs90 JISB2401 P36 Hs90 1.42 

STNL-1 1 4 29 G1 1 4 42.7 22 140 60 3 162 65 75 25 JISB2401 G40 Hs90 JISB2401 G45 Hs90 2.93 

STNL-1 1 2 32 G1 1 2 48.6 22 141 63 3 163 65 75 25 JISB2401 G40 Hs90 JISB2401 G50 Hs90 3.00 

・ Maximum working pressure 20.6 MPa(210 kgf/cm 2 ) 

・ In case of using in a place where impact pressure or 

vibration may occur, countermeasure such as pipe 

support or rubber hose shall be provided. 

・ Designate the type of screw nipple in the following way. 

・ In case the O-ring is not needed: HTN* 

・ In case the O-ring (Nitrile rubber) is equipped: HTN*S 

・ In case the O-ring (Fluorine rubber) is equipped: HTN*V 

L 

M 

D 

C 

P 

F 

(Pulling margin) 

A 

“Q” O-ring 

“R” O-ring 

Type 

d A B C D E F L M N P “Q” O-ring dimension “R” O-ring dimension Mass (kg) 

1 

HTN- 4 

6 G 1 4 13 11 53 23 2 64 24 27.7 12 JISB2401 P10 Hs90 JISB2401 P16 Hs90 0.14 

3 

HTN- 8 

9 G 3 8 17 12 60 30 2 72 32 37 14 JISB2401 P14 Hs90 JISB2401 P20 Hs90 

0.26 

1 

HTN- 2 12 G 1 2 20 12 63 35 2 75 36 41.6 15 JISB2401 P16 Hs90 JISB2401 G25 Hs90 0.33 

HTN-1 

22 G1 34 17 84 48 2.5 101 50 57.7 21 JISB2401 G30 Hs90 JISB2401 P36 Hs90 0.90 

HTN- 1 1 4 29 G1 1 4 42 22 92 60 3 114 65 75 27 JISB2401 G40 Hs90 JISB2401 G45 Hs90 1.64 

HTN- 1 1 2 32 G1 1 2 47 22 97 63 3 119 65 75 27 JISB2401 G40 Hs90 JISB2401 G50 Hs90 1.72 

HTN-2 

42 G2 60 25 108 77 3 133 80 92.4 28 JISB2401 G50 Hs90 JISB2401 G65 Hs90 

3.00 

●HTN-Low pressure 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm 2 ) screw nipple 

N 

φB 

φd 

1.6 

37.5゚ 

φE 

FlangeNipple 

Appendix-17

Other general purpose valves 

SUN cartridge valve 

Features of SUN cartridge valve 

SUN cartridge valves adopt two piece structure called “floating style”. 

The body which has valve mounting threads and the sleeve which contains internal operating part are 

coupled with certain freedom, and the sleeve is, keeping slight gap in the axis direction between the 

locating shoulder and bottom shoulder, mounted in the cartridge hole (See the folowing figure). Hence, 

the tightening distortion due to cartridge mounting does not affect the internal operation part, which 

realises the stable operation. 

It smoothly operates at high pressure such as maximum working pressure 34.3MPa, and leakage 

amount is very slight. 

Because four serieses each of which has different maximum flow rate are prepared for most of the 

cartridges, the best suited valve for your system will be found. 

(1) This part guides the cartridge hole to maintain the concentricity of cartridge 

valve and cartridge hole. 

(2) Having a slight gap between the cartridge hole and tip of the cartridge valve, 

the body which has cartridge valve mounting threads and the sleeve which 

contains internal operating part are coupled with certain freedom. (Floating 

style) 

(3) The floating style structure enables to tighten at high torque. 

As the result, the reliability has significantly increased against loosening or oil 

leakage. 

(4) This face called locating shoulder supports the axial force due to tightening, 

to prevent distortion on the sleeve portion. 

(5) Locating the thread portion at immediate proximity of the sleeve keeps the 

eccentricity of sleeve to minimum. 

(6) This face called bottom shoulder receives all the load that occurs during 

operation. (The load is not shared to the wire ring.) 

(7) Cartridge valves with various functions can be applied to the same cartridge 

hole, which provides flexibility in designing. 

(3) 

(1) 

(5) 

Thread 

(2) 

Sleeve 

Port 

Body 

(4) 

Locating shoulder 

Wire link port 

Port 

(6) 

Bottom shoulder 

* As for the details, please see the catalogue of SUN cartridge valves.

Application examples of SUN cartridge valves 

Standard thread connection casing 

with built-in cartridge 

Built-in cartridge type 

Conventional model replacement model 

Direct mounting block 

Usage-application type valve block 


Sub-plate with cartridge valve

Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd. 

Sales and service network 

PRECISION MACHINERY COMPANY 

Tokyo Head Office 

14-5 Kaigan 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-8315, 

Japan 

Phone: 81-03-3435-6862 Fax: 81-03-3435-2023 

Kobe Head Office 

Kobe Crystal Tower, 1-3 Higashikawasaki-cho 1-chome, Chuo-ku, Kobe 650-8680, Japan 

Phone: 81-078-360-8605 Fax: 81-078-360-8609 

Nishi-Kobe Works 

234 Matsumoto, Hasetani-cho, Nishi-ku, Kobe 651-2239, Japan 

Phone: 81-078-991-1133 Fax: 81-078-991-3186 

Kyushu Branch 

Hakata Ekimae Daiichi Seimei Bldg. 9F, 1-4-1 Hakata Ekimae, Hakata-ku, Fukuoka, 

812-0011, Japan 

Phone: 81-092-432-9561 Fax: 81-092-432-9566 

Tokyo Service Center 

4-9-2 Onitaka, Ichikawa-shi, Chiba, 272-0015, Japan 

Phone: 81-047-379-8181 Fax: 81-047-379-8186 

Imabari Service Center 

c/o Kawasaki Trading Co., Ltd., Gibraltar Seimei Bldg. 1-5-3 Kita Horai-cho, Imabari-shi, 

Ehime, 794-0028, Japan 

Phone: 81-0898-22-2531 Fax: 81-0898-22-2183 

Fukuoka Service Center 

2-10-17 Shimonofu, Shingumachi, Kasuya-gun, Fukuoka, 811-0112, Japan 

Phone: 81-092-963-0452 Fax: 81-092-963-2755 

http://www.khi.co.jp/kpm/ 

OVERSEAS SUBSIDIARIES 

Kawasaki Precision Machinery (UK) Ltd. 

Ernesettle Lane, ernesettle, Plymouth, Devon PL5 2SA, United Kingdom 

Phone: 44-1752-364394 Fax: 44-1752-364816 

http://www.kpm-eu.com 

Kawasaki Precision Machinery (U.S.A.), Inc. 

3838 Broadmoor Avenue SE, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49512 U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-616-975-3100 Fax: 1-616-975-3103 

http://www.kpm-usa.com 

Kawasaki Precision Machinery (Suzhou) Ltd. 

668 Jianlin Rd., New District, Suzhou, 215151 China 

Phone: 86-512-6616-0365 Fax: 86-512-6616-0366 

Kawasaki Precision Machinery Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

17th Floor (Room 1701), The Headquarters Building, No168, 

XiZang Road (M), Huangpu District, Shanghai 20001, China 

Phone: 86-021-3366-3800 Fax: 86-021-3366-3808 

Kawasaki Chunhui Precision Machinery (Zhejiang) Ltd. 

No.200 Yasha Road, Shangyu Economic Development Zone, Shangyu, 

Zhejiang, 312300, China 

Phone: 86-(0)575-82156999 Fax: 86-(0)575-82158699 

Flutek, Ltd. 

192-11, Shinchon-dong, Changwon, Kyungnam, 641-370 Korea 

Phone: 82-55-210-5900 Fax: 82-55-286-5557 

Wipro Kawasaki Precision Machinery Private Limited 

No. 15, Sy. No. 35 & 37, Kumbalgodu Industrial Area, Kumbalgodu Village, 

Kengeri Hobli, Bangalore, - 560074, India

Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd. 

Over sea network 

OVERSEAS OFFICES 

Beijing Office 

Room No.2602, China World Tower 1, China World Trade Center, No.1 Jian Guo Men 

Wai Avenue, Beijing 100004, People's Republic of China 

Phone: 86-10-6505-1350 Fax: 86-10-6505-1351 

Taipei Office 

15th Floor, Fu-Key Bldg., 99 Jen-Ai Road Section 2, Taipei, Taiwan 

Phone: 886-2-2322-1752 Fax: 886-2-2322-5009 

Moscow Office 

6th Floor (605) Bol. Ovchinnikovskiiper., 16 Moscow, 115184 Russian Federation 

Phone: 7-495-933-19531954 Fax: 7-495-933-1955 

Delhi Office 

5th Floor, Meridien Commercial Tower, 8 Windsor Place, Janpath, New Delhi, 

100 001, India 

Phone: 91-11-4358-3531 Fax: 91-11-4358-3532 

OVERSEAS SUBSIDIARIES 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (U.S.A.), Inc. 

599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 3901, New York, NY 10022, U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-212-759-4950 Fax: 1-212-759-6421 

Houston Branch 

333 Clay Street, Suite 4310, Houston, TX 77002-4103, U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-713-654-8981 Fax: 1-713-654-8187 

Kawasaki do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. 

Avenida Paulista 542-6 Andar, Bela Vista, 01310-000, Sao Paulo, S.P., Brazil 

Phone: 55-11-289-2388 Fax: 55-11-289-2788 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (U.K.) Ltd. 

4th Floor, 3, St. Helen's Place London EC3A 6AB, United Kingdom 

Phone: 44-20-7588-5222 Fax: 44-20-7588-5333 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (Europe) B.V. 

7th Floor, Riverstaete, Amsteldijk 166, 1079 LH Amsterdam, 

The Netherlands 

Phone: 31-20-6446869 Fax: 31-20-6425725 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (H.K.) Ltd. 

Room 4211-16, Sun Hong Kai Centre 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai 

Hong Kong 

Phone: 852-2522-3560 Fax: 852-2845-2905 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. 

6 Battery Road, #18-04, Singapore 049909 

Phone: 65-622551334 Fax: 65-62249029 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries (H.K.) Ltd. 

Room 4211-16, Sun Hong Kai Centre 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai Hong Kong People's 

Republic of China 

Phone: 852-2522-3560 Fax: 852-2845-2905 

Kawasaki Heavy Industries Consulting & 

Service (Singapore) Company, Ltd. 

13th Floor, HSBC Tower, 1000 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai 

200120, People's Republic of China 

Phone: 86-21-6841-3377 Fax: 86-21-6841-2266

DH6/10

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?